w c
95-96 CATALOG
/
■itf
Southern College
of Seventh-day Adventists
1995-1996 Catalog
Mailing Address:
PO. Box 370
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370
FAX: (615) 238-3001
Telephone:
General Number: (615) 238-2111
Admissions Information
Nationwide: 1-800-768-8437
(1-800-SOUTHERN)
In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be factually accurate. The publisher assumes
no responsibility for editorial, clerical, or printing errors. The information presented is, at the time of printing, an
accurate description of course offerings, policies, and requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this
catalog, however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the college and the student. The college
reserves the right to change any provision or. requirement at any time, without prior notice.
McXEUBR/W
SouthernMrcntist
P. 0. Box 629
CotegedafeTN 37315
Something to keep in mind —
Although this CATALOG is not a textbook, you will refer to it often
during your college career. It describes the academic program you
select and the requirements
you must fulfill to graduate.
Before you enroll at Southern
or register for any succeeding
semester, you should satisfy
yourself that you are familiar
with this catalog.
Two important parts of your
academic life are General
Education and your field of
concentration. You will find
it especially valuable to
. read carefully the sections
of the catalog that explain
these programs.
We have made every attempt
to prepare this catalog so
everyone may understand it.
The college provides an
academic adviser to help you. Although an adviser is helpful, you are
the one who selects your program of study and you bear the final
responsibility of knowing what its requirements are.
Because changes may occur in your program before you graduate,
you may encounter contradictions between this catalog and advice
you receive later in your college experience. Do not hesitate to seek
counsel from your adviser or the chair of your department. You may
also wish to talk to the Director of Records and Advisement or the
Vice President for Academic Administration.
Do not lose this catalog. It is your "college manual."
Table of Contents 3
\%\ Contents
^Pf { y* ii n « , iH ii i iii H I " m i i ] n H i n U in i j ! j iii jt jjul ' hij i J M il J I ii jl ■! "! ' "i ' l i mn J
Academic Calendar 4
This Is Southern College 6
Admissions 10
Student Life and Services 14
Academic Enrichment Services 19
Academic Policies 22
General Degree Requirements 22
General Education Course Requirements 25
Departments of Instruction 46-218
Allied Health 46
Art 58
Behavioral Science 62
Biology *..,.'. 70
Business Administration , 79
Chemistry 93
Computer Science and Technology 98
Education and Psychology 107
Engineering Studies 129
English and Speech * 131
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation , 137
History * 145
Industrial Technology 151
Journalism and Communication . . 157
Mathematics 167
1 Modern Languages 172
Music 178
Nondepartmental Courses 188
Nursing 190
Physics ; 200
Religion 206
Interdepartmental Programs 219
Medical Science 219
General Studies , 219
Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs 221
Anesthesia 221
Dentistry • . t 221
Law 222
Medicine 222
Optometry 224
Osteopathic Medicine 224
Pharmacy 224
Veterinary Medicine , 225
Software Technology Center ' 226
Financial Policies 227
Student Costs 227
Special Fees and Charges 228
Housing , 229
Method of Payment 232
Financial Aid 242
The Registry 252
Index 263
Academic Calendar
1995-96 School Year
The Southern College summer term consists of four 4-week sessions.
Students in attendance during the 1994-95 school year may register at any
time during the week immediately preceding the session.
1st Summer Session
May 9 Registration
May 9 Classes Begin
May 10 Late Registration Pee
May 11 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change
May 19 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W"
May 26 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F"
June 2 Classes End
2nd Summer Session
June 6 Registration
June 6 Classes Begin
June 7 Late Registration Fee
June 8 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change
June 16 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W"
June 23 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F"
June 30 Classes End
3rd Summer Session
July 3 Registration
July 3 Classes Begin
July 4 Independence Day Observed
July 5 Late Registration Fee
July 6 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change
July 15 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W"
July 21 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F"
July 28 Classes End
4th Summer Session
July 30 Registration
July 31 Classes Begin
August 1 Late Registration Fee
August 2 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change
August 11 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W"
August 18 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F"
Aug 21-25 ACT Exam
August 24 Classes End
1st Semester
Aug 17-20 Faculty Colloquium
August 27 ACT Exam
Aug 27-28 Freshman Orientation
Academic Calendar 5
1st Semester, cont.
Aug 28, 29 Registration by Appointment
August 30 Classes Begin
August 30 Late Registration Fee
September 6 Fee for Class Change
September 12 Last Day to Add Course
October 19 Mid-term Ends
October 20-22 Mid-semester Break
October 27-29 Alumni Homecoming
November 2 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W"
Nov 6-17 Pre-Registration/Advisement
Nov 22-26 Thanksgiving Vacation
December 8 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F"
Dec 18-21 Semester Exams
Dec 2 2 -Jan 6 ' Christmas Vacation
2nd Semester
January 7-8 Registration for Pre-registered Students
January 8 Registration by Appointment
January 9 Classes Begin
January 9 Late Registration Fee
January 16 Fee for Class Change
January 22 Last Day to Add Course
January 23 Senior Class Organization
February 29 Mid-term Ends
March 1-10 Spring Break
March 15 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W"
Mar 25-Apr 5 Pre-Registration/Advisement
April 7-8 College Days
April 8 Senior Deadline for Correspondence/Incompletes
April 12 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F"
April 29-May 2 Semester Exams
May 5 Commencement/Semester Ends
1st Summer Session, 1996
May 7 Registration and Classes Begin
May 31 Classes End
2nd Summer Session, 1996
June 4 Registration and Classes Begin
June 28 Classes End
3rd Summer Session, 1996
July 1 Registration and Classes Begin
July 26 Classes End
4th Summer Session, 1996
July 28 Registration
July 29 Classes Begin
August 22 Classes End
This Is Southern College
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year co-educational
institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist Church* primarily to
serve its constituents in the southeastern part of the United States.
MISSION STATEMENT
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists provides students, faculty,
and staff with an environment for balanced development of the intellectual,
spiritual, physical, and social dimensions of life in harmony with biblical
principles. In a context of liberal arts and professional curricula, our
campus community emphasizes academic scholarship, vocational
preparation, cultural understanding, and a relationship with Jesus Christ
leading to a life of service.
M>\3CATIO^AL, PMIA>SOPHY AND OBJECTIVES
The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist Church
is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of humanity in the
world. The following is a summary of this understanding:
(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and Sustainer
of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of all knowledge.
(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with Him,
mankind possessed harmonious physical, mental, spiritual, and social
attributes.
(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but God in
His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration of His image
in humanity, thus preparing individuals for eternal personal fellowship
with God.
In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed as
an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of each indi-
vidual's relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind.
Education, consequently, must focus on developing the whote person.
Southern College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, and
physical environment which encourages this development through the
following specific objectives.
Spiritual
The spiritual goal of Southern College is to enable students to grasp
Christian beliefs and values as understood by the Seventh-day Adventist
Church. Along with three hours of mandatory religion course work for each
year of attendance, students have religious convocations and various
opportunities for Christian fellowship and service to help them better
internalize these ideals.
♦This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, which is
comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North
Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee.
This Is Southern College 7
. Intellectual
The intellectual goal of Southern College is to help students confront the
ideas and values which underlie civilization. Course requirements and
general education options aim at broadening and deepening the students'
outlook. An honors program challenges the most capable students, while
academic awards recognize a range of scholarly achievements.
Occupational
The occupational goal of Southern College is to prepare students for
service in a practical world. Although that does not always mean specific
career orientation, the major and minor course work offers useful
competencies as well as skills related to specific vocations.
Social
Regarding the relationship of individuals to society, the goal of Southern
College is to encourage students to attain the social maturity necessary for
successful family and community living. Southern College provides activ-
ities and courses aimed at developing healthy interpersonal relations,
communication skills, and decision-making abilities. This goal includes a
commitment by the college to involve its students and staff in service
activities which benefit both its regional constituency and local community.
Physical
Regarding personal health, the goal of Southern College is to educate
students to be active in promoting their own physical well-being. Southern
College is smoke-, alcohol-, and drug-free by policy, and the cafeteria offers
a meatless diet. Health-oriented courses and activities combine to encour-
age a balance of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation.
HISTORY
In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern College
had its beginning in the small village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school
became known as Graysville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to
Southern Industrial School and five years later to Southern Training
School.
In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of
plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton
County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the anticipated
community. At its new location, the school opened as Southern Junior
College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved senior college
status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary College. In 1982
the name was changed to Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists.
SETTING
Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled in
a valley eighteen miles east of Chattanooga, The quietness and beauty of
the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educational philosophy.
8 This Is Southern College
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is accredited by the Com-
mission on Colleges of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to
award one-year certificates, associate degrees, and baccalaureate degrees.
It is also accredited by the Accrediting Association of Seventh-day Adventist
Schools, Colleges, and Universities.
Departments of the college are also accredited by various organizations.
The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree programs in nurs-
ing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by the National
League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board of Review. The
Department of Nursing is an agency member of the Department of Bacca-
laureate and Higher Degree Programs of the Division of Nursing Education
of the National League for Nursing. It is also accredited by the Tennessee
Board of Nursing and is recognized by the Florida State Board of Nursing.
The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education for
the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. Southern College is
also a member of the Association of American Colleges, the American
Council on Education, the Tennessee College Association, the American
Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, and the National Association
for Schools of Music.
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
Southern College offers 39 baccalaureate degree majors, 31 minors, 18
associate degree majors, and 4 one-year certificates. Additional prepro-
fessional and terminal curricula are available to students seeking admission
to professional schools. (See "Degrees and Curricula," page 31). Ten
departments offer secondary teaching certification. Southern College is an
extension campus for La Sierra University, which offers the M.Ed, degree,
and Andrews University, which offers the M.S.N, degree.
STUDENTS
Sixty-five percent of the students of Southern College come from the
eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day
Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25 to 30 foreign
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men.
Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial,
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist Church
at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, business
pursuits, government service, research activities, private and institutional
medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels.
FACILITIES
The following buildings house the academic and other activities of the
college:
Brock Hall — Art, Business Administration, English/Speech, History,
Journalism/Communication, Modern Languages, Instructional
Media, and WSMC FM90.5 (NPR 90)
Daniells Hall — Computer Science/Technology, Mathematics, Physics
Hackman Hall — Biology and Chemistry
This Is Southern College 9
Mazie Herin Hall — Nursing
William lies Physical Education Center — Physical Education,
Swimming Pool
Ledford Hall — Industrial Technology
McKee Library
Miller Hall — Religion Center
Student Center — Computer Center, Cafeteria, Counseling Center,
Campus Ministries, student activity rooms, K.R.'s Place
Summerour Hall — Behavioral Science, Education and Psychology
J. Mabel Wood Hall — Music
Lynn Wood Hall — Heritage Museum, Conference Rooms
Wright Hall — Administration Building
Other facilities on or near campus that may serve student needs:
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church
Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the
college and community. Includes:
Adventist Book Center
Campus Kitchen — fast foods
Campus Shop — student bookstore and gift shop
United States Post Office
Village Market with grocery, deli, bakery
Conference Center — guest rooms available for a fee
Health Service — located at the east end of the Conference Center
Recreational Area — tennis courts, track, playing fields
Spanish-American Seventh-day Adventist Church
Arthur W Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school
Student Apartments
Student Park
Talge Hall — men's residence hall
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall
Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries
and service departments.
Admissions
Southern College welcomes applications from students who seek a college
career that unites spirituality and academic integrity and who commit
themselves to an educational program designed according to Christian prin-
ciples as taught by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The college does not
discriminate on the basis of age, gender, race, color, ethnic or national
origin, religion, or handicap.
PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1
Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit two satis-
factory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one of the
following three conditions at the time of enrollment:
Regular Acceptance
A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home Study
International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at least 2.00 (on
a 4.00 scale) in major subjects, 2 have a minimum composite score of
18 on the Enhanced American College Test (ACT) or a minimum of
710 on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or 840 on the Recentered
SAT I.
B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test with all sec-
tions not less than 45 or total score of not less than 225, have a
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT or a minimum of 710 on
the Scholas-tic Aptitude Test (SAT) or 840 on the Recentered SAT I,
and be eighteen years old by June 1 (prior to admission). Each
applicant must have an official transcript of his or her grades and
credits sent to the Admissions Office from the high school most
recently attended.
C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, fourteen of
which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum GPA of 3.00 in
the major subjects, and have a minimum composite score of 18 on
the Enhanced ACT or a minimum of 710 on the Scholastic Aptitude
Test (SAT) or 840 on the Recentered SAT I.
Southern College must have received a final official high school
transcript or GED scores and a transcript from the high school last
attended from each new student before he or she will be admitted to
registration.
Acceptance on Academic Probation
A. If either the high school GPA or ACT/SAT composite score is below the
minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be accepted
on academic probationary status.
B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 12
semester hours during the first semester.
Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should
consult departmental admission requirements.
2
Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign language.
Admissions 11
If both the high school GPA and the Enhanced ACT composite score or
SAT score are below the minimum requirements (2.00 and 18 or 710
respectively), it will be necessary for the student to take a minimum of six
semester hours (in solid courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before
being accepted at Southern College. These six hours may be taken at
Southern College during the summer (last session excluded) or at another
• accredited college.
Subjects Required for Admission
Applicants to freshman standing must have the following subjects in
their secondary program:
1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech.
2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra.
3. Two units of science or an ACT score of 14 in science reasoning. A
college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be taken in
addition to general education science requirements if this condition is
not met.
4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be taken
as part of the general education requirements.
5. Two units in a foreign language are required for a B.A degree. If
deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level will be
required.
6. Computer competency is strongly recommended.
ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DEPARTMENT
Students applying to nursing courses as freshmen or as transfer stu-
dents should refer to the Nursing section of the CATALOG for admission
requirements.
ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another accredited
college or university must follow the same application procedure as other
students. Transfer credits may be applied toward the requirements for a
degree when the student has satisfactorily completed a minimum of twelve
semester hours in residence. Credit by examination taken at other colleges
will be accepted according to Southern College standards (see "College
Credit by Examination" in the Academic Policies section of the CATALOG
on page 41). A maximum of 72 semester hours may be accepted from a
college where the highest degree offered is the associate degree. Back-
ground deficiencies revealed by transcripts and entrance examinations will
be given individual attention.
Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not
regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 16
semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. Only
those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses and for
which the student has earned a "C" grade or better will be accepted.
A student who has been dismissed from another institution because of
poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that institu-
tion, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify for
readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. Transfer
12 Admissions
students must submit both their college and high school official
transcripts to the Admissions Office before being admitted to reg-
istration. Those who do not have credit for first semester College
Composition and three semester hours of college level mathe-
matics will be required to take the Enhanced ACT (American
College Test) prior to registration at Southern College.
ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS
Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission require-
ments and who do not wish to become degree candidates, or otherwise
qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer to another
institution of higher learning, may register as special students. A special
student may enroll for a maximum of five semester hours per term.
EXTENSION CLASSES
The Southern College classes that are taught at the site of several private
Seventh-day Adventist academies (high schools) are for college credit only
and are taken in addition to the student's high school load. These are
extension classes and no high school level credit is given.
To enroll in an extension class, students must be members of the senior
class with a grade point average of 3.00 or above during the years of their
secondary education.
ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
An international student applying to Southern College must have com-
pleted the equivalent of a United States high school (secondary) education.
The student is required to list only the institutions and dates attended on
the application forms, but will not be accepted to Southern College until
the college has received original records or official copies of all credits,
degrees, diplomas and other credentials, with validation by school or
national officials. These should be in the original language, accompanied by
a translation (not an interpretation) in English, and certified by an
American Embassy official if possible.
The Director of Records of Southern College will evaluate academic
documents received for international students based on the recommenda-
tions found in the World Education series of booklets published by the
American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Officers and
Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, published by the General
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists.
Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General Certificate
of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0" level
academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1 through 6
or A through D). Subjects must include English, a natural science, and
three others selected from a second language, mathematics, science, and
social studies.
Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before
admission. This may be done by taking the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL). Students whose TOEFL score is 550 meet the official
admission level, but students with scores between 490 and 550 may be
admitted only on condition that they will enroll for special English
Admissions 13
language proficiency classes. These students must enroll as special advisees
of the English Department which administers the language classes.
Students whose TOEFL scores are below 490 are not eligible for admission
to the college.
In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses for
an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information section
of the CATALOG.)
According to U.S. Immigration laws, international students may not
work more than 20 hours per week and may be employed only on the
college campus.
International students should not leave their homeland until they have
in their possession:
1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College
2. 1-20 form (Immigration and Naturalization Service)
3. A valid passport
4. A valid visa to enter the United States
5. Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in addition to
the international surety deposit required of all non-U.S. citizens).
APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION
♦ Prospective students should request application forms from the Office
of Admissions.
♦ Completed applications should be returned to the Office of Admissions
with an application fee of $20.
♦ It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools (high
school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of Admissions
in support of the application. These will become the property of the
college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED DIRECTLY FROM
AN APPLICANT.
♦ Students transferring from another college or university who do not
have credit for first semester College Composition and three semester
hours of college level mathematics will be required to take the ACT
prior to registration at Southern College.
♦ Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of credits,
recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions Office will notify
the applicant of the action taken.
WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY
New students are urged to submit applications no later than the last
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to suggest
ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the difficulty
sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtaining necessary
transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time will be necessary
for processing late applications.
Students in residence may submit reapplications without charge until
April 30; thereafter the regular application fee of $20 will be required.
Student Life and Services
A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of
association. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if students
develop their interests and meet their needs through participation in the
nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take advantage
of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural, social, and
spiritual growth.
RESIDENCE HALL LIVING
Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" prepares
the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the rights and
opinions of others, and offers first-hand experience in adjusting to a social
group. Talge Hall houses male students and Thatcher Hall houses female
students.
To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires those
students who take more than three semester hours of classwork and who
are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with their parents or
other approved relatives in the vicinity, to reside in one of the residence
halls.
REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for
Students with Special Needs
Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending. All
applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for special
services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office for a visit
to the campus at which time the applicant will receive information concern-
ing all features of campus life and can share with the college officials any
information pertinent to personal needs.
DINING
For the promotion % of student health and enjoyment, Southern College
provides a complete vegetarian cafeteria service, organized to serve the
students' needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and
cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is available for
the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary dining rooms are
available for meetings of various student or faculty organizations. Two
vegetarian fast-food shops are also operated on the campus by the Food
Service Department. K.R.'s Place is conveniently located in the Student
Center and the Campus Kitchen is at nearby-by Fleming Plaza.
CHAPLAIN'S OFFICE
Any student of Southern College has the opportunity to enrich his/her
personal relationship with Jesus through Campus Ministries' activities.
Through the programs coordinated from the Chaplain's Office, students
can engage in a wide variety of on- and off-campus spiritual activities.
CARE ministries is the acronym for Collegiate Adventist Reaching
Everyone. Student leaders working with the campus chaplain direct out-
reach activities such as Campus Ministries, CABL (Collegiate Adventist for
Better Living), Destiny Drama Company, Collegiate Missions, and
numerous religious programs.
Student Life and Services 15
Southern College enjoys a reputation of having a strong commitment to
mission service. There are opportunities for short-term mission projects as
well as traditional student missionary positions or volunteer task force
positions. The "Call Book" which is published by the General Conference
Youth Ministries Department is available in the Chaplain's Office located
in the Student Center on the third floor of Wright Hall. Students interested
in any mission or task force position may work through the Chaplain's
Office for information and placement in mission positions.
The campus chaplain serves as a pastor for the college campus. The
chaplain is available for spiritual counseling, personal and relationship
concerns, or any situation in which students desire personal and pro-
fessional counseling, It is the desire of the Chaplain's Office to provide a
safe, confidential setting for students to discuss personal issues.
Since many college students choose a life partner while here at the
college, the Chaplain's Office provides various premarital inventories and
counseling programs to aid in the establishment of healthy Christian
relationships.
COUNSELING AND TESTING SERVICE
During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser who
will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on academic
questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek counsel
concerning academic or personal problems from any member of the faculty.
Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a professional
counselor should contact the Counseling Center. Personnel trained in
counseling and testing are available to those with social and personal
problems.
The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling service
in providing guidance information to both students and counselors.
Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service as a means of
obtaining information useful in personal, educational, and career planning.
Southern College is an established non-Saturday National Test Center
for the administration of entrance examinations for students applying to
graduate and professional schools. Contact the Counseling Center for test
applications and test date information.
HEALTH SERVICE
The Health Service is administered by a nurse director in cooperation
with a college physician and the Vice President for Student Services. The
director uses the physician's standing orders and maintains regular office
hours. The college physician holds regular clinic hours each weekday
morning.
An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night by live-
in registered nurses who are continuing for their B.S. degrees. These
nurses are available to other students on an on-call basis.
The Health Service is available to all residence hall occupants and all
students taking seven or more hours (three hours in the summer). The
infirmary is available to all residence hall occupants. There is no charge for
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to cover
costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given are charged
by the pharmacy.
1 6 Student Life and Services
All students taking seven hours or more must purchase the Student
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of coverage by another
policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than seven hours may also
purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing complete benefits and
terms is given to each student at registration. In case of major illness,
students may be referred to off-campus hospital facilities.
ORIENTATION PROGRAM
Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the student
desiring a college education. There is much that the student must do to get
acquainted with the academic, social, and religious life of the college by
perusing this bulletin and the Southern College Student Handbook, Instru-
ction and counsel are given which will help the student better understand
the college program and what is expected of him/her as a citizen of the
college community.
Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to registration for
the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in course
planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, and
functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when students
may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new freshman students
are required to attend the orientation program.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his/her
educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the college to
give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to work, is physically
and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his class schedule to
accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should be able to obtain
employment on campus. Students seeking employment should contact the
Personnel/Student Employment Office.
SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE
One of the services of the college is that of assisting graduates in
preparation for seeking employment. The Counseling Center offers
assistance in resume and cover letter preparation, graduate school and
employment application processing, and job interview preparation. The
offices of Student Services and Counseling serve as liaison services in
bringing graduates and employers together through job fairs, employment
interview opportunities, the senior placement brochure, and the
maintenance of senior placement files.
STUDENT ASSOCIATION
Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more semester
hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association with voting
privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for leadership
development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives of Southern
College are afforded by the Association. The Association assists the college
administration and faculty in the implementation of policies and assumes
responsibility in giving direction to campus activities entrusted to it.
Student Life and Services 17
The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated through
the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. The
activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, Southern Accent;
the yearbook, Southern Memories; the weekly announcement sheet,
Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty pictorial directory, Joker.
The activities and responsibilities of the officers and the detailed organi-
zation of the Student Association are outlined in the Student Association
Constitution and Bylaws.
CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS
Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than thirty
campus organizations provide opportunities for enrichment, leadership
training, and enjoyment. They include church-related organizations —
Campus Ministries, Student Ministerial Association, Collegiate Adventists
for Better Living; clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the
departments; social clubs — Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi
(women), Upsilon Delta Phi (men), Black Christian Union, and special
interest or hobby clubs.
Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative grade
point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the previous
semester to hold any elected office.
CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES
Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists and
lecturers is provided for students, generally in connection with the weekly
assembly program. The cost of admission for students is included in the
tuition.
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT
In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of behavior
are maintained to encourage the development of genuine Christian
character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and social integrity
appreciate standards that elevate and ennoble. Admission to Southern
College is a privilege that requires the acceptance of and compliance with
published and announced regulations. Only those whose principles and
interests are in harmony with the ideals of the college and who willingly
subscribe to the social program as ordered are welcomed. It therefore
follows that since students at Southern College receive an education
subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventist Church, those who engage in
activities determined to be detrimental to the church on or off campus will
not be knowingly accepted or retained.
A student who is out of harmony with the social policies of the college,
who is uncooperative, and whose attitude gives evidence of an unresponsive
nature may be advised to withdraw without specific charge. The use of
tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of drugs, movie theater
attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or vulgar language, hazing, and
improper associations are to be avoided.
18 Student Life and Services
Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The hand-
book includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A copy may
be obtained from the office of the Vice President for Student Services.
Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are of equal force
with those listed in official publications.
ASSEMBLY AND WORSHIP SERVICES
In private parochial education it has been shown that elimination of
residence hall worships and all school-wide convocations is the first step
toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. Convoca-
tion exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student body serve
educational and religious purposes. They also provide an element of unity
which is one of the most desirable features of private education such as is
found at Southern College. The religious emphasis weeks and the weekend
church services assist in the spiritual growth of the students. Students are
required to attend these services regularly. Failure to do so will jeopardize
the student's current status and readmission privileges.
Academic Enrichment Services
E, A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES
The E. A Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the business
curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of E. A Anderson
of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the student a broader under-
standing of the business world. The public is invited to attend the lectures
free of charge; however, for a fee, continuing education credit is available.
Lectures are presented at 8 p.m. in the E. A. Anderson Business Seminar
Room, Brock Hall, Room 333.
EUGENE A. ANDERSON
HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES
The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected
performances are broadcast internationally on the American Public Radio
Program, "Pipe Dreams." The series is made possible through the gener-
osity of Eugene A. Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the education and
enjoyment of the students and the public. Because of its uniqueness, this
series attracts organists and other fine arts enthusiasts from all areas of
the country.
The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April 1986.
A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 13 stops,
is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John Brombaugh
and Associates of Eugene, Oregon.
FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES
Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field on
campus to address the professional community. Southern College believes
education to be a dynamic lifelong process and is committed to providing
professional nurses with continuing education opportunities, as well as
exposing student nurses to the importance of self-initiated education.
This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is made
possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson.
CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES
Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the
Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three artists and/or
ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for students, faculty,
and the community. Artists are chosen in such a fashion that over a four-
year period a student can become acquainted with solo and ensemble music
of many style periods. Master classes are often scheduled in conjunction
with a concert.
20 Academic Enrichment Services
CLASSIC FILM SERIES
Christian education involves the difficult challenge of learning to live in
a secular society while remaining critical of its values. To this end, the
Classic Film series, sponsored by Student Services and the History
Department, seeks to present films that are historically significant but also
informative and entertaining. They are intended to augment the
educational and cultural experience of students at the college level and
encourage the application of critical thinking to popular culture. Critical
notes are provided to aid in deciphering the film's latent content from its
manifest content.
E. O. GRUNDSET LECTURE SERIES
The E. O. Grundset Lecture Series is jointly sponsored by the Southern
College Chapter (Kappa Phi) of the Beta Beta Beta National Biological
Honor Society and the Biology Department. Five or more lectures are
presented each semester by guest speakers. The general public is invited.
The lectures are divided into two categories. The Technical Research
Seminars are designed to update students, faculty, and the community on
current biological research as well as to illustrate to students how biological
knowledge is acquired through research. The Natural History Lectures are
less technical and provide a general understanding of organismic and
ecological biology, either by a description of the plants or animals in a
certain region or an account of the behavior, habits, or ecology of certain
species.
ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES
The Robert H. Pierson Lectureship is sponsored annually by the
Department of Religion at Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists
under the auspices of the Ellen G. White Memorial Chair in Religion to
facilitate the training of ministers in Biblical Studies, Theology, History,
Adventist Heritage, Homiletics, Administration, and in other areas of
preparation.
THOMAS E STALEY LECTURE SERIES
The Thomas F. Staley Foundation is a private, nonprofit organization,
established to administer funds to further the Evangelical witness of the
Christian church on college campuses.
Administered through the Religion Department, the trustees of this
Foundation provide speakers who truly believe and effectively propagate
the Gospel of Jesus Christ in its historical and scriptural fullness.
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
The Instructional Media Service provides audio-visual services to the
college administration, faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff
includes a director, secretary, and service technician.
LIBRARIES
McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational materials
for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, pleasant areas to
read or study, current periodicals, and a large microform collection
contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special collections in the library
Academic Enrichment Services 2 1
include the Seventh-day Adventist Heritage Collection: books and materials
by SDA authors and about the Seventh-day Adventist Church; and the Dr.
Vernon Thomas Memorial Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection:
books, letters, manuscripts, newspapers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings,
maps, and artifacts of this period in American History.
The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately 400,000
items. Over 1,000 periodicals are currently received which include a large
number of titles kept permanently on microform. McKee Library has an
online computerized card catalog as well as a computerized magazine index
and offers access to the Internet Various databases are available on CD-
ROM. The library is a member of Ohio College Library Center and charter
member of the Southeastern Library Network automated systems.
The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 350,
including 183 individual study carrels.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION
' Southern College is affiliated with two marine biological stations to
enrich and supplement its on-campus programs. One of these facilities, the
Bahamian Field Station, is located on the island of San Salvador, Bahamas,
and provides the opportunity for students to study tropical ecology, both
terrestrial and marine. This station provides lodging, classroom, and
laboratory facilities for studying coral reef, sandy beach, rocky shore, and
mangrove swamp biomes.
The affiliation with Walla Walla College's Rosario Beach Marine Biolog-
ical Station on Fidalgo Island in the Puget Sound provides students with
opportunities to study some of these similar habitats in a temperate
climate. This station in the state of Washington also furnishes facilities for
summer classwork and research. Its close proximity to biomes ranging from
sea bottom to Alpine tundra provides an excellent opportunity for instruc-
tion and investigation.
WSMC FM90.5
WSMC FM90.5 (NPR 90) is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts
radio station licensed to Southern College.
WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. The
station regularly hires between 15 and 20 students as on-air announcers,
or production assistants. The station is an excellent way for the student to
receive hands-on experience in the field of broadcasting.
WSMC represents the college to the Greater Chattanooga community,
with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of Chattanooga. Founded
in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts station in southeastern
Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station in a seven-state region to
receive satellite capability. The station also exists as an outreach of the
college — striving to enhance the quality of life in the community.
The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, educational,
and inspirational programs. WSMC is affiliated with National Public Radio,
American Public Radio, and the Adventist Radio Network.
WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility includes
a studio-quality production room, news room, music library, and on-air
studios.
Academic Policies
PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY
When planning their course work, students should acquaint themselves
with their chosen program of study and graduation requirements outlined
in this CATALOG. Students who have not decided their course of study
before entering college may take a general program exploring several fields.
This approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned.
Freshman students may consult faculty members during the summer
months before the beginning of the fall term. Students planning to teach
should consult the Department of Education and Psychology to include
teacher education courses as a part of their program in order to qualify for
denominational and state certification.
Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree requirements.
They may choose to meet the requirements of any one catalog in effect dur-
ing the period of residency. If students discontinue their education for a
period of twelve months or more, they must qualify according to the catalog
in force at the time of their return.
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate Degree
The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as
follows:
♦ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 11).
♦ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students earning the
Bachelor of Music degree will take 132 semester hours.
♦ A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at least 14
upper division hours in the major for a BA. degree and at least 18
upper division hours in the major for all other degrees.
♦ Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a B.A
degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a cumulative
grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* completion of the general
education requirements, and electives to satisfy the total credit
requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades lower
than a **C-" will not be applied on a major or minor. Grades of "C" or
better are required for the Nursing major and grades of "C" or better
are required for Nursing cognate courses.
♦ More than one major may be earned provided all courses required for
each major and its cognates are completed. Each major must include
a minimum of 20 semester hours that do not overlap with any other
major or minor.
More than one minor may be earned provided all courses required for
each minor are completed. Each minor must include a minimum of 12
semester hours that do not overlap with any other major or minor.
♦ Completion of an examination as required by the department.
*For educational certification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 must be met both in education and in
the field of certification. In elementary education, a GPA of 2.50 is required in the major and in required non-major
subjects. The music major requires a OPA of 2.25 both in applied music and other music courses. The nursing major
requires a OPA of 2.50 in cognate courses as well as in the major. The medical technology major requires minimum
grades of C- and a minimum average of 2.25 in the major and cognates.
Academic Policies 2 3
♦ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete,
beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours,
including 16 hours upper division, and a new major.
♦ Completion of General Education requirements as spelled out in the
"General Education Requirements" section of this CATALOG.
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree
♦ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative grade
point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors need 69 semester
hours and a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.50.
♦ Completion of a major, the general education requirements, and
electives to satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation.
Courses completed with grades lower than "C- M will not be applied on
a major.
♦ Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish to
obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion of the
curriculum prescribed for the second degree.
The work completed for the second degree must include at least 24 hours
in residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first
degree. If the second associate degree is earned subsequent to the first
associate degree, the requirements for the second degree will be governed
by the provisions of the CATALOG in effect at the time the student
re-enters the college for work toward the second degree.
♦ Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they
receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in different
fields. If requirements for an associate and a baccalaureate degree in
the same field are completed at the same time, only the higher degree
will be conferred.
ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
♦ A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements of a
specific one-year program.
♦ A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.
Grades in the technical area below "C-" will not be accepted.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor
♦ A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be upper
division credit.
CLASS STANDING
Freshmen 0-23 semester hours
Sophomores 24-54 semester hours
Juniors 55-93 semester hours
Seniors 94 semester hours
Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a
good citizenship record.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Degree Candidacy: A student becomes a degree candidate when s/he
enters the school term during which it will be possible to complete all
requirements for graduation. Formal application for graduation must be
made .during the fall registration of the senior year.
2 4 Academic Policies
Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of
commencement for those graduating at the close of the school year; (b) the
last day of the semester for those finishing first semester; and (c) for
others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements are
met. A commencement service occurs at the end of the second semester of
each school year.
Transcripts; Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts of
all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Records
Office.
Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to partici-
pate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all the courses
they need for graduation or if they submit approved plan for completing
their courses during the summer.
Prospective Summer Graduates: A $200 fee is charged to students who
are listed on the May graduation program as prospective summer
graduates. This fee is refundable only if the degree requirements are
completed by August 31. Criteria for students to be listed on the graduation
program as prospective summer graduates are as follows:
1. They must lack no more than six hours of regular coursework or eight
hours of internship.
2. They must submit a plan showing how they can complete the hours
they lack in the summer.
3. They must have all Incomplete grades made up, challenge examinations
completed, etc. at the same time as the May graduates — three to four
weeks prior to commencement.
4. They must meet the minimum GPA standards at Southern College,
overall, and in the major as of midterm of the second semester.
Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily graduate under the require-
ments of the CATALOG of the year in which they enter the college. Stu-
dents who are studying for a baccalaureate degree and fail to graduate
within six calendar years (four years for an associate degree), must plan to
conform to the current CATALOG.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty of the thirty-six semester hours completed
immediately preceding the conferment of the baccalaureate degree must be
taken in residency. The total hours taken in residence must include fifteen
in upper division, of which nine must be in the major and three in the
minor fields.
Associate Degree: Thirty of the thirty-six semester hours completed
immediately preceding the conferment of the associate degree must be
taken in residence. The total hours taken in residence must include fifteen
in the major field of study and three in the minor if a minor is taken.
Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year
certificate.
Academic Policies 25
Transfer Credit: Prior arrangements must be made with the Records
Office to take courses for transfer credit at another college or university
during any session the student is simultaneously enrolled at Southern
College and during any summer after initial enrollment. See department
sections of the CATALOG for classes which must be taken in residence.
PREREQUISITE FOR TAKING UPPER DIVISION CLASSES
Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course (upper
division). The English Composition and mathematics requirements
in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of General Education must be
met before enrollment in upper division classes.
GENERAL EDUCATION
General Education is an important part of what students experience at
Southern College. It is provided through several programs, four of which
are described here — Writing Across the Curriculum, Community Service,
General Education Course Requirements, and Southern Scholars.
Writing Across the Curriculum: The Writing Across the Curriculum
program at Southern College is one of the longest-running programs of its
kind in the nation. The goal of the program is to assist students in
developing writing skills suitable to various disciplines. Such skills will also
make students more competitive in the job market. Thus, candidates for
the bachelor's degree must complete three writing-emphasis classes as
outlined in the general education requirements. These classes are carefully
tailored to emphasize personal growth in writing skills through both
spontaneous and planned writing exercises. Students should also expect
writing requirements in courses other than those designated as writing-
emphasis courses.
Community Service: Promotion of voluntary, unselfish service to
mankind is a thread that runs through all programs of study at Southern
College. Volunteerism, however, cannot be mandated. It can only be
encouraged. Students at Southern are encouraged to volunteer for
community service through government, philanthropic, cultural, political,
church, medical, educational, environmental, and other organizations and
agencies or through individual projects. Based on nominations from each
academic department, Community Service Awards are presented each year
at the annual Awards Assembly to students who have made an exceptional
contribution of time and effort in serving others.
General Education Course Requirements: While recognizing the
validity of many different general education programs, the faculty of
Southern College have designed the following sequence that provides
development of academic skills and opportunities for self-fulfillment, and
conveys basic values of both the Seventh-day Adventist Church and
western civilization. Students may exercise considerable latitude when
selecting courses to comply with General Education requirements. A
comprehensive general education test is required of all four-year seniors.
26 Academic Policies
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bachelor's
AREA A BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS
A graduate of Southern College can use the skilla of
reading, writing, and mathematics.
Underlying all general education requirements are the
basic academic skills of English and mathematics. It is
important for a graduate to be able to discern an author's
organization, arguments, and supports, and to write
coherently, fluently, and grammatically. Graduates need
numeric and symbolic computation skills to function
successfully in our scientific and technological society.
All English Composition and mathematics
requirements in Area A must be completed
before upper division work is undertaken.
Upper division transfer students may take Area A
requirements concurrently with upper division
classes,
L English 6-9 6-9
ENGL 101 and 102 are required for both the associate
and the bachelor's degrees.
Students with an Enhanced ACT English score below 17
* must take ENGL 099 before enrolling in ENGL 101.
2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3
Students with a Mathematics ACT score below 22 must
take one mathematics course (100 level or above).
MATH 080 is required of all students who meet none of
the following criteria: 1) ACT Mathematics score of 16
or above, 2) ACT Mathematics Elementary Algebra
subscore of 8 or above, 3) Completion of high school
Algebra II with a grade of C or better.
3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree must
complete three writing-emphasis classes.
These classes are identified by a "(W)" following the
course name, [e.g., History of the South (W)] in the
departmental listings. One such class must be in the
student's major field and one must be outside the
major field. The third may be chosen from any area.
The writing done as a part of the program overseas
completed by students majoring in International Studies
will be accepted in place of a specially designated
"W w course in the major.
AREA B. RELIGION 6 12
A graduate of Southern College has a knowledge of the Bible
and a sense of Christian community based on the teachings,
beliefs, and history of the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
A correct understanding of the human condition results
from a knowledge of the Bible as God's word, a commitment
that springs from that truth, and a system of values derived
from such knowledge and insight. -
Transfer students must take 3 hours for each year or
part thereof in attendance at an SDA college with a
minimum of 6 hours. Bachelor's degree students must
take at least three hours from each of the first two
sub-areas and include one upper-division class.
Academic Policies 27
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bachelor's
AREA B. RELIGION, cont. 6 12
I. Biblical Studies
All RELB courses.
2* Religion and Theology Studies
All RELT courses. (Only one of RELT 317, 318,
or 424 will apply.)
3. Professional Studies
One course may be chosen from KELP 251, 354,
465, or 468.
AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL,
AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS
A graduate of Southern College has knowledge of history
and the skill to analyze political and economic systems.
It is essential that one have an historical perspective
in a society that allows its members a voice in shaping
its political, social, and economic institutions.
Students with less than one secondary school credit
for World History must include one of the following:
HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389.
1. History
All HIST courses except 490.
2. Political and Economic Systems
All PLSC courses; GEOG 306; ECON 213, 224, 225.
[Students studying for licensure in elementary education
may take GEOG 204 for C-2 credit)
AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, FINE ARTS
A graduate of Southern College can recognize the impact
of arts and humanities on life and integrate such knowledge
into personal experience.
Language, literature, speech, and the fine arts convey
ideas, values, and emotions. An acquaintance with these
modes of communication enhances the ability to express oneself
and fosters an appreciation of the cultural heritage of world
civilization and the complexities of human existence.
Bachelor's degree students must include at least
2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas. Students entering
Southern College who have less than two secondary
school credits of foreign language and who are
pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete
the elementary level of a foreign language.
Degree programs that do not require SPCH 135, 136,
or 236 have at least one required course in the major
that contains an oral communication emphasis.
L Foreign Language
FREN 101-102, 207-208; GRMN 101-102, 207-208;
SPAN 101-102, 207-208; RELL 251-252, 271-272,
311-312.
28 Academic Policies
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bachelor's
AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE,
FINE ARTS, cont. 3 9
2. Literature
All literature courses offered by the English
Department and ENGL 326.
3. Music and Art Appreciation
HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 320, 321, 322, 323;
MUCH 215; ART 218/318, 344, 345.
4. Speech
SPCH 135, 136, 236.
AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 3-6 6-9
A graduate of Southern College comprehends the basic
concepts of science and can apply the scientific method
to problem solving.
A study of the sciences develops an inquiring attitude
toward one's environment It provides individuals with
empirical and rational methods of inquiry and an awareness
of both the potential and the limitations of pure and applied
science in solving problems.
Bachelor's degree students must take at least 3
hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only one of the
following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS 317, 318.
Students who have less than two secondary school
units in science, and a Science Reasoning ACT
standard score less than 14, must take 3 hours of
science above the usual requirements; e.g. associate
degree students must take 6 hours and bachelor's
degree students must take 9 hours.
Southern Scholars must take a sequence of two
classes from the same department See the "Honors
Studies Sequence" section on page 30 of the
CATALOG for clarification.
1. Biology
BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 151-152, 225, 226, 250,
314, 424.
2. Chemistry
CHEM 103, 111-112, 113-114, 151-152.
3. Physics
PHYS 137, 138, 155, 199, 211-212, 213-214, 317, 318.
4. Earth Science
ERSC 105.
AREA R BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY,
HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5
A graduate of Southern College will have a knowledge of
and be able to apply the dynamics of personal relationships,
social interaction, and healthful living toward effective
service.
The basic social units significantly shape people's lives,
and a knowledge of their workings is necessary to understand
ourselves and others.
Academic Policies 29
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bachelor's
AREA R BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY,
HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5
Bachelor's degree students must include at least 2
hours in two of the following sub-areas:
1. Behavioral Science
PSYC 124, 128, 217, 224, 233, 315, 349,
377, 415; SOCW 211, 212, 233, 375, 424,
296/496; EDUC 217, 427; all SOCI courses
except 201, 223, 230, 365.
2. Family Science
BUAD 128; SOCI 201, 223, 233, 365;
SOCW 233; PSYC 233.
3* Health Science
HLED 173; FDNT 125; NRSG 265.
AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 3 6
A graduate of Southern College will understand how to
live a balanced life by following the principles of wellness
and using leisure time wisely. The Seventh-day Adventist
philosophy stresses the balanced development of the whole
person. Toward this goal, education in the use of leisure
time is important, particularly in creative, recreational,
and practical skills. Associate degree students may take
a maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; bachelor's degree
students may take a maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area.
All students must take coursework from G-3.
1. Creative Skills
All MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 119-120, 235;
ENGL 314; JOUR 125, 315. [Students studying for
licensure in elementary education may take ART 230
for G-l credit]
2. Practical Skills
ACCT 103, 221-222; BUAD 126; CPTE 245/345,
249/349; CPTR 104, 105, 106, 107, 116, 120,
131, 132, 217; EDUC 250; ENGL 313; ENGR 149,
150; JOUR 103, 205; LIBR 125; OFAD 105, 115,
218, 223, 228, 245/345; SOCW 101; TECH 145,
149, 154, 164, 174, 223, 264/364.
3. Recreational Skills
PEAC 125 is required for both the associate and
the bachelor's degrees. An additional PEAC course
is required for the bachelor's degree. Optional
pass/fail grading is available for these courses.
SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program): The honors program
is designed for students who bring to their baccalaureate studies a high
degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity. Special projects, inter-
disciplinary studies, and designated honors courses provide a challenging
and intellectually stimulating educational experience. Degrees of depth and
breadth are attained in this experience beyond those normally attained in
regular baccalaureate studies.
30 Academic Policies
The program is administered by an Honors Committee which admits
students to the program and discontinues honors status of those who fail
to maintain minimum program standards. Its members also advise
individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their progress.
Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 3.70
or higher. Other students must have completed at least 31 and at most 62
semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or higher.
To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a minimum
of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each calendar year.
They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence courses, receive a B
(3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence courses and maintain a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors students are expected to
graduate within a four-year period unless extenuating circumstances justify
an extension by the honors committee.
Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in
residence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee in the
case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern College
who wish to take honors sequence classes at another institution must
secure prior approval from the honors committee.
After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars may
receive a waiver for the cost of auditing one class each semester that they
remain in the program. Beginning with their third year Southern Scholars
will receive a tuition refund equivalent to four three-hour classes. The "per
hour" rate for a 16-hour class load will be the basis for calculating the
refund. Southern Scholars also receive a 100 percent tuition waiver for
Honors Seminar, HMNT 451, 452, calculated according to the tuition
waiver policy explained on page 236.
HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE
A. General Education
Honors students must meet regular general education requirements
with the following stipulations:
1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: KELT 317, 318,
368, 424, or 467.
2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the
intermediate level.
3. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected.
4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected.
5. Area E. MATH 181 or MATH 215 and one of the following science
sequences must be selected: BIOL 151-152; CHEM 151-152;
PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214.
B. Honors Seminar
HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each month,
September through April. Taken during the junior or senior year.
C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study)
A significant scholarly project, involving research, writing, or special
performance, appropriate to the major in question, is ordinarily
completed the senior year. Ideally, this project will demonstrate an
understanding of the relationship between the student's major field and
some other discipline. The project is expected to be of sufficiently high
quality to warrant a grade of A and to justify public presentation. The
Academic Policies 31
completed project must be approved by the Honors Committee in
consultation with the student's supervising professor three weeks prior
to graduation. The 2-3 hours of credit for this project is typically done
as directed study or in a research class.
GRADUATION WITH ACADEMIC HONORS
Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will have
the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, magna
cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate designations will
appear on the diploma.
HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST
At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who have
carried a minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained the follow-
ing grade point averages will be included in the honors group indicated:
3.25 Honor Roll
3.50 Dean's List
3.75 Distinguished Dean's List
STUDENT MISSION/TASK FORCE CREDIT
Students may earn twelve hours of elective credit while participating in
the Student Mission/Task Force programs. Details are available in the
office of the College Chaplain. Students who wish to serve as student
missionaries or task force workers must plan their programs a year in
advance to fulfill necessary prerequisites.
MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS
Each major consists of thirty hours or more in the chosen field of
specialization of which a minimum of fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts
degree and eighteen for all other bachelor's degrees must be upper division
credit. The total semester hours required for each major for the Bachelor
of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and
Bachelor of Social Work degrees varies with the field of specialization
chosen.
All minors consist of at least eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a
minor must be upper division credit.
The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the
respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study."
DEGREES AND CURRICULA
The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work that
places a student's major field of study in the context of a liberal arts
education. To encourage a wide range of studies, a minor is required. A
foreign language component is required.
The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course work
that places the student's major field of study in the context of a liberal arts
education. The degree permits greater concentration in the field of study.
No minor or foreign language study is required except as specified for
certain majors.
The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a professional
degree consisting of a four-year program with concentrations available in
32 Academic Policies
various fields of business. Requirements for this degree are outlined in the
Business and Office Administration Department section.
The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting of
four years of course work designed to meet the needs of students wishing
to receive teaching credentials. Requirements for this degree are outlined
in the Music Department section.
The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree
consisting of a four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs of
students wishing to go into the social work profession. Requirements for
this degree are outlined in the Behavioral Science Department section.
The Associate of Arts degrees is a two-year program designed to meet
the needs of students who wish to pursue a short general studies program.
The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed to
meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short occupational or
pre-professional program.
The One-Year Certificate is available for students in the Auto Body
Technician and Auto Mechanics Technician programs. Requirements for
these certificates are outlined in the Industrial Technology Department
section.
Preprofessional Curricula are programs designed to prepare students
to enter professional schools. In some cases preprofessional curricula will
lead to an associate degree.
Curriculum Chart
Department
Degree
Major
Minor
Allied Health
BS
Medical Technology
AS
Pre-Cytotechnology
AS
Pre-Dental Hygiene
AS
Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics
AS
Pre-Occupational Therapy
AS
Pre-Physician Assistant
AS
Pre-Physical Therapy
AS
Pre-Speech Language Pathology & Audiology
AS
Pre-Surgeon's Assistant
Art
BA
Art
Art
BS
Art-Computer
Art — Computer
Graphic Design
Graphic Design
Behavioral
BS
Beh Sci-Family Studies
Behavioral Science
Science
BSW
Social Work
Family Studies
Sociology
Biology
BA
♦Biology
Biology
BS
♦Biology
Business.
BBA
Accounting
& Office
BBA
Computer Info Systems
Administration
BBA
Management
BBA
Marketing
Marketing
BS
Business Admin
Business Admin
BS
Long-Term Health Care
BS
Office Admin
Office Admin
AS
Accounting
AS
Office Admin
Chemistry
BA
♦Chemistry
Chemistry
BS
♦Chemistry
Academic Policies 33
Department Degree
Computer Science BBA
& Technology BA
BS
AS
AS
AS
Education &
Psychology
Engineering
Studies
BA
BA
BA
BS
AS
Major
Computer Info Systems
Computer Science
Computer Science
Architectural Studies
Computer Applications
Computer Science
Minor
Computer Science
Psychology
Psychology
Psychology (Elem Ed K-8)
Social Science (Elem Ed 1-8)
Science and Math Studies (Elem Ed 1-8)
Secondary Teaching — see ♦asterisked majors
Engineering Studies
English
General Studies
BA
AA
AS
♦English
General Studies
General Studies
English
Health, PE,
& Recreation
History
BS ♦Health, PE, Rec
BS Health Science
BS Corp/Com Wellness Mgmt
BA ♦History
Hlth, PE, Rec
History
Political Economy
Industrial
Technology
Cert
Cert
Cert
Cert
Auto Body Technician
Auto Mechanics Technician
Graphic Arts Prep
Technical Plant Services
Technology
Journalism/
Communication
BA
BA
BA
AS
Broadcast Journalism
Journ (News Editorial)
Public Relations
Media Technology
Advertising
Broadcast Journalism
News Editorial (Journ)
Public Relations
Sales
Mathematics
BA
BS
♦Mathematics
♦Mathematics
Mathematics
Modern Languages
BA
(1 year abroad req) (1 semester abroad req)
International Studies
Emphasis in French, German, or Spanish
Music
BA
BMus
Music
♦Music Education
Music
Nursing
AS
BS
Nursing
Nursing
Physics
BA
BS
♦Physics
♦Physics
Physics
Religion
BA
BA
BA
Religious Studies
Theology
, ♦Religious Education
Practical Theology
Religion .
Biblical Languages
Cert = One-year certificate program
•Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines
34 Academic Policies
PREPROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
Southern College offers preprofessional and pre-technical programs in a
wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to
professional schools or to enter technical careers. The following pre-
professional curricula are offered at Southern College:
Anesthesia Osteopathic Medicine
Dental Hygiene Pharmacy
Dentistry Physical Therapy
Law Radiology Technology
Medical Technology Medicine Respiratory Therapy
Occupational Therapy Veterinary Medicine
Optometry
An A.S. degree in Allied Health is available to students who fulfill
preprofessional requirements for programs designated in the Allied Health
section. Because preprofessional and technical admission requirements may,
vary from one professional school to another, students should become
acquainted with the admission requirements of their chosen school.
Detailed requirements for non-degree preprofessional curricula are
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental Programs"
(See Index).
REGISTRATION
Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration
periods designated in the school calendar. Registration is complete only
after they have finished all procedures and returned registration forms to
the Records Office. Freshmen are required to participate in the orientation
activities.
Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from the
Director of Records. Students failing to register during the scheduled regis-
tration periods will be charged a late registration fee. The course load of a
late registrant may be reduced according to the amount of classwork
missed. No student may register after two weeks of the semester have
elapsed.
Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration, students
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet their
objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be main-
tained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular
activities.
To make program changes, students must obtain the appropriate change
of registration voucher at the Records Office, obtain the necessary
signatures indicating approval of the change, and return the form to the
Records Office. Course changes and complete withdrawals from the school
become effective on the date the voucher is filed at the Records Office. A
fee will be assessed for each change in program after the first week of
instruction.
A student may not change from one section to another of the same
course without the approval of the instructor.
A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after midterm and
receive a grade of "W" automatically. A student withdrawing from a class
Academic Policies 35
after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of classes will be
assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the teacher. The grade for any
withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester will automatically
be "F."
Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students may
register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) for which
they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of limited
enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish to enroll for
credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is expected but examina-
tions and reports may be omitted. With the approval of the instructor, a
student may change a course registration from audit to credit or from
credit to audit only during the first week of instruction. No credit is given
for courses audited, and the fee is one-half of the regular tuition charge.
Canceled Classes. The Vice President for Academic Administration or a
department may cancel a class for which fewer than six students enroll.
This policy applies to ordinary classes but not to directed study courses,
private lessons, and other special classes such as special methods of
secondary teaching. Students enrolled in canceled classes should confer
with their advisers to determine alternate means to complete their
schedules.
COURSE LOAD
College courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour
consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for one semester. Thus,
two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week and three-semester-hour
classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory period of two and one-half
to three hours is equal to one class period. Students should expect to study
up to two hours outside of class for each fifty-minute period the class
meets. Ideally, a sixteen-semester-hour class load should require up to 32
hours of study each week by the student. Except by permission of the Vice
President for Academic Administration, a student may not register for
eighteen or more semester hours.
To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer term
may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree require-
ments in less than four years or by students having to take reduced
programs of studies during the regular academic year. The typical class
load during the summer is one three-hour class per session.
Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the course
load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During registration
the student should confer with his/her adviser in planning the proper
balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable study-work
program, the following will serve as a guide:
Maximum
Course Load Work Load
16 hours 16 hours
14 hours 20 hours
12 hours 26 hours
10 hours 32 hours
8 hours 38 hours
36 Academic Policies
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT
Southern College is committed to assist every student in the area of
academic advisement. Every full-time student is assigned an academic
adviser from his/her major field and is required to consult with the adviser
before registering for classes.
The responsibility of meeting graduation requirements belongs to the
individual student. In planning their schedules all students should carefully
follow the instructions in the catalog, recommendations of their advisers,
and reports of academic progress issued from the Records Office. In the
event of a discrepancy between an adviser's word and the catalog, final
interpretation of graduation requirements rests with the Records and
Advisement Office.
Seniors must file an application for graduation at the fall registration of
their senior year. Previous to their senior year students should check
periodically with the Records and Advisement office to determine whether
they are meeting all curriculum requirements satisfactorily.
As early as possible in the process of curriculum planning, students who
have chosen a career in teaching should consult the Teacher Certification
Officer regarding the requirements for teaching credentials.
GRADING SYSTEM
Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student and
parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. Only
semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. The
following system of grading and grade point values is used:
A 4.0 grade points per hour D 1.0 grade points per hour
A- 3.7 grade points per hour D- 0.7 grade points per hour
B+ 3.3 grade points per hour F 0.0 grade points per hour
B 3.0 grade points per hour W Withdrawal
B- 2.7 grade points per hour WF Withdrew Failing
C+ 2.3 grade points per hour (0.0 grade points per hour)
C 2.0 grade points per hour AU Audit
C- 1.7 grade points per hour I Incomplete
D+ 1.3 grade points per hour P Pass
A student may receive an "I" (Incomplete) because of illness or other
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must secure
from the Records Office the proper form and file the application with the
teacher to receive an incomplete. There is a charge of $7.50 for processing
grades of incomplete. Any incomplete which is not removed by the
end of the following term (Fall, Spring) will automatically become
an "K*
A course may be repeated before the student takes a more advanced
course in the same field. Only the last grade will be counted on repeated
courses. No course may be repeated more than once without permission
from the Vice President for Academic Administration.
The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number of
grade points earned by the hours attempted.
Academic Policies 37
STUDENT RECORDS
A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the record
or of information contained therein is governed by regulations of the
federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only directory
information, such as a student's name, photograph, address, telephone
listing, birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in officially
recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and awards
received, and the most recent previous educational agency or institution
attended, may be released by the institution without consent of the student
unless the student has asked SC to withhold such information.
Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also
provides for the release of information to college personnel who demon-
strate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in
research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties), and
certain federal and state government officials.
A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge the
content of records.
A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the
Records Office. The Director of Records will further explain and clarify the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, parents, or
interested parties upon request.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to maintain
high, ethical Christian levels of honesty.
Faculty Responsibilities:
1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments,
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer
collaboration."
2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they state
otherwise.
Student Responsibilities:
1 . Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning the proper
procedures for acknowledging borrowed wording, information, or ideas. Other-
wise students might innocently misrepresent others' material as their own.
2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should confer with
their teachers.
3. Students are to assume that all course work is "no collaboration" unless
stated otherwise by the teacher.
Departmental Policies:
Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have addi-
tional honesty policies which have the same force as those published here.
Such policies will be presented to students before implementation.
Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty:
1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such as
cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student with the
dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the situation, or if the
student's grade will be affected, then the Vice President for Academic Adminis-
tration must be consulted.
38 Academic Policies
2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual procedures for
the teacher to follow will be to:
a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or project
if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the class.
b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam,
assignment or project would constitute failing the class. The teacher
will then write up the incident and state the penalty administered,
giving a copy to both the Vice President for Academic Administration
and the student.
3. Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to be
dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the action
through the established appeal procedures spelled out in the "Grievance
Procedure" section of this CATALOG.
ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative GPA
falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on academic probation and
restricted from holding office in any student organization.
Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 2.25
in his/her major will also be placed on academic probation. Candidates for
an associate of science degree must have a GPA of at least 1.95 before
being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 after attempting 53 or
more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year certificate must have at
least a 2.00 average at the end of the second semester of enrollment. No
more than one additional semester of enrollment will be permitted. If the
2.00 grade point average is not then reached, the student will be dismissed.
Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 in
order to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College.
A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels indicated
below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee, and the Vice
President for Academic Administration will notify the student in writing
of the committee's decision.
Semester Hours Attempted G.P.A.I Subject to Dismissal
6- 48 1.50
49- 64 1.65
65- 80 1.75
81 - 93 1.85
94 - 116 1.95
117 - up 2.00
A student academically dismissed may be readmitted only after demon-
strating maturity and motivation for a college career. The dismissed
student may be required to complete successfully at least one term of
college-level courses at another institution prior to readmission at Southern
College.
Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic progress
policy set by the federal government. For further explanation see page 243,
"Southern College Academic Progress for Federal and Institutional Student
Financial Aid."
Academic Policies 39
RIGHT OF PETITION
Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the CATALOG may make
a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for considera-
tion of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of the depart-
ment chair of their major. The petition must contain a statement of the
request and supporting reasons. Students will be notified in writing by the
Vice President for Academic Administration of the action on petitions
within five working days. Petition forms are available from the Records
Office.
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their academic
program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of their cases.
They should do the following to effect a solution:
1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned.
2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chair.
3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to the Vice
President for Academic Administration.
4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee, chaired
by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his designee and
including three other faculty members and two students selected by the
Academic Affairs Committee. Both the student and the teacher involved
in the case are entitled to appear before the committee or to present a
written statement of the case. The decision of the committee shall be
presented in writing to the individuals involved within three days of the
committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon by both parties.
The decision of the committee is binding and will be implemented by the
teacher involved or the Vice President for Academic Administration.
ABSENCES
Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is expected.
Teachers prepare an absence policy for each class, which includes an
explanation of penalties, if any, for absences, and the procedure for making
up work, if such is allowed. It is the responsibility of teachers to publish
their policies for each class at the beginning of each semester, but it is the
students' responsibility to familiarize themselves with the practices of each
teacher from whom they are taking classes. Generally speaking, teachers
will not excuse absences for reasons other than illness, authorized school
trips, or emergencies beyond the students' control.
Students are not penalized if they incur absences while participating in
school-authorized activities,' but they are held responsible for work they
miss and it is their responsibility to initiate arrangements to make up their
assignments. One and one-half absences are given for missing a 75-minute
class, two for missing a 100-minute class, etc.
Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and
fairness, final examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official
examinations schedule. In the case of illness verified by Student Health
Service or a physician, death in the immediate family, three examinations
scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more examinations scheduled
40 Academic Policies
in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled upon approval by the teacher
and the Vice President for Academic Administration. The rescheduled
examination will be given at a time convenient to the teacher.
When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled con-
secutively in one day or four in one day, the last examination of the day
will normally be the one rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled for any
reason other than those listed above, may require a fee of $63 per examina-
tion. All rescheduling requests will be made on a form available at the
office of the Vice President for Academic Administration.
Assembly. Assemblies are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During
weeks of spiritual emphasis, assemblies are held on Tuesday as well.
Occasionally, assemblies will be held in the evening or may begin at 10:30
a.m. on Thursday. All students are required to attend 16 assemblies each
semester. Failure to meet this assembly requirement may result in suspen-
sion of registration. Exceptions to the assembly attendance requirement are
made by the Office of Student Services only for legitimate direct work or
class conflicts with scheduled assemblies. Any excuses for absences from
assembly must be approved by the Vice President for Student Services.
A special series of orientation assemblies is scheduled during the fourth
summer session.
LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE
Classes at Southern College are open to registered students only. Infor-
mation disseminated in the classroom or other places of learning is the
primary product that the college sells, hence visitors may not enter such
gatherings unless they are official guests of the institution with legitimate
business in a classroom or have the permission of the instructor. 'Visitors
who attend classes may not engage in the discussions of a class unless
invited to do so.
Teachers and the institution reserve the right to remove legitimate
students from classes if their behavior threatens the purposes of the class
by exceeding the bounds of normal academic freedom.
Teachers conducting extension classes from other institutions on the
Southern College campus share the rights spelled out by this policy.
WAIVER EXAMINATIONS
Upon the approval of the department chair and the Vice President for
Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of curricular
requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive examination —
written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined by the department
involved. A fee of $48 per examination is charged.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE STUDY
Southern College does not offer a total program in English as a Second
Language, but maintains course work for a limited number of foreign
students whose English language skills are marginally below the official
admission level of a TOEFL score of 550. For details, see the Admissions
and English Department sections of the Catalog.
Academic Policies 41
NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT
In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting,
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge
examinations and correspondence courses.
The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting over
a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral excellence,
critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, most college
credits should be earned through class participation. However, the college
will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit required for a given
degree to be earned by these nontraditional means.
College Credit by Examination, The college recognizes three types of
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a department
which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations which must be passed
at the sixty-fifth percentile or above, and the Advanced Placement
Examinations which must be passed with a score of three or better.
Not all classes listed in the catalog are open to challenge examinations.
Students must obtain clearance from the department chair for the class
they propose to challenge before petitioning to earn credit by examination.
Students must also furnish evidence of adequate preparation to challenge
a class before the department chair assigns a teacher to prepare a challenge
examination. A student may challenge a given course by examination only
once. No CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted after the student has
been enrolled in that course beyond the second week of a semester. No
course may be challenged as part of the last thirty hours of any
degree. Grades are recorded for departmental challenge examinations and
scaled scores are recorded for nationally normed examinations. Permission
to take a challenge examination while in residence must be obtained from
both the department chair and the Vice President for Academic
Administration.
Students may earn a maximum of twelve hours of credit by examination
in courses that do not appear in the college catalog if the evaluating tests
are approved by the Academic Affairs Committee.
Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed on
a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until that
student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in residence at
Southern College.
Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this CATALOG.
Additional information concerning challenge examinations maybe obtained
from the Records Office or the Testing and Counseling Center.
Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of correspon-
dence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree program
and eight hours toward an associate degree.
Griggs University, a department of Home Study International,
Washington, D.C., is the officially recognized correspondence school.
Southern College recommends Home Study International for those students
needing correspondence credit and accepts all such credits when the study
42 Academic Policies
program is approved by the college prior to enrollment. The college accepts
credits from correspondence schools which are accredited by NUCEA
(National University Continuing Education Association) on the basis that
credits are accepted from other regionally accredited colleges.
A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college.
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during the
summer, must be approved in advance by the college.
Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division requirements
of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned to apply
on the lower division requirements for a major. A course in which the
student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may not be
repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be entered on
the student's record until s/he has earned a minimum of twelve hours in
residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must be in
the Records Office before a diploma will be ordered. The graduation date
will be the last day of the month after the official transcript is received.
EXTENSION CLASSES
Extension classes are college classes offered on the campuses of Seventh-
day Adventist academies in the Southern Union as an opportunity for
seniors to earn college credit in skills areas that will fulfill part of the
General Education requirements* at Southern College. (See "Extension
Classes," page 12, for admission criteria.) The classes that Southern College
accepts are:
ENGL 101 College Composition 3 hours
MATH 120 College Algebra 3 hours
MATH 121 Trigonometry 2 hours
The extension classes must duplicate as nearly as possible their college
counterparts in content, degree of difficulty, testing, and grading. Students
who successfully complete any of these classes will receive credit in Area
A of the General Education requirements. Instructors are academy teachers
who are qualified with appropriate credentials and experience.
CONTINUING EDUCATION
Southern College makes continuing education credit available through
the Records and Advisement Office. Sponsors of organizations wishing to
offer Southern College continuing education certificates must complete the
following steps:
1. Secure approval of the program by
a. applying at the Records and Advisement Office at least two weeks
before conducting the workshop/seminar/conference and
b. submitting with their application the topic of the presentation, an
outline of the presentation, and the name of the presenter(s) with
evidence credentials.
2. File an evaluation of the workshop/seminar/conference following the
presentation. The college will furnish evaluation forms.
3. Participants in continuing education events must pay institutional
processing fees to receive their certificates.
Academic Policies 43
TRANSCRIPTS
Students may obtain transcripts of their academic record upon a written
request to the Office of Records and Advisement. A $5 fee will be charged
for all transcripts requiring one-day services and individual requests
requiring an excess of more than five transcripts. Telephone requests from
students, and telephone and written requests from someone on their behalf
cannot be honored.
A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes by
applying in person at the Records Office. Official transcripts given directly
to a student will be stamped "Student Copy." No transcript will be issued
for a student whose account is not paid in full or who is delinquent in
payment of student loans. For further clarification regarding transcripts,
diplomas, and test scores see page 236.
SEQUENCE OF COURSES
A student may not receive credit for a course which is a prerequisite to
a course for which s/he has already received credit.
44 Departmental Courses of Study
COURSE NUMBERS
Each course number consists of three figures as follows:
HIST 354 . Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours
The first numeral indicates class year status as follows:
— Developmental (no credit)
1 — freshman level (lower division)
2 — sophomore level (lower division)
3— junior level (upper division)
4 — senior level (upper division)
Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course
number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not necessarily
mean that the course is on a higher level than 235.
Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in
•which, credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second [e.g., ENGL
101-102. College Composition]. However, credit is given for the first
semester when taken alone.
Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma [e.g.,
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions] represent complete
units, either one of which is counted for graduation without reference to
sequence.
Designation in brackets following course titles, [e.g., MATH 103. Survey
of Mathematics (A-2)1 indicates the General Education area and sub-area
that the class fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W)" are writing classes
for General Education credit.
Students may earn credit for a cross-listed course from only one
department [e.g. HIST 356 and SOCI 356].
COGNATE COURSES
Required courses related to the major which are not a part of the major
are called cognate courses [e.g., students majoring in Nursing are required
to take Microbiology as a cognate course].
Prefix Glossary 45
Prefix
Subject Area
Department Section of Catalog
ACCT
Accounting
Business Administration
ART
Art
Art
BIOL
Biology
Biology
BMKT
Marketing
Business Administration
BUAD
Business Administration
Business Administration
CHEM
Chemistry
Chemistry
COOP
Cooperative Education
Nondepartmental Courses
CPTE
Computer Technology
Computer Science/Technology
CPTR
Computer Science
Computer Science/Technology
ECON
Economics
Business Administration
EDUC
Education
Education/Psychology
ENGL
English
English/Speech
ENGR
Engineering
Engineering Studies
ERSC
Earth Science
Physics
FDNT
Nutrition
Nondepartmental Courses
FREN
French
Modern Languages
GEOG
Geography
History
GRMN
German
Modern Languages
HIST
History
History
HLED
Health Education
Health, Physical Education, Recreation
HMNT
Humanities
Nondepartmental Courses
HPER
Health, Physical Ed, Recreation Health, Physical Education, Recreation
JOUR
Journalism
Journalism/Communication
LIBR
Library
Nondepartmental Courses
LTHC
Long-Term Health Care
Business Administration
MATH
Mathematics
Mathematics
MDTC
Medical Technology
Allied Health
MUCH
Church Music
Music
MUCT
Music Theory
Music
MUED
Music Education
Music
MUHL
Music History
Music
MUPF
Applied Music
Music
NOND
Nondepartmental
Nondepartmental Courses
NRSG
Nursing
Nursing
OFAD
Office Administration
Business Administration
PEAC
General Ed Activity Classes
Health, Physical Education, Recreation
PETH
Physical Education Theory
Health, Physical Education, Recreation
PHYS
Physics
Physics
PLSC
Political Science
History
PREL
Public Relations
Journalism/Communication
PSYC
Psychology
Education/Psychology
RELB
Biblical Studies
Religion
RELL
Biblical Languages
Religion
RELP
Professional Training
Religion
RELT
Religion and Theology
Religion
SOCI
Sociology
Behavioral Science
SOCW
Social Work
Behavioral Science
SPAN
Spanish
Modern Languages
SPCH
Speech
English/Speech
TECH
Technology
Industrial Technology
Allied Health
Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady
Faculty: Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, Henry Kuhlman*
Adjunct Faculty: Jon Lechler
Medical Technology: R. A. Ramkissoon, Patricia Rogers
The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specializa-
tion within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay
scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The depart-
ment offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and AS. degrees in a
number of Allied Health fields (listed on page 49).
ASSESSMENT
The Allied Health Department at Southern College is organized to
coordinate the advising of students who require prerequisite courses for
entrance into a variety of clinical programs in the medical, dental, and
health professions. The programs in this department vary extensively
depending on the particular health career and the requirements of the
specific schools which offer the clinical programs. Southern College
continually monitors the requirements of these clinical programs and
modifies its preprofessional curricula to meet the changes when they are
made. Continual assessment is made essentially by the advisers in the
department who measure their effectiveness by their success in structuring
programs to meet individual student needs and to meet requirements of the
professional school the student will be transferring to. The entrance rate
of students into professional programs is also used to assess adequacy of
class offerings and program requirements.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Adviser: Henry Kuhlman
The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 12- to
13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology program
accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation
(CAHEA) of the American Medical Association. The hospital program
affiliated with Southern College is Florida Hospital Medical Center.
Internship in other CAHEA-accredited programs requires prior college
approval.
The Medical Technology degree qualifies a person to take a number of
national certifying examinations, including those offered by the Board of
Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and the
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS).
Certified laboratory professionals work in hospitals, clinics, physicians'
offices, public health agencies, private laboratories, pharmaceutical firms,
and research institutions.
The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet the
requirements of the college and of CAHEA. Hospitals with clinical
programs may have additional requirements. Students should consult the
brochures or advisers of the specific hospitals for those requirements.
Allied Health 47
Occasionally predental students, pre-medical students, and graduating
seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Medical
Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to fulfill the
requirements of the college and the hospital program.
During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for
admission to an approved hospital-based medical technology program.
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student must
complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning the
clinical year. The overall grade point average must be acceptable to the
college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept students with
less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. Although hospital
acceptances are granted during the junior year, they are conditional,
pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission criteria.
Written information about the affiliated hospital-based medical
technology program is available through the college medical technology
adviser. Acceptance criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application
procedures, tuition for the senior year, and program formats may vary at
each approved hospital. Southern College charges a $55 recording fee for
the clinical year.
• MAJOR 2
MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours
This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with the
profession. The history and standards of medical technology and employment
opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory procedures will be
taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. .
• COGNATES 42
BIOL including 151-152, 315, 330, 340 17
*CHEM including 151-152, 311-314, 16
CPTR 3
MATH 120 ' 3
BUAD 334 3
♦These must be courses which could apply to a Chemistry major.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35
AREA A 1. ENGL 101, 102 6
2. (See Cognates)
AREA B Religion 9
AREA C History, Political Science, and Economics 6
AREA D Language, Literature, and Fine Arts 6
AREA E (See Cognates)
AREA F Behavioral, Family, or Health Sciences 3
AREA G Activity Skills 5
• NOTE: Grades of C- and better are required in the major and cognates. A minimum GPA of 2.25 must
be earned on the major and cognates.
Twenty hours of upper division credit, including two writing (W) courses are
required. One (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a noncognate
area.
48 Allied Health
ELECTIVES 14
Recommendations include:
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418
CHEM 315, 321, 323
MATH 215
PHYS 211-212, 213-214
TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93
HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable
Individual approved hospital programs should be consulted for their
specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given in
the twelve to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in approved
programs include:
Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematology, Hemostasia,
Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Microbiology, Clinical Mycology,
Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Biochemistry, Instrumentation, Research.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Medical Technology
1st Semester Hours 2nd Semester Hours
BIOL 151 *General Biology 4 BIOL 152 'General Biology 4
CHEM 151 'General Chemistry 4 CHEM 152 'General Chemistry 4
ENGL 101 College Composition 3 ENGL 102 College Composition 3
PEAC 125 Conditioning 1 Area C-l, History 3
Area C-l, History 3 Electives _2
Area G-l/3 Act Skills 1 16
16
*An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement.
20 upper division credits, make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours
must be completed prior to the clinical year.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH
The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares
the student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda
University, Andrews University, or other universities. Admission to any
professional school is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite
requirements of the individual school. Students should consult the bulletin
of the school of their choice to ascertain the entrance requirements.
Students who plan to graduate from Southern College with an Associate
Degree in Allied Health must meet the AS. degree general education
requirements of SC as well as the entrance requirements of the clinical
program to which they will be applying.
Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the final
year at Southern College. The lowest acceptable grade for courses to be
transferred is C. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required for the
Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but grade point averages
between 2.50 and 3.50 are considered minimal for entrance to the junior
year of most clinical Allied Health programs. Some programs require the
Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT).
Allied Health 49
The mayor Allied health areas in which a two year Associate Degree may
be earned at Southern College are:
pre-Cytotechnology pre-Physical Therapy
pre-Dental Hygiene pre-Physician Assistant
pre-Nutrition and Dietetics pre-Speech Language Pathology
pre-Occupational Therapy & Audiology
pre-Surgeon's Assistant
The department also offers one-year curricula to meet requirements for
entrance into the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma Linda
University and most other university programs:
Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree)
Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree)
Radiation Technology (Associate and Bachelor of Science Degrees)
Respiratory Therapy (Associate and Bachelor of Science Degrees)
For details on these or other programs not listed here and for Southern
College curricula for entrance into them write:
Chair, Allied Health Department
Southern College of SDA
P.O. Box 370
; Collegedale, TN 37315-0370
PRE-CYTOTECHNOLOGY
Cytotechnologists are specially trained laboratory technologists who work with
pathologists to detect changes in body cells that may be important in the early
diagnosis of cancer and other diseases. Using special techniques, cytotech-
nologists prepare cellular samples for study under the microscope and assist in
the diagnosis of disease by examination of the samples. Using the findings of
cytotechnologists, a physician is then able, in many instances, to diagnose
cancer and other diseases even before they can be detected by other methods.
Most cytotechnologists work in hospitals or in private laboratories, while some
prefer to work on research projects or to teach.
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University)
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120
Area B Religion, 6 hours
Area C History, 3 hours
Area D Foreign Lang/IiVFine Arts, 3 hours
Area E BIOL 101-102, 151-152, 225; CHEM 111-112, CHEM 113-114
Area F HLED 173; SOCI 230; ECON/PSYC/PLSC/SOCI, 6 hours*
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 125; Creative/Practical, 1 hour
Electives to make a total of 64 hours.
•Two areas minimum
50 Allied Health
Sample
Sequence
A.£
S. Pre-Cytotechnology
YEAR1
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st
i 2nd
1st 2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Phys
'3 3
BIOL 151-152
General Biology . 4 4
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 225
Basic Microbiology 4
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
CPTR 120
Computer Bated Sys 3
ENGL 101-102
College Comp
3 3
HLED 173
Health & Life 2
MATH 120
PrecalcuhiB Algebra
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning 1
SOCI 230
Baoe Relations
3
Pol SoVEoon/Psyo 3 3
Area B, Religion
3 3
16 16
AreaC-1, History ' 3
Area G-l/2 Creative/Prao 1
Area G-3, Rec Skills 1
Area D, Porgn Lang/
Lit/Fine Arts 3
16 16
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade.
PRE -DENTAL HYGIENE
Dental hygienists provide preventative dental care and encourage patients to
develop good oral hygiene skills. In addition to carrying out clinical responsi-
bilities such as cleaning and scaling teeth, hygienists help patients develop and
maintain good oral health by explaining the relationship between diet and oral
health. Although most hygienists work with individual patients, some develop
and promote community dental health programs. In addition to career oppor-
tunities within dental offices, dental hygienists apply their skills and knowledge
in other career activities including office management, business administration,
dental hygiene education, research and marketing of dental related equipment
and materials.
Adviser: John Perumal
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University.)
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools.)
Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years of high school math with a C grade or better and
22 math ACT score*
Area B Religion, 6 hours
Area C History, 3 hours
Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hours; SPCH 135 or 136
Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114
Area F HLED 173**; SOCI 125, 230; 3 additional hours of PSYC/PLSC/ECON
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 125; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour
Electives to make a total of 64 hours
•MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22.
**May be substituted by FDNT 125.
Allied Health 51
Sample Sequence
A.S. Pre-Dental Hygiene
YEARl
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st
2nd
lit 2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology 3
3
BIOL 225
Basic Microbiology
4
ENGL 101-102
College Composition 3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
MATH 103
Sunrey of Math* 0-3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology 3
HLED 173
Health and Life**
2
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
OR
3
SOCI 230
Race Relations
3
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Comm
Area B, Religion 3
Area B, Religion
Area D, Forgn Lang/
3
Area G-3, PE Activity
1
Lit/Fine Arts
3 3
AreaC-1, History
3
Area G-l/2, Creative^
Elective* 1-4
3
Practical
1
16
16
Psych, Pol Sci or Econ
Electivee
3
1
16 16
•MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22.
**May be substituted by FDNT 125.
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade.
PRE -NUTRITION AND DIETETICS
Dietitians and nutritionists use their knowledge of the principles of nutrition
to help people develop healthy eating habits. Dietitians may be involved in
setting up and supervising food service systems for institutions such aa
hospitals, prisons, and schools; and promote sound eating habits through
education and research. Clinical dietitians provide nutritional services for
patients in hospitals, nursing homes, clinics, or doctors' offices. Community
dietitians counsel individuals and groups on nutritional practices designed to
prevent disease and promote good health. Management dietitians are
responsible for large scale meal planning and preparation in such places as
hospitals, nursing homes, company cafeterias, and schools.
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University)
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools)
Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better and 22
math ACT score*
Area B Religion, 6 hours
. Area C History, 3 hours
Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours
Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114
Area F FDNT 125; HLED 173; PSYC 124; SOCI 125, 230
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 125; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour
Required professional courses: Food Selection and Preparation, 3 hours; Meal
Management, 3 hours. (Both courses are available at LLU in September, prior to
Fall quarter.)
Electives to make a total of 64 hours.
*MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22.
52 Allied Health
Sample
Sequence
A.S. Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics
YEAR 1
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
It*
2nd
1st 2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology 3
3
BIOL 225
Basic Microbiology
4
ENGL 101-102
College Composition 3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
MATH 103/120
Surv Math/Precal Alg* 3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Cham Lab
1 1
PEAC 125
Conditioning 1
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
HLED 173
Health & Life
2
PSYC 124
* Intro to Psychology 3
SOCI 230
Race Relations
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
Area B, Religion 3
3
Area B, Religion
Area G-l/2, Creative/
3
Area C-l, History
3
Practical
1
Area Q-3, Rec Skills
1
Area D, Fbrgn Lang/
16
16
Lit/Fine Arts
Elective*
3
4 1
16 16
*MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22.
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade.
PRE -OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
An occupational therapist works with people whose lives have been disrupted
by physical injury or illness, developmental problems, the aging process, and
social or psychological difficulties. Occupational therapists use selected
educational, vocational and rehabilitative activities to help individuals reach the
highest functional levels possible, become self reliant and build a balanced
lifestyle of work and leisure.
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University)
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools.)
Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better and 22
math ACT score*; MATH 215
Area B Religion, 6 hours
Area C History, 3 hours
Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/LitfFine Arts, 3 hours
Area E BIOL 101-102; CHEM 111, 113; PHYS 137
Area F HLED 173**; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125, 230; PSYC or SOCI, 3 hours
Area G PEAC, 2 hours; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour, recommended: ART
235, TECH 154
Electives to make a total of 64 hours.
A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in
an occupational therapy department is required.
♦MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22.
•♦Waived if high school health course taken.
Allied Health 53
(
Sample
Sequence
A.8.
Pre-
Occupational Therapy
YEAR1
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology 3
3
ART 235
Ceramics (elective)
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
OR 3
MATH 103/120
Surv Math/Precal Alg* 3
TECH 154
Woodworking (elective)
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
CHEM 111
Survey of Chemistry 3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
CHEM 113
Survey of Chem Lab 1
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
HLED 173
Health & Life 2
Area B, Religion
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
Area C-l, History
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
PHYS137
Intro to Physics
3
Elective
1
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
16
16
SOCI 230
Race Relations
Area B, Religion 3
Area F-l, Ben Sci 3
Area D, Forgn Lang/
Lit/Fine Arts
Elective* 1
3
3
16 16
*Math 103 or 114 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22.
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade.
PRE -PHYSICAL THERAPY
Physical therapists work to improve the mobility, relieve the pain, and prevent
or limit the permanent disability of patients suffering from injuries or disease.
Their patients include accident victims or handicapped individuals with such
conditions as nerve injuries, amputations, low back pain, arthritis, and heart
disease. Some physical therapists treat a wide variety of problems and others
specialize in such areas as pediatrics, orthopedics, and sports physical therapy.
The working environment of physical therapists varies from specially equipped
facilities in hospitals or clinics to schools, private offices, and private homes.
Adviser: David Ekkens
Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements.
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT); MATH 215
Area B RELB or KELT, 3 hours; KELT 255 or 225
Area C HIST 174 or 175
Area D SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hours
Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212, 213-214
Area F PSYC 124, 128; GEOG, PLSC, or ECON, 3 hours
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 125; CPTR 120
Electives to make a minimum total of 64 hours
•HIST 154 required if not taken in high school.
BIOL 151-152 may be substituted for BIOL 101-102. Recommended electives: FDNT 125, ECON 213, ACCT 103.
Andrews University Admission and Degree Requirements: Andrews Uni-
versity requires 3.00 GPA in science prerequisites and total credits. C is the lowest
acceptable grade for science and cognate courses. Also required is the Nelson-Denny
Reading test and 80 hours of observation or work experience with a Registered
Physical Therapist. This 80 hours must include at least 16 hours in each of two
physical therapy settings plus 20 hours in a general acute care hospital. The settings
to choose from are: home health agency, pediatric therapy outpatient clinic,
rehabilitation center, nursing home, and specialized clinic.
54 Allied Health
Program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements.
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120, 215
Area B Religion, 6 hours
Area C HIST 174, 175, 154, or 155
Area D Fine Arts*, 3 hours; SPCH 135
Area E BIOL 101-102 or 151-152, 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212, 213-214
(see note at end of section)
Area F HLED 173; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 230
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 125; CPTR 120
Electives to make a minimum total of 66 hours
Loma Linda University Admission and Degree Requirements: Loma Linda
University requires a 3.00 GPA in science prerequisites and for total credits. Also
required is a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or employee) in a
physical therapy department, 20 of which are in a general, acute-care hospital.
*MUHL 115 or ART 218 may be selected.
Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will
depend on the college selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma
Linda University are outlined below. Students who complete one of these
programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by Southern College.
Students planning to attend other colleges should contact them to obtain their
requirements.
ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
VEARl
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st
2nd
1st 2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology* 3
3
BIOL 225
Basic Microbiology
4
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry .
4 4
HIST 175
World Civ***
3
CPTR 120
Computer Based Syst
3
MATH 103
Survey of Math**
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
or
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
KELT 225
Last Day Events
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
Area D-3, Music or
Area B, Religion
3
Art Appreciation**** 3
Electives
1
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16
16
Pol Sci, Geog, or Econ
Electives
3
1 3
16 16
Note: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This is offered at
Andrews University immediately preceding their first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, 8 semester
hours at SC, will fulfill this requirement.
♦BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted.
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher.
***American History required only if not taken in high school.
****A two-semester sequence in a music organization may be substituted.
Allied Health 55
LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
YEAR 1
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
M
2nd
1st 2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology* 3
3
BIOL 225
Basic Microbiology
4
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
MATH 120
Precalouhas Algebra
3
CPTR 120
Computer Based Syst 3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
HLED 173
Health & Life
2
PSYC 124
Introduction to Psych
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
Area B, Religion
3
SOCI 230
Race Relations
3
Area C, History
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
Area D, Fine Arts**
3
Area B, Religion
3
Elect ives
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
16
1
16
16 16
*BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted.
**MUHL 115, ART 218, or HMNT 205.
NOTE: A total of 66 semester hours is required for admission. Other entrance
requirements are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of
80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in a physical therapy
department. C is the lowest acceptable grade for a course.
NOTE: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This
is offered at La Sierra University immediately preceding first quarter. PHYS 211-212
and 213-214, 8 semester hours at SC, will fulfill this requirement. PHYS 111, 3
semester hours at SC, fulfills the first half of this requirement.
PRE -PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT
Physician assistants are trained to perform many of the essential tasks involved
in patient care. They take medical histories, perform physical evaluations, order
laboratory tests, make preliminary diagnoses, prescribe appropriate treatments,
and recommend medications and drug therapies. They also treat minor prob-
lems such as lacerations, abrasions, and burns. Physician assistants work in a
variety of practice settings and specialty areas. The most important practice
setting is in a physician's office. They also work at hospitals and clinics.
Specialties using PA's are family practice, internal medicine, general and
thoracic surgery, emergency medicine, pediatrics, and various medical sub-
specialties.
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for Trevecca Nazarene College, Nashville)
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 or 120
Area B RELB 125, RELT 255
Area C HIST 174, 175
Area D SPCH 135, ENGL 216
Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152
Area F PSYC 124, 128
Area G PEAC 125; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour
Electives to make a total of 64 hours.
NOTE: A class in Medical Terminology is highly recommended.
Work or volunteer service in a health care setting and a minimum cumulative
GPA of 3.0 are required.
56 Allied Health
Sample
Sequence
A.S.
Pre-Physician Assistant
YEAR 1
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
:
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology 3 3
BIOL 225 Basic Microbiology
4
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
ENGL 216 Approaches to Lit
3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
HIST 174/175 World Civ
3 3
PEAG 125
Conditioning
1
MATH 103/120 Surv Math/Coll Alg
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
PSYC 128 Developmental Psych
3
RELB 125
Teachings of Jesus
3
BELT 255 Christian Beliefs
3
Area G-l/2, Creative/
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Spkg
3
Practical Skills
1
Electives
3 4
Elective
3 1
16 16
16 16
PRE-SPEECH LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY & AUDIOLOGY
Speech language pathologists identify, assess, and treat persons with speech and
language disorders while audiologists assess and treat hearing impaired indivi-
duals. Because both occupations are concerned with communication, individuals
competent in one area must be familiar with the other. The duties of speech
language pathologists and audiologists vary. Most, however, provide direct clinical
services to individuals with communication disorders. In speech, language, and
hearing clinics they may independently develop and implement a treatment pro-
gram. In private medical centers and other faculties, they may be part of a team
that develops and executes a treatment plan. In schools they may help adminis-
trators develop individual or group programs, counsel parents on prevention of
hearing disorders, and assist teachers with classroom activities.
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University)
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools)
Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better and 22
math ACT score*
Area B Religion, 6 hours
Area C History, 3 hours
Area D SPCH 135; Foreign LangftaVFine Arts, 3 hours
Area E BIOL 101-102; PHYS 137
Area F HLED 173; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 230 or 233
Area G PEAC, 2 hours to include PEAC 125; Creative or Practical Skills, 1 hour
Electives to make a total of 64 hours.
♦MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern Collage of students with ACT math scores below 22.
Sample Sequence
A.S. Pre-Speech Language Pathology & Audiology
YEAR 1
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
M
2nd
1st
2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology 3
3
HLED 173
Health & Life
2
ENGL 101-102
College Composition 3
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
MATH 103/120
Surv Math/Preoal Alg* 3
PHYS 137
Intro to Physics
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology 3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
Area B, Religion 3
Area C-l, History
3
3
SOCI 230
Race Relations
Area B, Religion
Area G-l/2, Creative
3
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Practical
1
Electives 1
3
Area D, Forgn Lang/
16
16
Lit/Fine Arts
Electives
3
5
16
8
16
•Math 103 or 120 is required by SC of students with ACT math scores
of Math/Science required. NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade.
below 22; if waived, 3 additional hours
Allied Health 57
PRE-SURGEON'S ASSISTANT
The surgeon's assistant is qualified to assist the surgeon in his patient care
activities. Functioning under the direction of the surgeon, the surgeon's
assistant is capable of obtaining accurate medical history and physical examina-
tion data, carrying out preoperative procedures to prepare the patient for
surgery, assisting the surgeon during operations, participating in the care and
evaluation of the patient in the postoperative period, assisting in the manage-
ment of the traumatized patient, and caring for minor injuries. Surgeon's
assistants may be involved with patients in any medical setting for which the
surgeon is responsible including the operating room, recovery room, intensive
care unit, and the surgeon's office.
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
(Program meets admission requirements for University of Alabama at Birmingham)
(Curriculum can be modified to meet requirements of other schools)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120
Area B RELB, RELT, 6 hours
Area C HIST or PLSC, 6 hours
Area D SPCH 135; 6 hours of literature; 3 hours of Lang/LnVFine Arts
Area E BIOL 101-102, 151-152, 330; CHEM 151-152
Area F PSYC, SOCI, 6 hours
Area G PEAC 125; Creative or Practical Skills, 2 hours
Electives to make a total of 64 hours.
Recommended: Statistics, Cell Biology, Genetics, Histology
Work or volunteer service in a health care setting is highly recommended.
Sample Sequence
A.S. Pre-Surgeon's Assistant
YEARl
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st
2nd
1st
2nd
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology 3
3
BIOL 330
General Microbiology
4
BIOL 151-152
General Biology 4
4
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry 4
4
ENGL 101-102
College Composition 3
3
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra 3
Area C, History/Pol Sci 3
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning 1
Area F-l, Behav Sci 3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
Area D, Fbrgn Lang/
Area B, Religion 3
3
Fine Arts
3
Area D, Literature 3
3
Area G-l/2, Creative/
Area F-l, Behav Sci 3
Practical 1
1
"17
17
17
17
Art
Chair: Robert Garren
Faculty: Adan Saldana
Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for the
quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and technical
growth. The instructors desire to help all students become aware of their
options in the field of art and to prepare them systematically to meet the
needs of their respective choices, whether they are oriented commercially
or aesthetically.
ASSESSMENT
Students majoring in Art or Art-Computer Graphic Design will keep a
portfolio of their work from their freshman year onward. The art faculty
will evaluate the portfolio at the end of the sophomore and senior years.
The evaluation, which is designed to aid the department in student
advisement and in determining the effectiveness of its teaching and course
offerings, will not affect graduation.
Major— B.A. Art (31 Hours)
Required Courses
Hours
Select 2 of the Following:
Hours
ART 104 Drawing I
3
ART 318 Art Appreciation
3
ART 105 Drawing II
3
ART 344 Art History
3
ART 125 Graphic Design Principles
3
ART 345 Contemporary Art
3
ART 499 Senior Project
1
Art Electivee
15
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA Art
1st Semester
ART 104 Drawing I
ENGL 101 College Composition
Art Electivee
Inter Foreign Language
Area B, Religion
Hours
3
3
3
3
_3
15
2nd Semester
ART 105 Drawing II
ART 125 Graphic Design Principles
ENGL 102 College Composition
PEAC 125 Conditioning
Inter Foreign Language
Area C-l, History
Hours
3
3
1
3
_3
16
Major — B.S. Art-Computer Graphic Design (48 Hours)
Required Courses
ART 104 Drawing
ART 119-120
ART 125-126
ART 219-220
ART 319-320
ART 326-327
ART 330-331
Publication Design
Graphic Design Principles
Intro to Computer Graphics
Adv Computer Graphics
Illust with Computers
Illustration Methods
Hours
3
6
6
6
6
6
6
Required Courses, cont. Hours
ART 400 Intro to Multi-media Design 3
Art appreciation
OR
Art History 3
OR
ART 345 Contemporary Art
ART Electives 6
ART 318
ART 344
Required Cognates Hours
CPTE 252 Computer-Aided Design 3
CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing ' 3
CPTE 249/349 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
JOUR 225 Intro to Photography 3
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
JOUR 315 Photojournalism 2-3
JOUR 227/327 Video Production 3
PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2
PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2
Art 59
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA Art-Computer Graphic Design
1st Semester Hours
ART 104 Drawing I 3
ART 125 Graphic Design Prin I 3
ART 219 Intro to Computer Graphics 3
ENGL 101 College Composition 3
Area B, Religion 3
15
Minor— Art (18 Hours)
Required Courses * Hours
ART 104-105 Drawing I, II 6
ART 125 Graphic Design Principles 3
ART 344 History of Art 3
Upper Division Electives 6
2nd Semester
ART 126
ART 220
ENGL 102
PEAC 125
Hours
Graphic Design Prin II
Intro to Computer Graphics II
College Composition
Conditioning
Area C-l, History
Area E, Natural Sci
Minor— Art-Computer Graphic Design (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
ART 104 Drawing I 3
Comp Graphic Design Electives 12
Select 1 of the Following
ART 218/318 Art Appreciation
ART 344 Art History
ART 345 Contemporary Art
STUDIO ART
ART 104-105. Drawing (G-l) 3,3 hours
An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on the basic
art elements and their functions in composition using various media. (Fall, Spring)
ART 119-120. Publication Design (G-l) 3,3 hours
Graphic designers, desktop publishers and production artists will benefit from this
comprehensive class. Issues to be addressed include developing master pages and
style sheets; setting type, test and frame attributes; importing images; working with
spot color; and using typesetting techniques such as hyphenation, kerning, and
tracking. Software: QuarkXpress.
ART 125-126. Graphic Design Principles 3,3 hours
Students learn techniques and design theory related to graphic design with hands-
on practical applications,
ART 219-220. Introduction to Computer Graphics 3,3 hours
An introductory, creative imaging course for artists, illustrators, and designers.
Combining a survey of imaging technology with creative investigation and artistic
expression, this course will introduce students to the technical solutions that will
expand their creative vision. Software: Factual Design Painter.
ART 221-222. Painting 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the student experience in using painting materials applied
to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit (Fall, Spring)
ART 230. Introduction to Art Experiences 2 hours
A course designed to give students hands-on experience with a variety of art media
and materials. Study will be given to how artists use media in their expression of
design and composition. (Spring)
60 Art
ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours
Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication from hand
building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of glazes, and stacking
and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 fee is applied toward necessary
supplies. (Fall)
ART 300. Printmaking 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media. Relief,
intaglio, and silk-screen will be covered. Course will be taught in odd years.
ART 310. Painting III 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor.
Advanced problems in painting and the usage of various media.
ART 319-320. Advanced Computer Graphics 3,3 hours
This course is designed for the student, designer, photographer, or educator who
is interested in both the creative and the technology within digital imaging. This
course will address color correction, scanning resolution, image restoration, hand-
coloring photographies, collage and montage techniques, masking and effective use
of filters and special effects. Software: Adobe Photoshop.
ART 326-327. Illustration With Computers 3,3 hours
This course is an intensive study on how to creative two-dimensional illustrations
and typographic arrangements. The program uses paths made of curves and
straight line segments to define areas which may be filled with color or patterns,
used for masking or for framing type and objects. Students will manipulate
typefaces, trap and knock out color, generate clean printable files, and move files
to page layout or image-editing applications. Software: Adobe Illustrator.
ART 325. Sculpture 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104 or permission of instructor.
Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional design
using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting. Course will be
taught in even years.
ART 330-331. Illustration Methods 3,3, hours
Students will learn illustration techniques using pencils, ink, markers, colored
pencils, air brush, and photo retouching.
ART 400. Introduction to Multi-media Design 3 hours
This course covers the steps and issues in creating a formalized multimedia design
and publishing onto CD. Areas covered are story boarding for graphical look, inter-
active story-boards, flowcharting brainstorming, dealing with software and hard-
ware constraints, and preparation of a design document Emphasis is on shaping
an idea into a well-thought-out design that works as a multimedia experience.
ART 410. Painting IV 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor.
Advanced problems in painting and the usage of various media.
ART 497. Graphic Design Practicum 1-3 hours
Students will work in a graphics-related business for a minimum of 40 clock hours
per credit hour with employer evaluation. Students must maintain a log sheet and
samples of work. .
Art 61
ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours
For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be obtained.
ART 495 is for majors and minors only.
The course is designed for students who wish directed study or for a group of
students who wish a special course not taught under the regular class offering.
Students taking the class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics,
design, drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered by the
Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up to four
times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only.
ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour
Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent portfolio
of college art work.
ART HISTORY
ART 218/318. Art Appreciation (D-3) (W) 3 hours
Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two hours
per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in and New York City
visiting major art museums. When offered in the first summer session, there will
be one week of two-hour lectures and two weeks of travel and museum visits. There
is an additional charge for travel. Students will be required to write a summary
paper. Students taking the class for upper division credit will be required to write
a research paper.
ART 344. History of Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours
A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid- 1800 's with an
emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall)
ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours
Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and American arts.
(Spring)
(D-3) (G-l) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Behavioral Science
Chair: Ed Lamb
Faculty: Terrie Ruff, Larry Williams
Adjunct Faculty: Sherri Craig, Ellen Gilbert
The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational philosophy
and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this faculty embraces
the following beliefs:
(1) God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also the ultimate
Source of all knowledge.
(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious physical,
mental, spiritual, and social attributes.
(3) A loving God seeks to restore His image in humanity, thus preparing
them for personal fellowship with Himself.
We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of the
whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, therefore, to
achieving the following objectives:
Spiritual
Behavioral Science majors will acquire an understanding of the basic
beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day
Adventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals,
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to commit
themselves to such ideals.
Intellectual
Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive themselves
as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of knowledge. We have
designed course-related activities and investigations to aid them in achiev-
ing intellectual and career goals, and in acquiring the necessary tools for
future learning. The Behavioral Science curriculum is structured so as to
encourage critical thinking, perceptive discussion, intellectual curiosity, and
cultural awareness.
Social
Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive
interpersonal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making
approaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the attitudes
of acceptance, caring, patience, and service.
Physical
Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic view
of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our physical,
mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to establish balanced
programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation. The faculty
promotes such positive values and practices through example and
instruction.
Behavioral Science 63
PROGRAMS IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
The Behavioral Science Department offers a degree in Family Studies and
in Social Work. Minors are also available in Behavioral Science, Family
Studies, and Sociology.
The curricula for both the Behavioral Science and the BSW degrees
include computer content and hands-on experience intended to enable
majors to develop elementary skills including word processing, Internet, CD
ROMs, video-interactive, 'and statistical analysis. Majors are encouraged to
have their own personal computer (PCs) if possible.
Family Studies: The Behavioral Science major with a Family Studies
emphasis is for those students wishing to prepare for graduate study in
community and/or family counseling, law, personnel work, sociology of the
family, or family life education.
Social Work: The Bachelor of Science in social Work (BSW) is offered
for those students seeking preparation for entry-level generalist baccalau-
reate practice positions. The BSW is the foundation degree leading to
possible careers in mental health, child welfare, health care, public welfare,
schools, family service, developmental disabilities, services to the aged,
industry, business and labor, and justice. The BSW is also the preferred
preparation for the terminal graduate practice degree, the Master of Social
Work (MSW). Job opportunities in the social work profession are projected
to grow at a rate considerably above the average during the coming decade.
Official application to the BSW program is expected during the second
semester of the sophomore year, although the social work major may be
declared at any time during the college experience.
ASSESSMENT
To help the graduates in Behavioral Science evaluate their academic
progress and to aid the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness,
each senior is required to:
1. Take an oral exam during the fall semester of the senior year that
will be based on assigned readings and coursework material.
2. Take a standardized achievement test (PACAT) in the spring semes-
ter of the senior year.
3. Present a personal portfolio of papers and case material to the depart-
mental faculty.
Information gained from the above assessments is used to evaluate
departmental programs, but it will not affect graduation eligibility.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT STUDY TOURS
The Behavioral Science Department sponsors a study tour to New York
City yearly during Thanksgiving vacation and a study tour to Europe every
other year. The objectives of these tours are to facilitate a better under-
standing of peoples and cultures and to enable the participants to work
with people more effectively. Academic credit is given for these tours and
each requires classroom time (see SOCI, SOCW 296/496).
64 Behavioral Science
Major— B.S. Behavioral Science (Family Studies Emphasis)
(45 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
PSYC124 Intro to Psychology " 3
PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 3
PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 3
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 3
SOCI 201 Parenting 3
SOCI 223 Marriage and the Family 2
SOCI 233 Human Sexuality 3
Required Cognates Hours
CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 1
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1
CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base 1
MATH 215 Statistics 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
SOCI 349 Aging and Society 3
SOCI 365 Family Relations 3
SOCI 424 Contemp Social Problems 3
SOCI 495 Directed Study 1-3
SOCW 211 Intro to Social Work 3
SOCW 212 Social Welfare as an Instit 3
SOCW 497 Research Methods (W) 3
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
OR 3
SPCH 136 Interpersonal Com
Area E-l, Biology 3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Behavioral Science
(Family Studies Emphasis)
1st Semester
ENQL 101 College Composition
Hours
3
2nd Semester
ENGL 102 College Composition
Hour*
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology
3
SOCW 211
Intro to Social Work
3
PSYC 128 Developmental Psych
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area A-2, Math
0-3
Area G, Act Skills
3
Area E-l, Biology
3
15
Area G, Act Skills
Minor or Elective*
1
16
A student contemplating graduate study should take as many courses as
possible in the area of his/her emphasis.
Major— B.S.W., Social Work (45 hours)
Required Courses Hours
SOCW 211 Intro to Social Work 3
SOCW 212 Social Welfare as Inst 3
SOCW 213 Interviewing Skills 1
SOCW 313 Human Behavior 4
SOCW 314 Social Work Meth I (W) 3
SOCW 315 Social Work Meth II (W) 3
SOCW 424 Contemp Social Problems 3
Required Cognates Hours
CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 1
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1
CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base 1
MATH 215 Statistics 3
PLSC 254 American Natl and State Gov
OR 3
ECON 213 Survey of Economics
Required Courses, cont.
Hours
SOCW 434
Social Welfare Issues
3
SOCW 435
Social Work Practicum I
4
SOCW 436
Social Work Practicum II
4
SOCW 497
Research Methods (W)
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
Required Cognates, cont.
Hours
RELT 373
Christian Ethics
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
OR
3
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Communication
Any human biology course
3
Behavioral Science 65
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S.W., Social Work
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENOL 101 College Composition
3
ENGL 102 College Composition
3
PSYC 128 • Developmental Psych
3
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology
3
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology
3
Area A-2, Math
0-3
SOCW 211 Intro to Social Work
3
Area Q, Act Skills
2
Area B, Religion
3
Electives
8-5
15
16
Minor— Behavioral Science (18 hours)
Required Courses
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology
SOCW 211 Intro to Social Work
♦Elective*
*An additional nine hours selected from any Behavioral Science areas with a minimum
of six hours of upper division Behavioral Science classes.
Minor-— Family Studies (19 hours)
Required
Courses
Hours
Select 8 hours from following:
Hours
SOCI 201
Parenting
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
SOCI 223
Marriage and Family
2
NRSG265
Women's Issues
3
SOCI 233
Human Sexuality
3
SOCI 349
Aging and Society
3
SOCI 365
Family Relations
3
PSYC 367
Adolescent Psychology
3
PSYC 479
Family Counseling
3
SOCI 465
Topics
2
Minor — Sociology Minor (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 3
SOCI 365 Family Relations 3
SOCI 424 Contemp Social Problems 3
Behavioral Science Electives 9
SOCIOLOGY
SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours
An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social world.
Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society and social
institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups including the family,
its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
SOCI 201. Parenting (F-2) 3 hours
A study of the family system in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of
parent-child interaction. Attention is given to family planning, the childbirth
experience, child development, techniques for developing close relationships and
communication between parent and child, understanding and relating to children's
individuality, common child rearing problems, and methods of modifying behavior.
(Fall, Spring)
66 Behavioral Science
SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours
A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the family in
society and a Christ-centered approach to marital and familial conflicts. (Fall,
Spring)
SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
See PSYC 224 for course description.
SOCI 230. Race Relations 3 hours
A study of interactional patterns between various human groups. Consideration is
given to the theoretical bases of race relations and to class activities which promote
awareness and understanding.
SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours
A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the
Christian cultural setting.
SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours
The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the process of
aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in contemporary society.
Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. A balance between the
theoretical and the applied is sought. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) (W) 3 hours
See HIST 356 for course description.
SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours
A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be given
to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganization and
reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be given to findings of
recent family studies. (Spring)
SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours
This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenomenon, of
criminals, and of penal treatment. The relationship of law and crime to other trends
in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of crime. (Fall, odd years)
SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours
Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subculture! changes
today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in bringing about
group and mass adjustment. (Spring)
SOCI 265/465. Topics in Sociology 1-3 hours
Study of special topics pertinent to the field of sociology. Content will vary among
various topics, based on the interests or needs of students and the department. This
course may be repeated for credit
|
SOCI 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite; SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor.
Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology and family studies. Open
to qualified students who want to follow a program in independent study. This
course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours credit.
Behavioral Science 67
SOCI 296/496* Study Ibur (F-l) 1-3 hours
A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected cultures is taken every
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses.
SOCIAL WORK
SOCW 101. Orientation to College (G-2) 3 hours
A course designed for all freshmen, focusing on the theory and practice of attitudes
and skills necessary to adjust to college life. Class assignments include but are not
limited to the study of career choices, academic skills, time relationships with peers
and professors, management, and sources of assistance to resolve problems common
to a Christian campus. All freshmen are encouraged to enroll.
SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its values, and
its fields of practice.
SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours
Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical perspec-
tives. The role of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting human need is also
examined.
SOCW 213. Interviewing Skills 1 hour
Focuses on the development of interviewing and communication skills. Course is
experientially based.
SOCW 230. Race Relations. 3 hours
See SOCI 233 for course description.
SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours
See SOCI 233 for course description.
SOCW 313. Human Behavior and the Social Environment 4 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 101; SOCI 125; PSYC 124, 128; SOCW 212 or permission of
instructor.
A study of the interaction between human behavior and the social environment.
Relevant concepts from the behavioral sciences will be reviewed to provide students
with a holistic view of human behavior. Includes such topics as systems theory,
roles, reference groups, and social stratification. To be taken prior to or
concurrently with SOCW 314.
SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of instructor.
Provides students with theoretical framework for generalist social work practice.
Topics include the establishment of relationship, assessment,, contracts, inter-
vention, utilization of resources, social work values and ethics. Work with individ-
uals and families is emphasized in the first semester of a two-semester sequence.
68 Behavioral Science
SOCW 315. Social Work Methods II (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 314 or permission of instructor.
A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with Bmall groups
and the community. Public policy development and implementation are also
studied.
SOCW 349. Aging and Society (W) 3 hours
See SOCI 349 for course description.
SOCW 374. Criminology 3 hours
See SOCI 374 for course description.
SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family intervention. The
family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis techniques designed
♦ to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium.
SOCW 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours
See SOCI 424 for course description.
SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours
A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of social
SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 314.
This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory to develop
skills for generalists social work practice. Through participation in the social service
delivery system, the student becomes familiar with agency structures, functions,
and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent working in an agency setting
for each four hours of course work. A two- thirds tuition waiver applies to this class,
calculated according to the policy on page 236.
SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours
This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and
progresses to more difficult and varied tasks. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to
this class, calculated according to the policy on page 236.
SOCW 265/465. Topics in Social Work (F-l) 1-3 hours
Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary among
various topics based on the interests or needs of students and the department. This
course may be repeated for credit.
SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of the instructor.
A study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary
among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics of social
work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire semester. This course
can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours credit.
Behavioral Science 69
SOCW 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours
A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture is taken every
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses.
A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy
on page 236.
SOCW 497. Research Methods (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215.
An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive and
relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and completed
project is expected of each student. (Fall)
(F-l) (F-2) (G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Biology
Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady
Faculty: Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, William Hayes, John Perianal
Adjunct Faculty: Edgar Grundset
Summer Faculty: Laura Nyirady
Adjunct Research Faculty: Ron Carter, John Henson
The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and important
fields of scientific investigation, since it provides a better understanding of
ourselves and the living things around us. Even the casual observer of
Biology who pauses long enough to take a course may derive a lifetime of
pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as bird watching, shell collect-
ing, or wild flower photography.
More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point for
numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With a B.S.
degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to research in
the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, microbiology, cytology,
etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, or employment in industry
or government. The B.A. degree is the degree of choice in preparation for
high-school teaching, medicine, dentistry, optometry, careers in wildlife,
forestry or zoo management, health education, public health, biostatistics,
epidemiology, and environmental health, to name a few.
The Biology Department makes available a number of experiences, both
curricular and extracurricular, to enrich its students' academic programs.
Being within relatively easy access to a number of major biome types, it
offers courses which include field experiences in such places as the
Bahamas, Smoky Mountains, and the Okefenokee Swamp. The newly con-
structed Tennessee Aquarium provides additional learning resources. The
department is also affiliated with two biological field stations (see page 21).
Extracurricular opportunities include membership in the Beta Beta Beta
national biological honor society, a yearly lecture series on natural history
and research topics (see page 20), as well as a premedical preceptorship
program (see page 223).
ASSESSMENT
In order to help evaluate its teaching effectiveness and the academic
achievements of its graduates, all seniors are required to take the ETS
Major Field Achievement Test in Biology during their final semester. The
results of these exams are used by the department staff to evaluate class
offerings as well as program requirements.
DEGREES IN BIOLOGY
Biology Core Courses (20 Hours)
Core Hours Core Hours
BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Sci/Rel 3
BIOL 316 Genetics * 4 BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 1
BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology 4
Biology 71
Areas ;
Botany:
BIOL 408
BIOL 409
BIOL 419
Ecology:
BIOL 226
BIOL 317
Flowering Plants and Ferns
Smoky Mountain Flora
Plant Physiology
Environmental Conservation
Ecology
Marine Biology Courses
Microbiology:
BIOL 315 Parasitology
BIOL 330 General Microbiology
BIOL 340 Immunology
Zoology Field Courses:
BIOL 312 Vertebrate Natural History
BIOL 314 Ornithology
BIOL 319 Herpetology
BIOL 320 Entomology
BIOL 411 . Mammalogy
Basic Zoology: -
BIOL 313 Embryology
BIOL 415 Comparative Anatomy
BIOL 417 Animal Histology
BIOL 418 Animal Physiology
Major — B.A. Biology (Chemistry Minor Recommended) (32 Hours)
Required Courses
BIOL 151-152 General Biology
BIOL 316 Genetics
BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology
BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Sci/Rel
BIOL 485 Biology Seminar (W)
One course minimum from four of the five biology
core areas
Hours *
Required Cognates
Hours
8
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry
8
4
CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry
8
4
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra
3
3
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
3
1
Computer Course^)
3
MATH 121 Precalculus Trigonometry, 2 hours; PHYS 211-212 and 213-214 General Physics
and General Physics Laboratory, 8 hours; are highly recommended.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA. Biology
(Chemistry Minor Recommended)
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
BIOL 151 General Biology
4
BIOL 152 General Biology
4
ENGL 101 College Composition
3
ENGL 102 College Composition
3
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra
3
MATH 121 Precalculus Trigonometry
2
PEAC 125 Conditioning
1
Area B-2, Religion
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area G 1/3, Skills
1
Area F-2/3, Fam/Hlth Sci
2
Elective*
3
16
16
Required Cognates
Hours
Major— B.S. Biology (41 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
BIOL 151-152 General Biology
BIOL 316 Genetics
BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology
BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Sci/Rel '
BIOL 485 Biology Seminar (W)
BIOL 397, Introduction to Research (W), 1 hour; BIOL 497, Research in Biology (W), 1-2
hours; and MATH 181, Calculus I, 3 hours, are highly recommended. Forty-one hours
minimum including Biology core of 20 hours, plus one course from each of the five areas.
8
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
8
4
CHEM 311-314
Organic Chemistry
8
4
CPTR
Computer Courses
3
3
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra
3
1
MATH 121
Precalculus Trigonometry
2
MATH 215
Statistics
3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
6
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
2
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
72 Biology
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Biology
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
BIOL 151 General Biology
4
BIOL 152
General Biology
4
ENGL 101 College Composition
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
MATH 120 Pracalculus Algebra
3
MATH 121
Precalculus Trigonometry
2
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/
Area F-2,3 Fam/Hlth Sci
2
Fine Arts
3
15
AreaF-1, Beh Sci
Area G-3, Rec Skills
3
A
18
M^jor— B,A. Biology, Teacher Certification, 7-12
Secondary certification in Biology requires a baccalaureate degree
consisting of 36 credits of specified biology courses, a minor in chemistry,
specified cognates, and completion of professional education courses (page
118) for licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology
section, beginning on page 109.
Required
Courses Hours
Chemistry Minor
Hours
BIOL 151-152 General Biology
8
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry
8
BIOL 226
Environmental Conservation
3
CHEM 311-314
Organic Chemistry
8
BIOL 316
Genetics
4
CHEM 323
Biochemistry
4
BIOL 330
General Microbiology
4
BIOL 408
Flowering Plants & Ferns
Required Cognates
OR
3
ERSC105
Earth Science
3
BIOL 409
Smoky Mt. Flora
KELT 424
Issues in Natural Sci/Rel
3
BIOL 412
Cell and Molecular Biology
4
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
BIOL 418
Animal Physiology
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra
3
OR
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
BIOL 419
Plant Physiology
PHYS137
Intro to Physics
3
BIOL 485
Biology Seminar (W)
1
One Course from the following
BIOL 312
\fertebrate Natural History
3
BIOL 314
Ornithology
3
BIOL 319
Herpetology
3
BIOL 320
Entomology
3
BIOL 411
Mammalogy
3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA Biology
(Leading to Licensure 7-12)
1st Semester
BIOL 151
CHEM 151
EDUC 135
ENGL 101
RELT 138
General Biology
General Chemistry
Intro to Education
College Composition
Adventist Heritage
Hours
4
4
2
3
_3
16
2nd Semester
BIOL 152 General Biology
CHEM 152 General Chemistry
EDUC 250 Technology in Education
ENGL 102 College Composition
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra
Hours
4
4
* 2
3
_3
16
Minor— Biology (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8
•Biology Electives 10
*An additional ten hours with a minimum of six hours must be in upper division.
Biology 73
NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES
BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (£-1) 3,3 hours
A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first semester
covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumentary, nervous, and
endocrine systems. The remainder of the body systems are studied the second
semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Does not
apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (£-1) 3 hours
A basic general education biology course designed to give the student a modern
treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant and animal life. Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring)
BIOL 225. Basic Microbiology (£-1) 4 hours
A study of the principles of microbiology, disinfection, sterilization, elementary
immunology, and microorganisms emphasizing their relationship to health and
disease. Three lectures and two one and one-half hour laboratory periods each week
Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
CORE COURSES
BIOL 151-152. General Biology (£-1) 4,4 hours
This is a rigorous introductory, course in Biology primarily for Biology majors,
minors, and pre-professional students. The course is designed to give the student a
solid foundation in the fundamental processes of plant and animal life. It is
prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures and one
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring)
BIOL 316. Genetics 4 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 225 or 151, or consent of instructor.
A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an
investigation of gene structure and function. Three lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period each week. (Spring)
BIOL 412. Cell and Molecular Biology 4 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; BIOL 316.
This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals primarily
with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles learned in BIOL
151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular research while learning about
the appearance and operation of cellular organelles. The exciting details of cell
integration and control provide the framework for this mterdisciplinary study. Three
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall)
BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (£-1) (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Senior standing.
A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates to current
issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental responsibility. Special
attention is given to Christian perspectives of the issues discussed. Credit can be
applied toward either Biology or Religion. Three lectures each week. (Fall)
74 Biology
BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisites: Biology major or minor with senior standing.
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on current
literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval of Department
Chair. (Fall, Spring)
BOTANY
BIOL 408. Flowering Plants and Ferns 3 hours
Prerequisites; BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
This field study of trees, flowering plants and ferns emphasizes species identifica-
tion with the aid of botanical keys, recognition of plant families and noting habitats
where various species occur. Other taxonomic methods will be .introduced. Students
will prepare a collection of herbarium specimens. Two lectures and one field trip or
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, odd years; Summer, even years)
BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 152 or consent of instructor.
A field study of the wild flowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky Mountain
National Park, which contains the world's finest examples of temperate deciduous
forest. Plants are identified by means of botanical keys, and observation lists are
kept Special attention is given to the different forest types and their associated
plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week camping study experience. Field trips daily.
(Summer, odd years),
BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water relations,
mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, respiration, and
growth. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, odd
years)
ECOLOGY
BIOL 226. Environmental Conservation (£-1) 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex interlocking
environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic ecological principles,
the course goes on to examine population dynamics, energy utilization, resource
consumption, the various forms of pollution, and conservation methods to preserve
our natural resources, natural areas, and native species. On field trips we will
evaluate how efficiently our natural resources are being monitored, utilized, and
conserved. Two lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each
week. (Spring)
BIOL 250. Introduction to Tropical Marine Biology (E-lh 3 hours
A study of the major invertebrates and fish of the tropical coral reef and seashores.
Emphasis is placed on the life habits of the organisms and their ecological niches.
Habitats studied are coral reefs, rocky shores, sandy beaches, thalassia beds and
mangrove swamps. Involves two weeks of on-campus classwork and 7-10 day field
laboratory experience in the Bahamas. There is an additional charge for the
Bahamas trip. (Summers)
Biology 75
BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their environ-
ment This course will examine these interactions in the context of energy flow,
nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population dynamics. Field work will
introduce various ecological sampling techniques and the student will participate in
ecological analysis of various local communities as well as extended field trips. Two
lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall)
ZOOLOGY FIELD COURSES
BIOL 312. Vertebrate Natural History 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
Natural history of the vertebrate classes including ecology, physiology, behavior,
classification and identification, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one
three-hour laboratory each week. An extended weekend field trip will be required as
part of laboratory credit. (Fall, even years)
BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours
A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features, taxonomy,
nesting and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two lectures and one
laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which applies toward laboratory
credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is an additional charge for the trip.
(Spring, odd years)
BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
Natural history, ecology, physiology, behavior, classification and identification of
amphibians and reptiles, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one three*
hour laboratory each week. An extended field trip will be required as part of
laboratory credit. (Fall, odd years)
BIOL 320. Entomology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A systematic study of the insects of the world considering anatomy, physiology,
behavior and relation to humans. In the laboratory, emphasis will be placed on
identifying local insects and a representative collection will be turned in. Short field
trips are planned as part of the laboratory work. Two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory period each week. (Fall, odd years)
BIOL 411. Mammalogy 4 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. Includes
classroom and field study of systematica, distribution, behavior and ecology. A small
collection will be required in the laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory each week (Fall, even years)
MICROBIOLOGY
BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic animals. Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, even years)
76 Biology
BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their morphology,
physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be given to immunology
topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen interactions, humoral and cellular
immune systems. The importance of microorganisms in environmental and applied
fields will be considered. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each
week. (Spring)
BIOL 340. Immunology 2 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics such as
antigen and antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell mediated immunity,
hypersensitivity, immune disease and transplantation immunology. Two lectures
each week. (Spring)
BASIC ZOOLOGY
BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis on the
development of the chick Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each
week. (Fall)
BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. The
dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory study. Two
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week (Spring)
BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A descriptive study of normal tissues, primarily those of man. The microscopic
identification and characteristics of stained sections are emphasized in the
laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring,
odd years)
BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
Functional processes used by animals in adjusting to their external environment and
controlling their internal environment. Laboratories involve analysis of functions of
major organ systems. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week.
(Spring, even years)
SPECIAL COURSES
BIOL 365. Topics in Biology 1-3 hours
Formal coursework designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty
areas of Biology not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different
specialized areas.
Biology 77
BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only.
Designed for the individual student or group of students who wish to do independent
study in an area of biology not listed in the regular offerings. Content and method
of study must be arranged for prior to registration. This course may be repeated for
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer — on demand)
BIOL 387* Animal Behavior 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or PSYC 124 and 128.
The behavior of animals is studied with a focus on both proximate causes of behavior
(mechanisms) as well as ultimate causes of behavior (survival strategies). Special
importance will be placed on understanding techniques of experimental study and
hypothesis testing. Topics covered include: genetic, developmental, and physiological
bases of behavior; instinct and learning; communication; habitat selection; feeding,
antipredatory, reproductive, and parenting strategies; mating systems, social
behavior and human sociobiology. Three lectures each week. (Spring, even years)
BIOL 397. Introduction to Biological Research (W) 1 hour
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
An introduction to the principles of scientific research, including the function of the
scientific method, literature searches, research techniques, writing of grant
proposals, and how to publish results. (Fall)
BIOL 497* Research in Biology (W) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 397 or consent of instructor.
Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems will be
selected according to the interest and experience of the student. Prior to registra-
tion, students are urged to contact all biology staff members with respect to the
choice of available research problems. This course should be taken not later than the
first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring, Summer— on demand)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Biology 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing, and
evaluating student performance; and the survey and evaluation of textbooks.
ROSARIO BEACH
MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION
The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College and other
Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes, Washington, the
station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland. In addition to some of the
biology courses listed in this catalog, the following are among those taught
during the summer at Rosario Beach:
BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours
An overview course designed to introduce general education students to the biology
and ecology of the marine environment. Course not applicable to Biology majors.
78 Biology
BIOL 460. Marine Ecology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152.
Study of interspecific, intraspecific, and community relationships demonstrated by
marine organisms.
BIOL 463. Marine Botany 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152.
Systematic study of plants found in Puget Sound, with a survey of marine plants
from other areas.
BIOL 468. Comparative Physiology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152, BIOL 412.
Comparative study of the physiology and life processes of animals with emphasis on
invertebrates.
BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152.
A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will involve
extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine invertebrates of the
Puget Sound.
BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-512 and Animal Behavior or Introduction to Psychology.
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their behavioral
responses to the physical environment The course involves laboratory experiences,
field observation, and a research project
(E-l) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Business Administration
Chair: Wayne VandeVere
Faculty: Herbert Coolidge, Richard Erickson, Lisa Gano, Jeff Leeper,
Cliff Olson, Dan Rozell, Vinita Sauder, Jim Segar, Peg Smith
Adjunct Faculty: Clay Crosson, Letitia Erdmann, David Henderson, Jeff
Lingerfelt
Advisory Councils:
Accounting: Richard Center, Rhonda Champion, Richard Green, Bo Just,
Calvin Wiese
Long-Term Health Care: Glen Choban, Clay Crosson, Mark Gibson, David
Henderson, Richard J. Henry Jr., Doug Malin, Jan Rushing, Ben
Wygal
Marketing: Barry Anthony, Brian Bergjierm, Bud Cason, Danny Fall, Johnny
Phillips *
The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, government,
industry, and in long-term health care and to train students for secretarial,
office work, and office administration in the modern office.
The objectives of the department are:
1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical guidelines.
2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy toward
our current economic environment and the ever-changing business
world of the future.
3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with basic
business skills required for initial job placement.
4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers and
in positions of business leadership with organizations sponsored by this
denomination.
5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive secre-
taries, and word processing operators and managers.
6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into most
graduate degree programs in business.
The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, Marketing, and
Computer Information Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.)
with majors in Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and
Office Administration.
For those who desire a two-year program, Associate of Science degrees
(AS.) are available in Accounting and Office Administration.
ASSESSMENT
To help the graduates in Business Administration to evaluate their aca-
demic progress and to aid the department in evaluating teaching effective-
ness, students who major in business related fields will be required to:
1 . Participate in the college-wide testing program in general educa-
tion.
2. Take the area test in business prepared by the Educational
. Testing Service (ETS) during the last semester of their academic
program.
80 Business Administration
3. Accounting majors who plan to enter public accounting will be
evaluated by their performances on the national CPA exam.
PROGRAMS IN
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
B.B.A. Core Requirements: The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core of
business courses plus a major in Accounting, Management, Marketing, or
Computer Information Systems. The basic core course requirements are as
follows:
B.B.A. Core (43 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
ACCT 221-221 Principles of Accounting ~ 6 BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical and Social
ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting 3 Environment of Bus 3
BUAD 126 Intro to Business 3 BUAD 488 Seminar in Bus Admin 1
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3
BUAD 314 Quant Meth for Bus Decision 3 ECON 224 Prin of Economics (Macro) 3
BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 ECON 225 Prin of Economics (Micro) 3
BUAD 334 Prin of Management 3 OFAD 315 Business Communications 3
BUAD 339 Business Law 3
Required Cognates Hours Required Cognates, cont.
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1 MATH 215 Statistics
CPTR116 Spreadsheet Applications 2 PSYC Any 3-hour class
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3 SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
Major — B.B.A. Accounting (66 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
BBACore 43 ACCT 417 Auditing 3
ACCT 311-312 Intermediate Accounting 8 ACCT 421 Federal Taxes I 3
ACCT 316 Government & Fund Accountings Electives in Accounting 3
ACCT 322 Cost Accounting 3
For Accounting majors who wish to sit for the CPA examination in Tennessee or
any other state that requires 150 semester hours to sit for the examination, the
following courses are recommended in addition to the 124 hours for the BBA in
Accounting degree (choose 26 hours that are not included in the 124 hours above):
Required Courses v Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
ACCT 415 Advanced Accounting 3 CPTR 131 Fund of Programming 3
*ACCT432 Auditing Applications 3 CPTR 217 COBOL Program Language 3
*ACCT422 Federal Income Taxes II 3 ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3
ACCT 418,419 CPA Review Problems 6 SPCH 136 Inter Communication 3
ACCT 443 Accounting Systems
ACCT 497 Accounting Internship
♦These courses are required by the state of Tennessee as part of the 150 hours
required for CPA. candidates.
Major — B.B.A. Management (64 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
BBACore 43 BUAD 354 Principles of Risk Mgt 3
BUAD 344 Human Resource Mgt 3 BUAD 414 Business Strategies 3
BUAD 353 Management of a Small Bus 3 Electives in ACCT, BMKT,
BUAD, or OFAD 9
3
CPTR 131
3
CPTR 217
3
ENGL 313
6
SPCH 136
3
1-3
Business Administration 8 1
Major— B.B.A. Marketing (64 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
BBA Core 43
BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3
BMKT 328 Sales Management 3
BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy 3
Required Courses, coot.
BMKT 424 Marketing Strategy
BMKT 425 Marketing Research
BMKT 497 Marketing Internship
CPTR 345 Computer-Aided Publishing
Hours
3
3
3
3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.B.A. Accounting, B.BA Management, B.B.A. Marketing
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
BUAD 126 Intro to Business
3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
3
ENGL 101 College Composition
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra
3
CPTR 116
Spreadsheet Application
2
Area B-l, Religion
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area F-l, Psychology
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area C-l, History
3
16
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16
Major — B.B.A. Computer Information Systems (65 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
BBA Coret 37
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1
CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications 2
CPTR 131-132 Fund of Programming 6
CPTR 217 COBOL Programming Lang 3
CPTR 317 Intro to File Processing 3
Required Cognates
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra
MATH 181 Calculus I
MATH 215 Statistics
Required Courses, cont. Hours
CPTR 318 Data Structures 3
CPTR 319 Data Base Management Sys 3
CPTR 324 Systems Analysis 2
CPTR 325 Systems Design 2
CPTR 326 Systems Management 2
CPTR 485 Computer Science Seminar 1
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking " 3
Psychology course
tCore requirements BUAD 315 and BMKT 326 are not required for the Computer Information Systems major.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.BA. Computer Information Systems
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
BUAD 126
Intro to Business
3
CPTR 106
CPTR 131
Fund of Prog I
3
CPTR 116 !
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
CPTR 132
Area B-l, Religion
3
ENGL 102 <
Area C-l, History
3
SPCH 135 :
Area G-VG-3, Skills
1
16
*
Intro to Spreadsheet
Spreadsheet Applications
Fund of Prog II
College Composition
Intro to Public Speaking
Area C-l, History
Area G-l, G-3, Skills
Major — B.S. Business Administration (46 Hours)
Hours
1
2
3
3
3
3
1
16
Required Courses Hours
ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting 6
ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting 3
BUAD 314 Quant Mthds for Bus Decisions 3
BUAD 315 Business Finance 3
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3
BUAD 339 Business Law 3
BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, Social
Env of Business 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
BUAD 414 Business Strategies 3
BUAD 488 Sem in Business Admin 1
BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3
ECON 224 Prin of Economics (Macro) 3
ECON 225 Prin of Economics (Micro) 3
MATH 215 Statistics 3
Electives in ACCT, BMKT,
BUAD, or OFAD 6
Required Cognates
CPTR 106, 116 Spreadsheets andApp
OFAD 315 Business Communications
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
Hours
82 Business Administration
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Business Administration
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
BUAD 126
Intro to Business
3
BUAD 128
Personal Finanoe
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra
3
CPTE 116
Spreadsheet Application*
2
Area B-l, Religion
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
Area C-l, History
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Area 0-1,0-3, Skills
1
Area C-l, History
3
16
Area G-l/G-3, Skills
1
16
Major— B.S. Long-Term Health Care (50 hours)
Required Courses
ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting
ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting
ECON 224 Prin of Economics (Macro)
ECON 225 Prin of Economics (Micro)
BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing
BUAD 315 Business Finance
BUAD 334 Prin of Management
BUAD 339 Business Law
BUAD 358 Legal, Eth, Social
Environment of Bus
Required Cognates
CPTR 106, 116 Spreadsheets and App
SOCI 349 Aging and Society
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
Hours
6
Required Courses* cont. Hours
LTHC 431 General Admin of the
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
LTHC 432
LTHC 434
LTHC 435
LTHC 497
Long-Term Care Facility 3
Technological Aspects of
Long-Term Care 3
Financial Management of
Long-Term Care Facility 3
Human Res Mgt and Marketing
of Long-Term Care Facility 3
Long-Term Care Admin Intern 8
Hours
3
3
3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Long-Term Health Care
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101 College Composition
3
ENGL 102 College Composition
3
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra
3
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheet
1
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
3
CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications
2
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Science
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area G-l/G-3, Skills
1
Area F-l, Psychology
3
16
Area G-l/G-3, Skills
1
16
Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an accredited
college or university and who have completed all classwork required for a long-
term health care major other than the specialized long-term health care classes,
may receive a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in long-term health care
upon the completion of 20 hours of long-term health care classes (LTHC 431,
432, 434, 435, 497).
This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to those
who have completed all other major course requirements for the long-term
health care degree at another institution and have received a bachelor's degree.
Regular admission to the LTHC program is subject to receipt of an official tran-
script showing completion of the bachelor's degree from the former accredited
institution.
Business Administration 83
Mqjor — B.S. Office Administration (53 Hours)
Reauired Courses Hours
Required Courses, cont. Hours
ACCT 221-222 Principles of Aooounting
6
OFAD 216
Business English
3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
3
OFAD 218
Bus Math Calculations
2
BUAD 334
Principles of Management
3
OFAD 221
Office Transcription
3
BUAD 339
Business Law
3
OFAD 223
Office Systems Technology
3
BUAD 344
Human Resource Managemenl
t 3
OFAD 228
Speedwriting Techniques
3
EGON 213
Survey of Economics
OFAD 315
Business Communications
3
OR
3
OFAD 317
Office Admin Procedures
3
EGON 224
Principles of Economics
OFAD 345
Computer-Aided Publishing
3
OPAD 115
Document Formatting
3
Upper division electives in
OFAD 213
Information Resource Mgt
3
ACCT, BUAD, or OFAD
3
Required Cognates Hours
CPTR 120
Intro to Computer-Based Sys
or equivalent
3
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Processing
1
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheets
I
CPTR 107
Intro to Data Base
1
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Office Administration
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
3
OFAD 115
Document Formatting
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
OFAD 213
Information Res Mgmt
3
OFAD 218
Business Math Cal
2
OFAD 216
Business English
3
OFAD 221
Office Transcription
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
OFAD 223
Office Systems Tech
3
Area B, Bible
3
16
Area C, History
3
17
M*tfo^-A.S. Accounting (32 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting 6
ACCT 311-312 Intermediate Accounting 8
ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting 3
BUAD 126 Intro to Business 3
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3
BUAD 358 Legal, Eth and Social
Environ of Business 3
Required Cognates Hours
CPTR 106,116 Spreadsheets and App 3
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Required Courses, cont.
ECON 213 Survey of Economics
OR
ECON 224 Prin of Boon (Macro)
Electives in ACCT, BUAD,
ECON, or OFAD
Hours
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
A.S. Accounting
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semestex
Hours
ACCT 221
Prin of Aooounting
3
ACCT 22
Prin of Accounting 3
BUAD 126
Intro to Business
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet 1
ECON 224
Prin of Economics
CPTR 116
Spreadsheet Applications 2
OR
3
ENGL 102
College Composition 3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
Area F-l, Psychology 3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
Area A-2, Math 0-3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Electives 4-1
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16
16
84 Business Administration
Major— A.S. Office Administration (41 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
ACCT 103 College Accounting
OR 3
Prin of Accounting
Personal Finance
Intro to Word Processing
Intro to Spreadsheets
Intro to Data Base
Document Formatting
ACCT 221
BUAD 128
CPTR 105
CPTR 106
CPTR 107
OFAD 115
OFAD 213
Information Resource Mgt
Required Courses Hours
OFAD 216 Business English 3
OFAD 218 Business Math Calculations 2
OFAD 221 Office Transcription 3
OFAD 223 Office Systems Tech 3
OFAD 228 Speadwriting Techniques 3
OFAD 230 Office Admin Internship 3
OFAD 245 Computer-Aided Publishing i 3
OFAD 315 Business Communications 3
OFAD 317 Office Admin Procedures 3
Required Cognate Hours
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
A.S. Office Administration
1st Semester
Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
OFAD 115
Document Formatting
3
OFAD 213
Information Res Mgmt
3
OFAD 216
Business English
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
Area B, Bible
3
16
2nd Semester
Hours
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
OFAD 218
Business Math Cal
2
OFAD 221
Office Transcription
3
OFAD 223
Office Systems Tech
3
Area C, History
3
17
MINORS IN BUSINESS, MARKETING,
AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
Minor — Business Administration (18 Hours)
Required Courses
ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting
BUAD 334 Prin of Management
OR
BUAD 344 Human Resource Mgt
Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
6 ECON213 Survey of Economics
OR 3
3 ECON 224 Prin of Economics (Macro)
Upper Division Elect ivee
in ACCT, BUAD 6
Minor — Marketing (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3
BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
BMKT 424 Marketing Strategy 3
Electives in Marketing 9
Minor — Office Administration (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
OFAD 115 Document Formatting 3
OFAD 216 Business English 3
OFAD 221 Office Transcription 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
OFAD 223 Office Systems Technology 3
OFAD 315 Business Communications 3
OFAD 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
Business Administration 85
The following courses MUST BE TAKEN in residence at Southern
College in various Business Department majors:
B.BA. Degree
Hours
B.S. DegreerHours
BBA Core:
Business Administration Major:
BUAD315 Finance
3
BUAD 315 Finance
BUAD358 Legal/Bth/Social
BUAD 358 Legal/Eth/Social
Envir of Bus
3
Envir of Bus
BUAD 488 Business Seminar
1
BUAD 414 Business Strategies
7
BUAD 488 Business Seminar
Accounting Major:
ACCT417 Auditing 3
Management Major:
BUAD 414 Business Strategies 3
Marketing Major:
BMKT 424 Marketing Strategy 3
BMKT 425 Marketing Management _3
6
3
3
_L
10
LTHC Major:
LTHC 431 Gen Admin LTC Facility 3
LTHC 432 Tech Aspects of LTC 3
LTHC 434 Fin Mgmt LTC Facility 3
LTHC 435 Human Resource Mgmt &
Marktg LTC Facility 3
LTHC 497 LTC Internship JJ
20
Office Administration Majors
(4 year and 2 year):
OFAD 317 Office Admin Proced 3
ACCOUNTING
ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours
This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the book-
keeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional offices,
merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does not apply toward
a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business and Office
Administration. (Fall)
ACCT 221-222. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours
A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted Accounting
Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction analysis, financial statement
preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet accounts, income recognition, and basic
management accounting concepts are covered. Usually not open to freshmen. (Fall, -
Spring, Summer)
ACCT 311-312. Intermediate Accounting 4,4 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 221-222.
An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including preparation of
financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classification and
evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income and expense accounts.
(Fall, Spring)
ACCT 316. Governmental and Fund Accounting 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 221-222.
A course designed to provide an in-depth coverage of the concepts of fund
accounting as they apply to governmental units and not-for-profit institutions
including schools and hospitals. Attention will be given to the pronouncements of
the Governmental Accounting Standards Board. (Fall)
86 Business Administration
ACCT 321. Managerial Accounting 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 222.
A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a
managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relationships, job-
order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting, cost behavior patterns,
transfer pricing, and divisional performance measurement. (Fall)
ACCT 322. Cost Accounting 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and MATH 215.
An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems,
including cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, standard,
and direct cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more quantitative aspects
of management are covered including decision-making under uncertainty, inventory
control, cost behavior and regression analysis, the variance investigation decision,
and mix and yield variances. (Spring)
ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312.
A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated financial
statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, estates and trusts,
foreign exchange, segment reporting. (Spring)
ACCT 417. Auditing 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 311-312.
A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public accounting work
including generally accepted auditing standards, professional code of ethics of the
AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall)
ACCT 418, 419. C.EA. Review Problems 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting practice, and
business law as exemplified by the official accounting pronouncements of the AICPA
and FASB. (Fall, Spring)
ACCT 421. Federal Income Taxes I 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 221.
An introductory course designed to provide ti"aining in the application of the
Federal- Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems of individuals. Primary
emphasis is on Federal Income Taxes but Social Security Taxes will also be
included. (Fall)
ACCT 422. Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 421.
A course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal Internal
Revenue Code to the tax problems facing corporations, partnerships, estates, trusts.
An introduction to tax research will also be included. (Spring)
ACCT 437. Auditing Applications 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 417.
An advanced course in auditing with emphasis on auditing in the EDP environment
and the use of statistical techniques. A practice set will be required. (Spring)
ACCT 443. Accounting Systems I 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 222.
A study of accounting information systems. Internal control, reporting systems,
computer based systems and systems development will be covered. (Fall)
Business Administration 87
MARKETING
BMKT 326. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours
A Btudy of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing institutions,
basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, price policies, and
competitive practices. (Fall, Spring)
BMKT 327. Consumer Behavior 3 hours
Prerequisite: BMKT 326.
An analysis of the consumer decision making process where behavioral science is
combined with marketing theory to enable the marketer to understand and predict
consumer behavior in the various stages of the buying decision. (Fall)
BMKT 328. Sales Management 3 hours
Prerequisite: BMKT 326.
An examination of the basic sales processes necessary to achieve organizational
objectives and the professional techniques used in the management of the sales
force ranging from planning-recruiting to day-to-day management. (Fall)
BMKT 423. Promotional Strategy 3 hours
Prerequisite: BMKT 326.
An analysis of integrated marketing communications, with an emphasis on the role
of advertising, promotion, direct marketing, and public relations. Topics include
setting advertising objectives and budget, media strategy, creative strategy, and
evaluating promotional effectiveness. Focus is on the design and management of a
complete promotional strategy for an organization. (Spring)
BMKT 424. Marketing Strategy 3 hours
Prerequisite: BMKT 326.
A case study approach to the solving of major marketing problems of various
organizations and the ability to formulate appropriate strategies in responding to
the presented case problems. (Spring)
BMKT 425. Marketing Research 3 hours
Prerequisite: BMKT 326.
A study of the role of research in marketing decision-making; research design,
implementation, and analysis and interpretation of research findings. Students will
do research for a real business organization, concluding with a research and
marketing recommendation report to the sponsoring organization. (Spring)
BMKT 497. Marketing Internship 3 hours
Prerequisites: Junior or senior status and departmental approval.
Students obtain on-the-job experience working at an ad agency, marketing depart-
ment, marketing research company, wholesaler, retailer, or company sales
department A niinimum of 130 clock hours of work experience is required. A two-
thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on
catalog page 236.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUAD 126. Introduction to Business (G-2) 3 hours
A course designed to provide a basic understanding of the American business
system and free enterprise concepts. Business practices, business terminology and
contemporary business issues are covered. Students who have 18 or more hours of
credit in business courses are ineligible to take this course for credit (Fall, Spring)
88 Business Administration
BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours
A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and practices
designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. Budgeting,
consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are included in the
topics covered. (Fall, Spring)
BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215.
Linear Programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, transportation
problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. Game theory,
inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program Evaluation and Review
Technique (PERT). (Spring)
BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 221-222.
A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis on
instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to working
capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall, Summer)
BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours
A beginning course designed to study business management including an analysis
of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional characteristics of
the management process and current ethics. (Fall, Spring)
BUAD 339. Business Law 3 hours
A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including social
control through law and the law of commercial transactions (uniform commercial
code) and business organizations. (Spring)
BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours
An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high levels.
Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation and financial incentives,
work standards, techniques of supervision and leadership. (Spring)
BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours
A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a new
business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the management
of the small business. (Fall)
BUAD 354. Principles of Risk Management 3 hours
An introductory study in the field of risk management. Material covered includes
Insurance categories covered include liability, property, health and life. The primary
emphasis will be on business applications, but some consideration will be given to
the personal risk. (Spring)
BUAD 358. Legal, Ethical, and
Social Environment of Business 3 hours
A study of how business should operate within the legal, ethical and political
environment, its relationship to government agencies and control, and how
individuals in leadership should relate to various social and ethical problems. (Fall)
Business Administration 89
BUAD 414. Business Strategies (W) 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 222; BMKT 326; BUAD 334, 315.
This course of study is designed to give the student experience in decision-making
and problem-solving through the case method. Students learn to identify, analyze,
propose alternative solutions and make satisfactory decisions about business
problems. Attention will be given both to internal problems and the external
competitive nature of business. (Spring)
BUAD 425. Fundamentals of Investments 3 hours
Prerequisite; ACCT 222.
A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential investor of
institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, readings, and cases.
Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the security market, real estate, and
fixed equipment investments. (Spring)
BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour
This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. Top men
and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real estate, finance,
retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten lectures will be required.
This course may be repeated for credit (Spring)
BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be arranged.
Approval must be secured from Department Chair prior to registration.
BUAD 296/496. Business Administration Study Tour 1 hour
A trip designed to acquainted the student with important large business centers and
facilities. Focus will be on financial, merchandising, advertising, and cultural
organizations. An additional fee will be required to cover travel expenses.
ECONOMICS
ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours
A course designed for the general education student. It provides an understanding
of the United States 1 mixed economy through a study of the market system, the role
of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact of the foreign sector. This
course does not apply on a major in accounting, management, or marketing. No
credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. (Fall)
ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours
ECON 224 (Macroeconomics) deals with total employment, output and income, with
inflation and recession, and with the variables that influence these conditions.
ECON 225 (Microeconomics) deals with scarcity and choice, individual goods and
markets, and the price mechanism showing how it automatically directs the
society's resources into the most desirable uses. (Fall, Spring)
LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE
LTHC 431. General Administration of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organization and
management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and controlling,
including a review of the history and philosophy of faculties. A review of licensing
requirements, insurance, business law, human relations and public relations will
also be included. (Summer)
90 Business Administration
LTHC 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours
A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration. Their
relationship to other health care facilities in the total health care system, and
technically related medical relationships and services. A complete review of OBRA
is also included. (Summer)
LTHC 434. Financial Management of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for management
decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer)
LTHC 435. Human Resource Management and
Marketing of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A study of the organization, training, motivation* and direction of employees with
a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a high level. Selection,
compensation, financial incentives, work standards, and leadership are the topics
that will be covered. Marketing functions, problems, services, and competitive
practices will also be covered. (Summer)
LTHC 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours
A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care facility
will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. For a fee of $1 per clock hour,
students may take additional on-the-job experience required for national examina-
tions in some states. The internship will be limited to an area within 600 miles of
Southern College, and if it is beyond that additional fees may be imposed to cover
the cost. The number of on-site visits by college personnel will depend on the past
experience between the college and the facility and on the qualifications of the
preceptor involved. To maintain college control, two visits per internship will be
normal. With good past experience and a highly qualified preceptor, one visit will
be expected. Three visits may be needed if difficulties arise. The number of required
visits is at the discretion of the college. A 50 percent tuition waiver, based on the
summer tuition rate, applies to this class.
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
OFAD 105. Keyboarding (G-2) 3 hours
This course is designed to introduce students to computerized keyboard and basic
WordPerfect formatting techniques. Emphasis is on mastery of the keyboard,
developing basic keyboarding skills, and formatting basic documents. Open only to
students with no previous typing instruction. Not open to challenge examination.
(Fall)
OFAD 115. Document Formatting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Timed writing placement test required.
This course builds on the computerized keyboarding competencies students have
developed. Emphasis is placed on increasing speed, improving accuracy, developing
formatting skills, and learning production skills. Not open to challenge examination.
(Fall)
OFAD 213. Information Resource Management 3 hours
Basic principles and procedures of storage and control of records involving a study
of rules for alphabetic and numeric filing, with projects on methods of storage. An
intensive study of automated filing, using computer software. Study of the criteria
by Which records are created, stored, used, and transferred. (Fall)
Business Administration 9 1
OFAD 216. Business English 3 hours
Pre- or corequiaite: ENGL 101.
An intense study of basic grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spelling, and. word
usage as necessary for the fundamentals of business communication. (Fall)
OFAD 218. Business Math Calculations (G-2) 2 hours
The use of the electronic calculator to solve basic business arithmetic operations,
such as percentages, interest, discounts, fractions, merchandising, payroll, deprecia-
tion, use of credit, and understanding of the use of and graphic presentation of
statistical business data. (Spring)
OFAD 221. Office Transcription 3 hours
Prerequisites: ENGL 101 and OFAD 216.
Development of skill in producing business documents, using cassette dictation.
Focuses on the development of word usage and correct punctuation and document
formats used in office transcription. (Spring)
OFAD 223. Office Systems Technology (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: OFAD 105 or equivalent
An intensive study of a current word processing software such as Microsoft Word,
WordPerfect 6.0, or Wordperfect 6.0 for Windows. Begins with the basic functions
and extends to a wide variety of special and advanced features. (Spring)
OFAD 228. Speedwriting Techniques (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisites: OFAD 115, 216, 221, or permission of instructor.
This course provides instruction in an abbreviated writing system based on letters
of alphabet. Designed to provide a fast method of notetaking. Fundamental princi-
ples presented and applied, together with transcription practice. (Fall)
OFAD 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours
Prerequisites: ENGL 101-102.
A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business com-
munications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling and punctuation, and the writing of
well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of effective
expression in business writing. (Fall, Spring)
OFAD 317. Office Administration Procedures 3 hours
Prerequisites: OFAD 213 and 223.
A study of the integration of skills learned in previous office administration courses,
together with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics, and
initiative used in the profession. (Spring)
OFAD 230/430. Office Administration Internship 3 hours
Pre- or corequiaite: OFAD 317.
Supervised on-campus work program in an administrative office of the college or
related industries. Conferences scheduled with instructor during semester for
guidance and evaluation. Arrangements to be made in advance with department
instructor. Open only to A.S. senior/B.S. junior or senior Office Administration
majors. (Fall, Spring)
OFAD 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours
This course is cross-listed with CPTE 2451345, Computer Science and Technology
Department A student may receive credit for this course from only one department.
An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation
of camera-ready services using specialized desktop publishing software such as
Aldus PageMaker and Xerox Ventura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring)
92 Business Administration
OFAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Open only to majors in Office Administration.
Research studies related to the field of Office Administration are assigned according
to the experience and interest of the student Length of project determines credit.
This course may be repeated for credit.
(C-2) (F-2) (G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Chemistry
Chair: Steven Warren
Faculty: Wiley Austin, Sterling Sigsworth
Since we and everything we touch, eat, wear, or use are made of
chemicals, the study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit.
A major in Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging
career in a wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial
research, pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic
chemistry, chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well
as many business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales,
patent research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a
few.
The B.S. degree . in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional applica-
tions of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree is the
preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or pre-paramedical
fields and possibly for some of the business applications.
ASSESSMENT
To aid the Chemistry Department in evaluating teaching effectiveness,
nationally standardized tests prepared by the American Chemical Society
for each of the various classes are administered at the end of each course.
The test results are evaluated, and teaching procedures and methods are
changed as needed. Failure on these standardized examinations may cause
the student to repeat certain courses and/or jeopardize graduation as a
Chemistry major.
Major — B.A. Chemistry (30 hours)
Required Courses
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry
CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry
CHEM 313-314 Organic Chemistry Lab
CHEM 315 Analytical Chemistry
Chemistry Electives
Required Courses, cont. Hours
CHEM 321 Instrumental Analysis ' 4
CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar
OR 1-2
CHEM 497 Intro to Research
CHEM 411-412, 413-414 Physical Chemistry and Physical Chemistry Lab may
be substituted for CHEM 315, 321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate
requirement. CPTR 131 Fundamentals of Programming I is strongly recommended.
If CHEM 485 is not taken, then a speech class must be taken.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA Chemistry
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester , Hours
CHEM 151
ENGL 101
MATH 120
General Chemistry
College Composition
Precalculus Algebra
Area B, Religion
Electives or Minor
4
3
3
3
3
16
CHEM 152
ENGL 102
MATH 121
General Chemistry 4
College Composition 3
Precalculus Trigonometry 2
Area E, Biol/Phya/
Earth Science 3
Area G-3, Rec Skills 1
Electives or Minor 2
15
94 Chemistry
Major— B.S. Chemistry (40 Hours)
Required Courses Hour*
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8
CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry 6
CHEM 313-314 Organic Chemistry Lab 2
CHEM 315 Analytical Chemistry 4
CHEM 321 Instrumental Analysis 4
Required Cognates
CPTR 131 Fund of Programming I 3
MATH 181 Calculus I 3
MATH 182 Calculus II 4
Required Courses, cont. Hour*
CHEM 411-412 Physical Chemistry " 6
CHEM 413-414 Physical Chem Lab 2
CHEM 425 Advanced Organic Chem 3
CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar 1
CHEM 497 Intro to Research 1-2
Chemistry Electives 2-3
Hours Required Cognates, cont. Hours
MATH 315 Din" Equations 3
PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6
PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2
German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is designed
for the professional chemist. Note that Physical Chemistry will be offered one
year and Analytical and Instrumental Chemistries the following year. The
student should plan accordingly.
Sample
\ Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Chemistry
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester Hours
CHEM 151
General Chemistry
4
CHEM 152
General Chemistry 4
CPTR 131
Funds of Prog I
3
ENGL 102
College Composition 3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
MATH 121
Precalculus Trigonometry 2
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra
3
Area B, Religion 3
Area C, History
3
16
Area G-3, Rec Skills 1
Area F, Behav/Fam/
Health Sci 3
16
M^jor — B.A. Chemistry, Teacher Certification (30 Hours)
Required Courses
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry
CHEM 311-312 Organic Chemistry
CHEM 313-314 Organic Chemistry Lab
CHEM 315 Analytical Chemistry
CHEM 321 Instrumental Analysis
Hours
8
6
Required Cognates Hours
ERSC 105 Earth Science 3
CPTR 120 Intro to Comp-Based Sys
OR 3
CPTR 131 Fund of Programming
Required Courses, cont.
CHEM 323 Biochemistry
CHEM 485 Chemistry Seminar
OR
CHEM 497 Intro to Research
Chemistry Elective
Required Cognates, cont.
MATH 181 Calculus I
PHYS 137 Intro to Physics
PHYS 155 Descriptive Astronomy
Hours
4
1
1
Hours
3
3
3
Students preparing for secondary teacher certification must include CHEM
323 in the major and must also take ERSC 105 and PHYS 137. See Education
Department for listing of professional requirements (28 hours, listed on page
118) and general education requirements (44-47 hours).
Minor — Chemistry (18 Hours)
Eighteen hours, six of which must he upper division.
Chemistry 95
CHEMISTRY
CHEM 103. Pre-General Chemistry (£-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: Successful completion of two years of high school algebra or MATH
090.
Basic concepts in chemistry and mathematics as needed to begin General
Chemistry. Two hours of lecture each week. Does not apply on a major or minor
in chemistry. Taught second semester only. (Spring)
CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics ACT
score of 16 or a minimum grade of "C" in MATH 080 are also required.
A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles of
inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. Does not
apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1,1 hours
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112.
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 111-
112. Two and one-half hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major
or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours
Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Intermediate
Algebra.
An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with applica-
tions to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic carbon
compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy, relative reactivities,
reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these compounds. There are three
hours of lecture each week, (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312.
Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemistry
laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization, distillation,
separations, etc. The. exercises also illustrate reactions that are discussed in CHEM
311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152.
A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of determina-
tions, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry involved is studied in
terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of lecture and three hours of
laboratory each week. This class is offered alternate years. (Fall, odd years)
CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 315.
A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spectrometry,
chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. Three lectures and one
laboratory session per week. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, even
years)
96 Chemistry
CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312.
The compounds, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Also some of the techniques, for
studying these areas are considered. There are four hours of lecture each week and
no lab. Up to two hours of credit can be counted toward a biology major. (Spring)
CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry I 3 hours
Prerequisites: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 315, or
permission of instructor.
Gases, kinetic theory, thermodynamics and reaction kinetics are studied with the
main emphasis on thermodynamics. There are three hours of lecture each week
This class is not open to students who have taken PHYS 411. This is taught
alternate years. (Fall, even years)
CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry II 3 hours
Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 315; CPTR 131 or 218, or permission of
instructor.
Areas to be studied include: Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the
energy equation; boundary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers;
separation-of -variables method for the hydrogen atom; electron spin and the Pauli
requirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to states of light
atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and molecules, Hueckel and LCAO
methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory. There are three
hours of lecture per week. This class is not open to students who have taken PHYS
412. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, odd years)
CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours
Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411 and 412 must be taken concurrently
or previously.
Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory
period each week. This class is offered alternate school years. (Fall, even years;
Spring, odd years)
CHEM 425. Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 312.
Compound types, reactions, and intermediates not considered in Organic Chemistry
will be studied. Once a sufficient background has been established, an introduction
to medicinal chemistry and synthesis of medicinal compounds will be studied. (Fall)
CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312.
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. To be
taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall)
CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152.
Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for a group
of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the regular class
offerings. (Fall, Spring)
Chemistry 97
CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor.
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Problems are
assigned according to the experience and interest of the student. Prior to registra-
tion, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to contact all chemistry
staff members with respect to choice of available problems. This should be taken
no later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Chemistry 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and
evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks.
(E-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Computer Science
and Technology
Chair: Bradley Hyde
Interim Chair: Merritt MacLafferty
Faculty: John Durichek, Rick Halterman, Timothy D. Korson
Adjunct Faculty: John Beckett, Rodney Dixon
Computer Science deals with the design and programming of electronic
digital computers. In today's society, it is rare that the average person goes
through a day without using a computer in some way. Computers are used
in cars, microwave ovens, VCR's, TV's and even washing machines. On
Wall Street and at NASA, huge banks of computers display the current
status. Almost everyone who writes now uses a word processor and even
grade-school students are being taught computer usage.
With the growing use of computers has come a growing shortage of
computer professionals. While some companies must hire untrained appli-
cants, most are seeking employees with the training, skill, and knowledge
of a graduate in Computer Science. Graduates from a computer science pro-
gram find jobs in industry, health care, financial institutions, education,
and research.
The student should choose his area of interest and select courses from
computer science and other fields that will fit well with his intended career.
Some job titles are: Programmer, Systems Programmer, Systems Analyst,
Team Leader, Data Base Administrator, Data Processing Manager, Soft-
ware Engineer, Applications Engineer, Training Specialist, and Technical
Writer.
ASSESSMENT
In the spring of the senior year all BA, BS, and BBA students in
computer science will be required to take a written two-hour departmental
exam. The exam will cover general computer literacy, logic, set theory,
boolean algebra, binary arithmetic, programming, data structures, and file
processing. A detailed topics list will be published in January, and the exam
will be given in mid-April.
Students are required to make 75% or above to qualify for graduation.
Students making less than 75% may request an oral examination over the
material. Those who fail will be required to take additional classwork
before graduation. The results of this exam are used by the department
staff to evaluate class offerings as well as program requirements.
CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE
1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been
authorized for their use.
2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for which
they were authorized, as arranged with the Information Services
Department.
3. Users should minimize the impact df their work on the work of other
users. Itis the responsibility of the user to learn efficient means of utiliz-
ing the computer.
Computer Science and Technology 99
4.
5.
Users of campus computers must not make or use unauthorized copies
of copyrighted software. Shareware may be freely copied, but students
who continue to use it should register and pay the specified fee. Violation
of copyright is a serious crime and penalties can be severe.
Planting "virus" programs or otherwise misusing campus computers in
a way that might destroy the work others are doing is thoughtless
vandalism and will be dealt with as any other destructive activity on
campus.
PROGRAMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Major — B.A. Computer Science (30 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
CPTR 131 Fund of Programming I 3
CPTR 132 Fund of Programming II 3
CPTR 217 COBOL Prog Language 3
CPTR 219 Symbolic Assembler Lang 3
CPTR 280 Discrete Structures 3
CPTR 317 Intro to File Processing 3
CPTR 318 Data Structures 3
Required Cognates Hours
BUAD 334 Prin of Management 3
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
CPTR 319 Data Base Mgt Systems 3
CPTR 324 Systems Analysis
OR 2
CPTR 325 Systems Design
CPTR 485 Computer Science Seminar 1
Upper Div Computer Electives 3
\
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
MATH 215 Statistics 3
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Only 3 hours of CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing, CPTR 106 Intro to
Spreadsheets, CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base, CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications,
and CPTR 117 Database applications now apply to a major in Computer Science.
Major— B.S. Computer Science (40 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
CPTR 131 Fund of Programming I 3
CPTR 132 Fund of Programming II 3
CPTR 217 COBOL Prog Language 3
CPTR 219 Symbolic Assembler Lang 3
CPTR 280 Discrete Structures 3
CPTR 317 Intro to File Processing 3
CPTR 318 Data Structures 3
Required Cognates Hours
BUAD 334 Prin of Management 3
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
CPTR 319 Data Base Mgt Systems 3
CPTR 324 Systems Analysis
OR 2
CPTR 325 Systems Design
CPTR 485 Computer Science Seminar 1
Computer Electives 13
(6 must be upper division)
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
MATH 215 Statistics 3
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Only 3 hours of CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing, CPTR 106 Intro to Spread-
sheets, CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base, CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications, and
CPTR 117 Database applications now apply to a major in Computer Science.
100 Computer Science and Technology
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA or B.S. Computer Science
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
CPTR 131
Fund of Prog I
3
CPTR 132
Fund of Prog II
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
CPTR 219
Sym Assembler Lang
3
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
OR
3
Area B, Religion
3
MATH Elective
Math Elective
3
Area C-l, History
3
15
Area F, Behav/Fam/
Health Science
3
15
M^jor — B.B.A. Computer Information Systems (65 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
BBA Coref 37
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets 1
CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications 2
CPTR 131-132 Fund of Programming 6
CPTR 217 COBOL Program Lang 3
CPTR 317 Intro to File Processing 3
Required Cognates Hours
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3
MATH 181 Calculus I 3
MATH 215 Statistics 3
Required Courses, cont. B
CPTR 318 Data Structures
CPTR 319 Data Base Mgmt Sys
CPTR 324 Systems Analysis
CPTR 325 Systems Design
CPTR 326 Systems Management
CPTR 485 Computer Science Seminar
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking " 3
Psychology course
tCore requirements BUAD 315 and BMKT 326 are not required for the Com-
puter Information Systems major.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.B.A. Computer Information Systems
1st Semestc
sr
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
BUAD 126
Intro to Business
3
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheet
1
CPTR 131
Fund of Prog I
3
CPTR 116
Spreadsheet Applications
2
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
CPTR 132
Fund of Prog II
3
- Area B-l, Religion
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
Area C-l, History
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Area G-l/G-3, Skills
1
Area C-l, History
3
16
Area G-l, G-3, Skills
1
16
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREES
M^jor— A.S. Architectural Studies (25 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
ART 104 Beginning Drawing I 2
ART 110 Design Principles 3
CPTE 147 Intro to Arch and Inter 3
CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
CPTE 249 Computer-Aided Drafting 3
CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing 1
Required Cognates Hours
BIOL 226 Environ Conservation 3
HIST 174-175 World Civilizations 6
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3
MATH 121 Precalculus Trigonometry 2
PHYS 137 Intro to Physics 3
Required Courses, cont.
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets
CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base
TECH 101 Technology Awareness
TECH 145 Intro to Graphic Arts
TECH 151 Architectural Drafting
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
PSYC 224 Social Psychology 3
SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication 3
ERSC 105 Earth Science
OR 3
GEOG 204 World Geography
Computer Science and Technology 101
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
A.S. Architectural Studies
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
ART 104
Beginning Drawing
2
ART 110
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Proc
1
CPTE 147
CPTR 106
Intro to Spreadsheets
1
CPTE 251
CPTR 107
Intro to Data Base
1
ENGL 102
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
MATH 121
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra
3
RELB 125
TECH 101
Tech Awareness
2
TECH 151
Architectural Drafting
3
16
Hours
Design Principles
Intro to Arch and Interiors
CAD Architecture
College Composition
Precalculus Trigonometry
Life and Teachings of Jesus
3
3
3
3
2
3
17
Major— A.S. Computer Applications (36 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing
CPTE 249 Computer-Aided Drafting
CPTE 376 Automation and Robotics
CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets
CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base
CPTR 116 Spreadsheet Applications
CPTR 117 Database Applications
Required Cognates Hours
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra 3
PHYS 137 Intro to Physics 3
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
Intro to Computer-Based Sys 3
Fund of Programming I 3
Symbolic Assembler Lang 3
Technology Awareness 2
Intro to Graphic Arts 3
Mechanical Drawing 2
Basic Electronics 3
3
CPTR 120
3
CPTR 131
4
CPTR 219
1
TECH 101
1
TECH 145
1
TECH 149
2
TECH 183
2
The A.S. Degree in Computer Applications provides learning experiences in
computer-aided drafting, computer numerically-controlled machines, robotics and
automation, desktop publishing and other related computer applications.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
A.S. Computer Applications
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
CPTR 105
CPTR 120
ENGL 101
MATH 120
TECH 149
Intro to Word Processing
Intro to Comp-Based Sys
College Composition
Precalculus Algebra
Mechanical Drawing
Recreation Skills
1
3
3
3
2
1
CPTE 249 i
CPTR 106
CPTR 116
ENGL 102
TECH 101
TECH 183
Religion
3
16
Computer-Aided Drafting
Intro to Spreadsheet
Spreadsheet Application
College Composition
Technology Awareness
Basic Electronics
Behavior/Fam Science
Hours
3
1
2
3
2
3
_3
17
Mtyor— A.S. Computer Science (24 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
CPTR 131 Fund of Prog I 3
CPTR 132 Fund of Prog II 3
CPTR 21 7 COBOL Prog Lang 3
CPTR 219 Symbolic Assemb Lang 3
Required Cognates Hours
ACCT 221-222 Prin of Accounting ' 3
ACCT 321 Managerial Accounting 3
Required Courses, cont.
CPTR 317 Intro to File Proc
CPTR 318 Data Structures
CPTR 319 Data Base Mgt Sys
Required Cognates, cont.
BUAD334 PrinofMgmt
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
102 Computer Science and Technology
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
A.S. Computer Science
1st Semester
ACCT 221
CPTR 131
ENGL 101
MATH 090
Prin of Accounting
Fund of Prog I
College Composition
Intermediate Algebra
OR
MATH Elective
Hours
3
3
3
3
2nd Semester
ACCT 222 Prin of Accounting
CPTR 132 Fund of Prog II
CPTR 219 Symbolic Assemb Lang
MATH 120 Precalculus Algebra
Area B, Religion
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
15
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Electives
3
16
Minor — Computer Science (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
CPTR 131 Fund of Programming I 3
CPTR 132 Fund of Programming II 3
CPTR 318 Data Structures 3
Of the remaining nine elective hours, three must be upper division. The minor is an
excellent background for those whose profession is outside of data processing, but who
will have to use the computer in their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor
is also appropriate for any student who simply has an interest in computers.
COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
CPTE 101. Technology Awareness
See TECH 101 for course description.
2 hours
CPTE 147* Introduction to Architecture and Interiors 3 hours
An examination of the scope and interrelationships of the professions of architec-
ture and architectural interiors. The role of the designer in society is discussed with
consideration of the opportunities for pursuing a rewarding career. Students are
introduced to components of the faculty, each describing his or her teaching area.
Information sources in architecture are outlined and methods of collecting,
structuring and presenting data and ideas are included. Field trips are made to
professional offices, manufacturers, and significant buildings and interiors. Open
to all students.
CPTE 251. Computer-Aided Design in Architecture 3 hours
Through tutorials, exercises, and projects the student gains working knowledge of
the drafting and design capabilities of computer-aided design. Introduction to three-
dimensional programs using DataCAD and other architectural programs.
CPTE 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours
An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation
of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and typesetting services
using specialized desktop publishing software such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox
Ventura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring)
CPTE 249/349. Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent
An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid in
drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods of laboratory each week.
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring)
Computer Science and Technology 103
CPTE 376* Automation and Robotics 4 hours
Prerequisites: TECH 149, 183, 249/349 or equivalent
Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing including
terminology, computer hardware/software and interfacing, system integration,
flexible manufacturing and robotic applications.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
CPTR 104. Introduction to PC -DOS Usage (G-2) 1 hours
This class is limited to students with no computer background or permission of the
instructor. It is designed to introduce the student to the functions and features of
the PC -DOS as a preparation for other computer application courses. Some general
information about the hardware will be presented so that students may feel less
intimidated about adding a new board to the computer or hooking up a new mouse.
Students will learn how to format disks, manipulate files, and use many PC -DOS
utilities. Does not apply toward a major or minor in computer science, nor does it
satisfy the cognate requirements of other majors.
CPTR 105. Introduction to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour
Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor.
Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating form letters,
and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. (Spring)
CPTR 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (G-2) 1 hour
Prerequisite: MATH 090 or 103 or Math ACT of 22.
A course using microcomputer spreadsheet programs. The most commonly used
functions will be described with simple lab problems.
CPTR 107. Introduction to Data Base (G-2) 1 hour
A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information retrieval,
report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. (Spring)
CPTR 116. Spreadsheet Applications (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 106. -
The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial planning
and management (Spring)
CPTR 117. Database Applications 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 107
The use of database software including writing programs in the database language.
CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2) 3 hours
An overview of computer information systems. This survey course introduces com-
puter hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human resources and explores
their integration and application in business and other segments of society. The
fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in a higher-level pro-
gramming language are discussed and applied. This course does not apply on a
major in Computer Science. (Fall, Spring)
CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 090, or MATH ACT of 22, or permission of instructor.
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, modular-
ity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced, using a structured lan-
guage. (Fall)
104 Computer Science and Technology
CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131.
An introduction to software technology including elementary data structures for the
development of reliable, modifiable programs. (Spring)
CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131.
Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems using
the COBOL Language. (Fall)
CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131.
Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing tech-
niques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organization, symbolic
coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and linkage. Systems and
utility programs and programming techniques. Several computer projects to illus-
trate basic machine structure and programming techniques. (Spring)
CPTR 280. Discrete Structures 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 120;
Recommended: Fannliarity with a programming language.
An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory,
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques,
and finite state automata. (Fall)
CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 217.
Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random access files
and processing techniques. Development of programs and systems of programs for
batch and interactive environments. (Spring)
CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 132 and MATH 120.
Stacks, recursion, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall)
CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217; Recommended: CPTR 317.
Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, implemen-
tation, and management issues. (Spring)
CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319.
System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of both
classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows, process
flows, input and output necessary for denning logical system requirements.
Structured techniques for dealing with complexify in the development of computer
based information systems.
CPTR 325. Systems Design 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319.
Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and evaluation.
Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design, module coupling, and
module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's complexity.
Computer Science and Technology 105
CPTR 326. Systems Management 2 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319.
This course presents management principles unique to the data processing environ-
ment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software version control,
and user services.
CPTR 365. Operating Systems 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132.
Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets, data
representation, task management and scheduling, secondary storage concepts,
multi-processor systems, microprogramming, and array procedures. (Fall, odd
years)
CPTR 366. Microcomputer Construction 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132.
A class with a large lab component. The student will assemble on a plug-board a
complete working microcomputer. The class will cover the information necessary
to design a microprocessor based computer with static or dynamic memory, ROM,
interrupts, DMA, and various types of I/O. Reading manufacturers specifications
and working within the timing parameters is an important part of the course.
(Spring, even years — enrollment limited to 10 due to lab equipment.)
CPTR 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours
See CPTE 376 for course description.
CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219.
Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and their
run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a variety of
languages. (Spring, odd years)
CPTR 425. Computer Graphics 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 132; MATH 120 and 121; Recommended: MATH 181.
This course teaches the principles of generating graphical images on a computer
with an emphasis on the underlying mathematical theory and its programming
implementations. Topics include graphics primitives (points, lines, polygons, circles,
ellipses), windowing techniques, clipping, 2-D and 3-D transformations, projections,
3-D viewing techniques, cubic interpolating and approximating curves (Bezier, B-
spline, Catmull-Rom curves), bicubic 3-D surface patches, light and color, fractal
curves and surfaces, hidden line and surface removal, depth sorting techniques,
reflections, shading, surface mapping, ray tracing, animation techniques. (Fall, even
years)
CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above.
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current computer
science literature. Resume' writing, interviewing, application to graduate school,
ORE testing, witnessing on the job and at graduate school are also discussed.
(Spring)
CPTR 490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff
Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. May
be repeated with permission.
106 Computer Science and Technology
CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department chair.
Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer science
students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours.
(G-2) ( W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Education and Psychology
Chair: George Babcock
Faculty: Fern Babcock, Alberto dos Santos, Robert Egbert, Jon Green,
Leona Gulley, Carole Haynes, Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Carl
Swafford
Adjunct Faculty: John Baker, Ben Bandiola, LaVona Gillham, Kay
Kuzma, Rita Roark, All K-12 staff serving as Cooperating Teachers
1995/96 Teacher Education Advisory Council: George Babcock, Chair; John
Baker, Vern BilofF, Hamlet Canosa, Jim Epperson, Conrad Gill, Jon
Green, Carole Haynes, Nathaniel Higgs, Gordon Klocko, Gerald
Kovalski, Norwida Marshall, Barry Mahorney, Oster H. Paul, Alberto
dos Santos, Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Don L. Weatherall
1995/96 Teacher Education Council: George Babcock, Chair; John Baker,
Orville Bignall, Marcia Brashears, Delton Chen, Ron du Preez, Ted
Evans, LaVona Gillham, Jon Green, Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska,
Carole Haynes, Al Morford, Debbie Perdue, John Perumal, Dennis
Pettibone, Mary Jayne Ries, Marvin Robertson, Kermise Rowe, Helen
Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Carl Swafford, Gordon Swanson, Matt
Wilson, William Wohlers
DEGREES OFFERED
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology has been a stand-alone major at Southern College for more
than a decade, with graduates later pursuing study in such fields as
marriage and family counseling, community and school counseling, school
psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, and industrial and
experimental psychology — as well as business, law, dentistry, and medicine.
Statistical and simulation computer software enhance student research
practice and training.
At Southern College the psychology major is considered preprofessibnal
and serves as preparation for later study at the master's and doctoral
degree levels. In order to improve their chances for admission to graduate
pro-grams, students will want to (a) achieve well in psychology and general
education courses, (b) take as many psychology electives as possible, along
with statistics and computer science, (c) obtain a competitive score on
graduate admission tests (usually the GRE) taken during the fall of the
senior year, and (d) apply to 10 or more specific schools for graduate study.
ASSESSMENT
The assessment of senior psychology majors (including education
students who m^jor in psychology for teacher licensure) takes place during
their final academic year. Students are required to take the MMPI II test,
prepare a portfolio, write a position paper, and have an oral interview by
the psychology or psychology and education faculty. This senior assessment
must be completed to have departmental recommendation for graduation.
The final assessment is graded on an Honor, Pass, or Fail basis. Results of
student assessment are evaluated by the faculty with a view to changing
course content as needed. Students may obtain from the main Education/
Psychology office a more detailed listing of requirements entitled "Senior
Psychology Assessment."
108 Education and Psychology
Major— B.A. Psychology (32 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 3
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3
PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 3
PSYC 346 Intro to Personality Theories 3
PSYC 357 Psychological Testing 3
PSYC 377 Fund of Counseling 3
Required Courses Hours
PSYC 415 Hiet&Sys of Psychology 3
PSYC 485 Psychology Practicum 1
PSYC 490 Psychology Seminar 1
PSYC 497 Research Design & Stat II 3
PSYC Electives 6
For students interested in nonclinical work, six hours of electives may be
selected from the following courses:
PSYC 224 Social Psychology 3
PSYC 233 Human Sexuality 3
PSYC 326 Physiological Psychology 3
PSYC 349 Aging and Society 3
PSYC 387 Comparative Psychology 3
PSYC 384 Experimental Psychology 3
PSYC 432 Industrial/Org Psychology 3
PSYC 465 Topics in Psychology 3
PSYC 495 Directed Study 1
For students interested in clinical work, six hours of electives may be selected
from the following courses:
PSYC 224 Social Psychology 3
PSYC 233 Human Sexuality 3
PSYC 422 Behavior Strat for Adolescents 2
PSYC 460 Group Processes 3
PSYC 465 Topics in Psychology
PSYC 479 Family Counseling
PSYC 495 Directed Study
Required Cognates
BIOL Biology Electives
CPTR Computer Electives
PSYC 297 Research Design & Stat I
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. Psychology
1st Semester
ENGL 101 College Composition
HIST 155 Amer Hist & Institutions
OR
HIST 174 World Civilizations
MATH 103 Survey of Math
PEAC Area G-3, Elective
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology
RELB 125 Life & Teachings
Hours
3
3
1
3
A
16
2nd Semester
Hours
CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets
CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base
1
1
1
ENGL 102 College Composition
HIST 155 Amer Hist & Institutions
3
OR
3
HIST 175 World Civilisations
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology
Elective
3
3
15
Minor— Psychology (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 3
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3
PSYC Electives 12
(6 hours must be upper division)
Education and Psychology 109
DEGREES FOR TEACHING LICENSURE
Major— B. A. Psychology (32 Hours)
Leading to Licensure K-8
Major 32
Cognates 4
General Education 56-62
Professional Education 34
Total 126-132
While this degree program is open to anyone, it is required for all those
who desire to teach Kindergarten and/or lower elementary grades.
Required Courses Hours
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 3
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3
PSYC 217 Psychology Pound of Ed 2
PSYC 230 Prin & App of Cog Dev 2
PSYC 240 Psyc of Excep Child & Youth 2
PSYC 297 Research Design & Stat I 3
PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 3
Required
Courses H
Lang Acquisition & Dev
Classroom Assessment
ours
PSYC 336
PSYC 356
2
2
PSYC 377
PSYC 421
PSYC 485
PSYC 490
PSYC 497
Fund of Counseling
Behavior Management
Psychology Practicum
Psychology Seminar
Research Design & Stat II
3
2
1
1
3
Required Cognates Hours
PETH 463 Phys Ed in Elem School 2
LIBR 325 Lib Materials for Children 2
General Education (56-62 Hours)
AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 103 9
AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELT 138, 255; U.D. RELB or KELT, 3 hrs 12
AREA C HIST 154, 175, 356; OEOG 204 12
AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; ENGL 216, Foreign Lang. 0-6 . 10-16
AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9
AREA F HLED 173 2
AREA G PEAC 125; PEAC elective, lhr 2
Professional Education (34 Hours)
EDUC 135 Intro to Education
EDUC 250 Technology in Education
EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Ed
EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading
EDUC 426 Kindergarten Methods
EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods
EDUC 454 Science & Health Methods
2
EDUC 455
Bible Methods
2
2
EDUC 456
Language Arts Methods
2
2
EDUC 457
Social Studies Methods
2
3
EDUC 461
Pract in Multicultural Ed
1
2
EDUC 463
Small Schools Seminar
2
2
2
EDUC 466
Enhanced Student Tchg K-8
10
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. Psychology
Leading to Licensure K-8
1st Semester
ENGL 101 College Composition
MATH 103 Survey of Math
PEAC 125 Conditioning
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology
RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus
•Area D-l, Foreign Lang
Hours
3
1
3
3
_3
16
2nd Semester Hours
BIOL 103 Prin of Biology 5
EDUC 135 Intro to Education 2
ENGL 102 College Composition 3
HIST 175 World Civilizations II 3
HLED 173 Health and Life 2
•Area D-l, Foreign Lang _3
16
•A student who has 2 units of high school foreign language can complete this degree program in 126 semester
hours.
110 Education and Psychology
Major— B.A. Social Science (33 Hours)
Leading to Licensure 1-8
(With Language Arts Emphasis)
Major 33
Cognates 2
General Education 47-53 '
Professional Education 40
Elective 2-0
Total 124-128
'This degree program is required for those who desire to teach the middle
and upper elementary grades and who desire a Language Arts emphasis.
However, the program is open to anyone.
Required Courses
ENGL 205 Grammar & Ling for Tchrs
ENGL 216 Approaches to Literature
ENGL 313 Expository Writing
OR
ENGL 314 Creative Writing
ENGL UD. Lit Elective (upper div - W)
HIST 154 American Hist & Inst
Hours
Required i
Courses
Hoo*»
HIST 356
Natives and Strangers
3
LIBR 325
Libr Materials for Children
2
PSYC124
Intro to Psychology
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psychology
3
PSYC 230
Princ & App of Cog Dev
2
PSYC 297
Research Design & Stat I
3
PSYC 336
Lang Acq & Dev
2
Required Cognates Hours
PETH 463 Phys Ed in Elem School 2
General Education (47-53 Hours)
AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 103 9
AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELT 138, 255; U.D. RELB or RELT, 3 hours 12
AREA C HIST 175; GEOG 204 6
AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; Foreign Lang. 0-6 7-13
AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9
AREA F HLED 173 2
AREA G PEAC 125, PEAC course, 1 hr. 2
Professional Education (40 Hours)
EDUC 135
Intro to Education
2
EDUC 453
EDUC 217
Psych Foundations of Ed
2
EDUC 454
EDUC 240
Ed for Exceptional Children
2
EDUC 455
EDUC 250
Technology in Education
2
EDUC 456
EDUC 325
Philosophy of Christian Ed
2
EDUC 457
EDUC 332
Teaching of Reading
3
EDUC 461
EDUC 356
Classroom Assessment
2
EDUC 463
EDUC 421
Behavior Management
2
EDUC 467
Mathematics Methods 2
Science & Health Methods 2
Bible Methods 2
Language Arts Methods 2
Social Studies Methods 2
Pract in Multicultural Ed 1
Small Schools Seminar 2
Enhanced Student Tchg 1-8 10
Electives 2
1st Semester
ENGL 101
MATH 103
PEAC 125
PSYC 124
RELT 125
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. In Social Science
Leading to Licensure 1-8
(Language Arts Emphasis)
College Composition
Survey of Math
Conditioning
Intro to Psychology
Life & TchgB of Jesus
*Area D-l, Foreign Lang
Hours
3
3
1
3
3
"16
2nd Semester
BIOL 103
EDUC 135
ENGL 102
HIST 175
HLED 173
Prin of Biology
Intro to Education
College Composition
World Civilizations II
Health and Life
♦Area D-l, Foreign Lang
Hours
3
2
3
3
3
16
*A student who has 2 units of high school foreign language may take 2 hours of electives in place of additional
foreign language. Some of the hours listed for the summer session may be taken during the time when foreign
language would normally be taken.
Education and Psychology 111
Major — B.S. Science and Math Studies (40 Hours)
Leading to Licensure 1-8
Major 40
Cognate 2
General Education 44
Professional Education 38
Total 124
This degree program is required for those who desire to teach the middle
and upper elementary grades and who desire a Science/Math emphasis.
However, the program is open to anyone.
Required Courses Hours Required Courses
BIOL 103 Principles of Biol 3 MATH 121
BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Sci/Religion 3 MATH 475
CHEM 111 Survey of Chemistry 3 PHYS 137
ERSC 105 Earth Science 3 PSYC 230
HIST 356 Natives and Strangers 3 PSYC 240
LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 2 PSYC 297
MATH 103 Survey of Mathematics 3 PSYC 356
MATH 120 Praoalculus Algebra 3 PSYC 421
Required Cognate Hours
PETH 463 RE. in the Elementary School 2
Hoots
Precalculus Trigonometry. 2
Mathematics in the Sciences 1
Intro to Physics 3
Prin & Appls Cog Dev 2
Psych of Excep Children & Youth 2
Research Design & Stat I 3
Classroom Assessment 2
Behavior Management 2
General Education (44 Hours)
AREA A ENGL 101, 102 6
AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELT 138, 255; U.D. RELB or RELT, 3 hrs 12
AREA C HIST 154, 175; GEOG 204 > 9
AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; ENGL 216 10
AREA E Included in the major
AREA F HLED 173; PSYC 128 5
AREA G PEAC 125, PEAC elective (1 hour) 2
Professional Education
EDUC 135 Intro to Education
EDUC 217 Psych Foundations of Ed
EDUC 250 Technology in Education
EDUC 299 Outdoor Ministries
EDUC 325 Phil of Christian Ed
EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading
EDUC 364 Environmental Ed
EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods
2
EDUC 454
Science & Health Methods
2
2
EDUC 455
Bible Methods
2
2
EDUC 456
Language Arts Methods
2
2
EDUC 457
Social Studies Methods
2
2
EDUC 461
Pract in Multicultural Ed
1
3
EDUC 463
Small Schools Seminar
2
2
2
EDUC 467
Enhanced Student Tchg 1-8
10
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Science and Math Studies
Leading to Licensure 1-8
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
BIOL 103
Prin of Biology
3
HIST 154
American Hist & Institutions 3
EDUC 135
Intro to Education
2
MATH 103
Survey of Math
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
HIST 175
World Civilizations II
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
RELB 125
Life & Tchgs of Jesus
3
16
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
16
1 12 Education and Psychology
Minor — Education (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses
EDUC 135 Intro to Education 2 EDUC 240 Ed for Exoep Childr & Youth 2
EDUC217 Psych Foundations of Ed 2 EDUC Eloctives 11
(6 hours must be upper division)
This minor does not automatically lead to either elementary or secondary
certification, both of which require a baccalaureate degree and completion of
professional education courses for licensure. See explanations beginning on
page 118.
TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS
Southern College has approved teacher certification programs at four
levels:
K-8
BA. in Psychology Leading to Licensure
- B.A in Social Science Leading to Licensure
(Language Arts Emphasis)
B.S. in Science and Math Studies Leading to Licensure
K-12
Health/Physical Education
Music Education
7-12
Biology Education
Chemistry Education
English Education
History Education
Mathematics Education
Physics Education
Religious Education
ASSESSMENT
Assessment of senior Education majors takes place during their full
semester of student teaching. It involves continuous monitoring of the
student's classroom performance in both verbal and written feedback.
Senior assessment consists of two phases.
Phase One, Formative Evaluation, consists of continual daily monitoring
and feedback. The cooperating teacher provides informal conferences and
a one-hour weekly formal conference with anecdotal records. The Southern
College Formative Evaluation Form is completed by the college supervisor
and the cooperating teacher.
Phase Two, Summative Evaluation, is completed by both the
cooperating teacher and the college supervisor. The instrument used to
record the student's skills and behaviors is the Southern College
Summative Evaluation Form . The student teacher is also evaluated by
his/her students when they complete the Student Evaluation of the Student
Teacher . A self-evaluation is completed by the student through a video-
taped lesson. The student and the college supervisor critique his/her
videotaped performance.
Education and Psychology 113
The final letter grade for the student's performance is decided by the
Education Faculty. Failure to complete student teaching with a satisfactory
grade of C or above results in students being reassigned for an additional
practicum.
Graduate follow-up is carried out through the Southern College Teacher
Education Evaluation instrument completed by the first-year teacher. The
Supervisor Evaluation of Southern College Graduates is completed by the
student's employer. Feedback from these instruments is used by the
Education Department staff to make necessary program changes.
In addition to the above, education students obtaining a psychology
degree must fulfill the assessment procedures listed on page 109.
Philosophy and Objectives
The Department of Education and Psychology is the unit duly
authorized to prepare teachers who meet certification requirements for
public, church related, and other private elementary and secondary schools.
The unit subscribes to the philosophy that man was created in the
image of God but as a result of willful disobedience sin has marred his
God-given attributes and divine likeness. This philosophy recognizes that
the object of education is also the object of redemption — to restore in man
the image of his maker and bring him back to the perfection in which he
was created. Thus the work of redemption is also the work of education,
involving the development of the whole person — physical, mental,
spiritual, and social.
The teacher education programs in the unit are founded upon the basic
assumption that there is a body of information, research, and practice that
make up the knowledge base for the teaching profession and that acquisi-
tion of this knowledge is a significant part of the teacher's preparation. The
unit further confirms the belief that a teacher should be a good example in
health, intellect, and character. This program of teacher education is
guided by the following statement of mission:
Statement of Mission
The mission of the Department of Education and Psychology at
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is to prepare, primarily for the
Seventh-day Adventist school system, professional educators who can func-
tion effectively in a culturally pluralistic society and who are dedicated to
assisting students in reaching their maximum potential in service to God
and man.
Objectives of the Teacher Education Program
The teacher education program at Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists is designed to help the teacher candidate develop personal
values and acquire the knowledge, skills, and competencies needed to
function effectively in the teacher's role as a person, a facilitator of
learning, a practitioner, and a professional.
The Teacher As a Person
To promote the personal development of the prospective teacher (which
includes physical, aesthetic, intellectual, and moral values) by guidance and
advisement through general education which results in:
114 Education and Psychology
1. an understanding, appreciation, and enjoyment of man's creative
activity in the humanities, social, and natural sciences;
2. a development of personal values that recognize our pluralistic
cultural heritage as well as individual worth and integrity and
brotherhood of mankind under God;
3. the ability to communicate ideas clearly and effectively in reading,
writing, speaking, and listening;
4. an appreciation of the value of health and the importance of
health practices in home and family life.
The Teacher As a Facilitator of Learning
To provide a set of educational experiences that will enable the teacher
candidate to master the skills in:
5. planning curriculum encounters with learners with appropriate
materials and instructional strategies;
6. identifying learning objectives at appropriate levels;
7. using diagnostic and evaluation strategies;
8. handling classroom management and reinforcement strategies;
9. applying principles of human growth and development and
theories of learning to classroom situations;
10. integrating faith and learning, along with emphasizing character
development;
11. recognizing and encouraging creativity and the maximum possible
development of student abilities.
The Teacher As a Practitioner
To maintain a learning environment that is conducive to acquiring the
knowledge, skills and competencies that characterize successful practi-
tioners through:
12. enhancement of positive attitude toward self, intellectual
curiosity, and independent critical thinking;
13. continuing experimentation and innovation with new pedagogical
practices and basic tools of learning;
14. utilization of translatable research;
15. on-campus instruction and off-campus field experiences in public
and private schools.
The Teacher As a Professional
To provide a social-emotional climate and opportunities for the develop-
ment of leadership skills while encouraging attitudes and experiences that
foster professional growth by:
16. participating actively in the campus student education association;
17. becoming familiar with the professional organizations and their
journals and the nature of the articles reported in them;
18. keeping abreast with developments in education, school reform
and legislation;
19. participating in activities that enhance church, home, and
community relationships;
-20. demonstrating a genuine interest and concern for the physical,
mental, social, and spiritual development of the learner.
Education and Psychology 115
Advisement
The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher
candidate with the total teacher education program, with major emphasis
on its three components, namely, general education, professional education,
and specialty studies. This is accomplished by the academic adviser as s/he
interacts with his/her advisees during advisement sessions.
ADMISSION PROCEDURES
Admission to Southern College does not automatically enroll the student
into teacher education . There are three stages that students must go
through to be fully accepted in the teacher education program.
A. Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program
Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that
teaching is his/her professional objective is assigned an educational
program adviser by the Chair of the Department of Education and
Psychology in cooperation with the advisement coordinator in the
Records Office. The advisers assist in planning a student's academic
program each year and guide their advisees through the stages of the
Teacher Education Program. Advisers and advisees should work closely
to follow the professional sequence of courses. Students assume
responsibility for making necessary applications, meeting the
requirements, and other relevant deadlines.
The first semester of the sophomore year, but not later than the
second semester of the sophomore year, the student should file a
formal application for initial admission to the Teacher Education
Program. Application forms may be obtained from the department
secretary in Summerour Hall. Transfer students wishing to enter the
Teacher Education Program should file an application after the first
year in residence. Upon application, a file is set up for each applicant
containing relevant information to the student's candidacy. To be
initially admitted, all the following criteria must be met:
1. Be in residence at the College.
2. Submit an autobiography in your own handwriting
containing anecdotal information on why you decided
to pursue a career in teaching.
3. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50.
4. Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum
grade of C-.
5. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness.
6. Have successfully completed EDUC 135 with a
minimum grade of C-.
7. Have passed the PRAXIS I (Pre-Professional Skills
.Test) which is the entrance competency test required
by the State of Tennessee. An enhanced ACT
composite score of 22 or above will EXEMPT the
student from the Pre-Professional Skills Test.
8. Have taken the 16 Personality Factor Test.
9. Have obtained recommendations from the Vice
President of Student Services and the student's
academic adviser.
Applicants meeting the above criteria are recommended by the Education
faculty to the Teacher Education Council. The student will be informed in
writing as to the status of the application for admission following the action
of the Teacher Education Council.
116 Education and Psychology
B. Candidacy and Retention in Teacher Education
After the applicant has been admitted to the Teacher Education
Program, his/her progress will be reviewed by the Candidacy
Committee, consisting of the adviser, a departmental representa-
tive, and one elementary or secondary teacher. As a teacher
candidate, the applicant will be given an opportunity to interact
with the Candidacy Committee in a non-threatening atmosphere.
During the interview the candidate can strengthen his/her
commitment to teaching or express his/her concerns and questions
about the teaching profession.
Retention in the teacher education program is contingent
on successful completion of courses attempted and
maintenance of the academic standard required for initial
admission to the program. Teacher candidates are expected
to maintain consistent personal representation of the
standards and objectives of Southern College and the
teacher education program.
C. Authorization to do Student Teaching
After acceptance into the Teacher Education Program and before
the first semester of the senior year, the teacher candidate must file
a formal application with the faculty of the Department of Education
and Psychology for authorization to do student teaching. Application
forms may be obtained from the department secretary in Summerour
Hall. A late application may delay the student teaching experience.
Student teaching is regarded as the culminating experience of the
Teacher Education Program.
The following criteria are considered for each applicant:
1. Completion of all professional education courses
2. Cumulative GPA of 2.50
Major Studies GPA of 2.50
Professional Education GPA of 2.50
3. Evidence of good physical and mental health
4. Adherence to standards and objectives of Southern College and the
Teacher Education Council
5. Formal application for student teaching at least one semester in
advance
6. Recommended by the Education faculty
7. Approval of the Teacher Education Council
Teacher candidates who meet the above criteria are recommended by the
Education and Psychology faculty to the Teacher Education Council. Candi-
dates are informed in writing as to the status of their application following
the action of the Teacher Education Council.
APPEAL PROCEDURES
Criteria and standards for admission to teacher education are explicit, but
allow for second chance attempts. Courses may be repeated to raise GPA or
students may follow the Grievance Procedures found under Academic Policies
(page 39). Also, students who do not meet all the criteria required to do
Student Teaching may appeal to the Appeals Committee. The applicant who
has to take this alternative route will be evaluated on the bases of eminence
and outstanding strengths in several other criteria rather than minimal
meeting of those criteria. The Appeals Committee makes recommendation to
Education and Psychology 117
the Teacher Education Council who determines the final action. Any applicant
who determines to follow this alternative policy must seek counsel from the
Chair of the Department of Education and Psychology.
TEACHER LICENSURE
Licensure and certification are synonymous terms for the process of
granting legal authorization to teach in the public or private elementary or
secondary schools of a state or of the Seventh-day Adventist Church based
on meeting predetermined qualifications. Certification has been established
to give professional status to qualified teachers and to assure school boards
and parents that the teacher is well prepared.
WHO CAN OBTAIN CERTIFICATION?
Every student who successfully completes the requirements for teaching
in the elementary or secondary school and graduates from Southern College
will receive recommendation for certification based upon the following
criteria:
A. Successful completion of student teaching assignment(s)
B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements
C. Recommendation of major departments
D. Satisfactory scores on the core battery and appropriate specialty area
of the PRAXIS National Teacher Examinations
Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the
necessary application to the appropriate union conference for denomi-
national certification and to the specific state department of education
where the candidate expects to teach. Information regarding certification
is available through the Southern College certification officer. Since teacher
certification regulations are always in the process of change, graduating
teacher education candidates are urged to make their applications for
certification immediately. If the candidate does not make application within
two years for denominational certification, or within three years for
Tennessee State certification, s/he will have to take additional courses
before certification can be issued.
WHAT CERTIFICATES MAY BE OBTAINED?
A. Teacher's Certificate (Tennessee)
A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's Degree
with a major in at least one subject teaching field and the completion of an
approved teacher education program.
B. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational)
Required by the Department of Education of the North American Division
of Seventh-day Adventists. This three-year denominational certificate is
issued on the basis of completing the following courses in addition to the
above requirements:
RELT 255 Christian Beliefs , 3 hours
KELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours
RELB Biblical Studies 3 hours
REL Upper division elective 3 hours
HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours
1 18 Education and Psychology
REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION
Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate teacher
preparation curriculum. This consists of three components: general
education, professional education, and major studies.
A. General Education:
This component represents that portion of the total teacher education
program designed to foster the development of those competencies that
are basic to all life's responsibilities and provide intellectual foundation
in the liberal arts. Students pursuing a teacher education curriculum
must work closely with their advisers for guidance in the selection of
general education courses that are appropriate to their individual needs.
Relevant courses are listed in this catalog under the seven main areas of
the general education requirements, pages 25-29.
B. Professional Education:
Elementary : The courses for the three elementary programs are
included with the degree requirements listed on pages 109-111 of this
catalog.
Secondary : The following courses are required for secondary teaching
certification. In order to be eligible for certification, students must have a
minimum grade point average of 2.50 in the major, professional education,
and cumulative.
EDUC 135 Intro to Education . ; 2 hours
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 2 hours
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth ... 2 hours
EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours
EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Education 2 hours
EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2 hours
EDUC 422 Behavior Management for Adolescents 2 hours
EDUC 434 Reading in Content — Secondary 2 hours
EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 ... 1 hour
EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods, Grades 7-12 . . 1 hour
EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 or
EDUC 469 Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 10 hours
TOTAL 28 hours
C. Major Studies:
Major studies requirements: Preparation for teaching in the elementary
school requires a B.A. in Psychology leading to licensure K-8, BA. in Social
Science leading to licensure 1-8, or a B.S. in Science and Math Studies
leading to licensure 1-8. See listing of course sequence on pages 109-111 of
this bulletin.
The following departments offer majors that can be combined with
professional education courses resulting in licensure to teach:
Biology History
Chemistry Mathematics
Education & Psychology Music
English Physics
Health/Physical Education Religion
Students are to complete the degree requirements as specified by
their chosen major plus the professional education courses as listed
under B above,
Education and Psychology 1 19
D. Miscellaneous Information Relative to Teacher Training:
1. Because of time commitments during the student teaching experience,
no additional courses may be taken. The Education faculty will endeavor
to provide the opportunity for student teachers to teach in off-campus
student teaching centers. It is expected that any student entering
student teaching will have completed all other courses.
2. Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of the
credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondencecourse,
a petition must be filed with the Department of Education and
Psychology and its approval obtained before registering for the course.
The course must be completed and the grade filed in the Records Office
before student teaching is begun.
3. A major is not always required for additional endorsements. A minor
may be acceptable as a second field for SDA certification.
4. Students should contact the Department of Education and Psychology
for information on specific requirements in the area(s) of endorsement
sought.
PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS
FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICATION
Twenty semester hours selected from the courses listed below are
required. A minimum of 12 semester hours from these courses must be
completed after the date the applicant became eligible for the original
certificate endorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a subject area
in grades K-12. Grades must be C- or better.
A. Required Courses:
EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading 3
EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods 2
EDUC 455 Bible Methods 2
EDUC 456 Language Arts Methods 2
EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods 2
B. Six semester hours to include three of the following four areas:
ART 230 Intro to Art Experiences 2
EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in Elem School 2
MUED 231 Music and Movement 2
PETH 463 Physical Education in the Elementary School 2
C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional Children if
not previously successfully completed. If Education of Exceptional
Children or any of the above required courses in Section A or Section
B have been previously completed, the remaining semester hours must
be taken from the following courses:
a. Library Materials for Children
b. Health
c. Geography
D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching.
120 Education and Psychology
PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS
FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CERTIFICATION
The student must take ten hours of credit after the date the original
certificate was earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be in specialized
professional education appropriate to grades 7-12 and must include a
minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate methods. The credit for at
least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may have been earned at any
time prior to the application for adding the endorsement. Grades must be
C- or better. The student must also fulfill the following:
1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in
at least one teaching field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours).
2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education
including:
A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438.
B. Any other courses designated by the Department of Education and
Psychology.
3. Four semester hours of electives.
EDUCATION
EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations of school
systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular emphasis on the
Seventh-day Adventist educational system.
EDUC 135. Introduction to Education 2 hours
Required of aU students seeking elementary or secondary licensure. Designed to
acquaint the student with the experiences, qualifications, and duties of the
classroom teacher. Students will spend at least twenty (20) hours during the
semester observing and participating in local elementary or secondary classrooms.
EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours
A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, joined to the
practical application of this knowledge to teaching. Twenty (20) hours of
observation and analysis of appropriate child and adolescent behaviors are
incorporated in the class activities.
EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours
A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. It
includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the
identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom teacher and the
consequent classroom implications. Twenty (20) hours of clinical and field
experience will be required.
EDUC 250. Technology in Education (G-2) 2 hours
An introduction to applications of technology which will assist in efficient
management and effective learning within the school environment. Experience will
be gained in the development and use of audio- visual materials including computers
and educational software.
Education and Psychology 121
EDUC 299. Outdoor Ministries 2 hours
This course is designed to assist teachers and youth leaders in the development of
relationships between children and nature for the purpose of enriching the spiritual
life of children and youth. The student will learn to plan object lessons from nature,
leadership in pathfindering, summer camp ministries and how to enliven Sabbath
School programs with nature. A variety of laboratory skills will be required in area
school and church programs (up to 30 hours). A knowledge of nature is suggested
but not required.
EDUC 325. Philosophy of Christian Education (W) 2 hours
A study of the scriptural principles and philosophic base of Christian education as
expounded by E. O. White and implemented by the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 3 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elementary
grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including phonics instruc-
tion.
EDUC 356. Classroom Assessment 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of department chair.
The development of the preservice teachers' ability to make sound educational
decisions in the assessment of classroom learning and testing. Discussion will
include current and future trends, test construction, and appropriate use of test
results. An additional 15 hours of clinical and field experience are required.
EDUC 364. Environmental Education 2 hours
This course is designed to give "hands-on" learning in the use of the outdoor
classroom. Recent trends in methods, materials, strategies, laboratory techniques,
assessment, and professional guidelines for the elementary, junior, and senior high
school curriculum will be covered. Up to four (4) days field experience will be
required as a part of the class project. There will be a charge for the trip.
EDUC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Examines basic principles of discipline applicable to elementary school children. It
reviews a variety of philosophical approaches to discipline, and identifies and role
plays practical procedures for administrators and practitioners by which to attain
and maintain acceptable management practices. In addition, the course seeks to
probe the concept of discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted
in developing a satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. This course requires five (5)
hours of clinical experiences and ten (10) hours of field experiences. (Credit not
permitted if PSYC 421 has been taken.)
EDUC 422. Behavior Management for Adolescents 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A study of basic principles of discipline applicable to the teenage years. It reviews
a variety of philosophical approaches to discipline, and identifies practical
procedures for administrators and practitioners to attain and maintain acceptable
management practices. In addition, the course seeks to probe the concept of
discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted in developing a
satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. This course requires five (5) hours of clinical
experiences and ten (10) hours of field experiences. (Credit not permitted if PSYC
422 has been taken.)
122 Education and Psychology
EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is given to
application of the principles of child development and learning to promote
harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. At least ten (10) hours
of observation and participation required.
EDUC 433. Reading in Content — Elementary Emphasis 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the needs
of each student. It will include modeling the process necessary for reading and
learning concepts in a subject area and instructing students so they can become
independent learners. Additionally, the development of vocabulary, comprehension
and study/reference skills in the elementary grades will be covered. Causes of
reading problems, assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading
program are stressed. Principles learned will be applied in classroom settings. Ten
(10) hours of field experiences required.
EDUC 434. Reading in Content — Secondary Emphasis 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the needs
of each student It will include modeling the process necessary for reading and
learning concepts in a subject area and instructing students so they can become
independent learners. Additionally, the development of vocabulary, comprehension
and study/reference skills in grades 7-12 will be covered. Causes of reading
problems, assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are
stressed. Principles learned will be applied in classroom settings. Ten (10) hours of
field experiences required.
EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that influence
change, the most important current practices, and critical curriculum issues facing
educators today. It will provide general knowledge of current teaching methods,
strategies of learning, and evaluation procedures, as set forth in the Tennessee
Institutional Model. Ten (10) hours of field-based experience in special education
and multicultural education are required.
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods, Grades 7-12 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
The areas which offer methods courses are: Biology, Chemistry, English, Health
and Physical Education, History, Mathematics, Music, Physics, and Religious
Education.
Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local professional
meetings are considered part of this course. Among the student's responsibilities
will be the collection and organization of a file of teaching materials, the
preparation of lesson plans in harmony with the Tennessee Instructional Model,
and evaluation of textbooks. Ten (10) hours of clinical and ten (10) hours of field
experiences in selected schools and attendance at selected local professional
meetings are considered a part of the course.
Education and Psychology 123
EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional aids with
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the sequential skill
development and to changes in the mathematical contents, technology and peda-
gogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. Ten (10) hours of field experience
are required.
EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods
in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with emphasis
on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are examined using basic
principles of the scientific method. Fifteen (15) hours of observations,
micro-teaching, and field experience are required.
EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical educa-
tion with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration of faith and
learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade classrooms. Six (6) hours of
observations and micro-teaching required.
EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods
in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Curriculum organization, methods, materials, and instructional aids with emphasis
on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, spelling, grammar,
literature, and composition are developed. Ten (10) hours of observation and micro-
teaching required.
EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods
in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials, and
methods when integrating social studies, geography, and the worldwide mission of
the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade classrooms. Five (5) hours
of clinical and five (5) hours of practicum required.
EDUC 460. Practicum in Special Education 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Provides opportunity for the prospective teacher to develop appreciation for
children who require special modalities for learning. Field experiences (up to thirty
[30] hours) will permit interaction with students with various exceptionalities. A
50 percent tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy.
EDUC 461. Practicum in Multicultural Education 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A course designed to develop a global perspective in the teacher. Opportunities will
be given for interaction in an educational setting with students from varied cultural
and minority groups. Adaptation of teaching methods and content to students'
backgrounds will be prominent in the fifteen (15) hours of field experiences. A 50
percent tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy.
124 Education and Psychology
EDUC 463. Small Schools Seminar 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Required of all candidates seeking licensure K-8 or 1-8. Topics will include the
specialized needs of the multi-grade teacher in administration, record keeping,
curriculum management, and organization in small schools.
EDUC 465. Pre-Session Student Teaching 2 hours
Prerequisites: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require-
ments.
This course is offered for qualified students needing experience in the "start up"
dynamics of elementary and secondary programs. It involves 80 clock hours of
on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for one week prior to the fall
semester through the first week of school. In consultation with the director of
practice teaching, students are required to arrange for their own placement and
submit a course application to the Education department office by May 1.
EDUC 466. Enhanced Student Teaching K-8 10 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require-
ments.
Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed for part of
the semester in a kindergarten setting. Cooperating teachers, determined by the
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with Southern College faculty,
who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. No other courses
may be taken during student teaching.
EDUC 467. Enhanced Student Teaching 1-8 10 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require-
ments.
Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in two
different settings (1-4, 5-8) during the semester. Cooperating teachers, determined
by the district and college personnel, are selected according to experience,
certification, and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college
faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. No other
classwork may be taken during student teaching.
EDUC 468. Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 10 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require-
ments.
Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in two
different settings (7-8, 9-12) during the semester. Cooperating teachers, determined
by the district and college personnel, are selected according to experience,
certification, and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college
faculty, who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. Students
may not be enrolled in any other classwork during this semester.
EDUC 469. Enhanced Student Teaching K-12 10 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Student Teaching and completion of all other require-
ments.
(This course is for music and physical education majors only.)
Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in three
different settings (K-4, 5-8, 9-12) during the semester. The time spent will be
approximately 6 weeks in each area. Cooperating teachers, determined by the
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college faculty, who assume
responsibility for the final summative evaluation. Students may not be enrolled in
any other courses during this semester.
Education and Psychology 125
EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) • 1-3 hours
Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an elective.
EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours
Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather new
facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for preservice
students as an elective.
EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to pursue
independent study in special fields. This course may be repeated for credit.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. Special
attention is given to provide an exposure to a wide variety of human behaviors,
which may include but are not limited to: sensation, perception, learning, memory,
thinking, development motivation and personality. Included in this course are
twenty (20) hours of active learning experience, which may include field experiences
outside the classroom.
PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on the
emotional, social, physical, and psychological development of the individual. This
course requires ten (10) hours of field experience. The choices of field experience
facilities may be limited due to the number of students enrolled in the semester.
PSYC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours
See EDUC 217 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 217 has been
taken.)
PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, social
roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of consideration. Credit
applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not for both.
PSYC 230. Principles and Application
of Cognitive Development 2 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124, or EDUC 217, or permission of instructor.
A study of the psychological process by which humans acquire knowledge. Percep-
tion, reasoning, problem solving, and language skills will be analyzed. Emphasis will
be placed on the applications of cognitive processes to the teaching/learning
environments. The practical application of the knowledge learned from cognitive
theories is applied to teaching and ten (10) hours of clinical experience is required.
PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours
See SOCI 233 for course description. (Credit not permitted if SOCI 233 has been
taken.)
PSYC 240. Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours
See EDUC 240 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 240 has been
taken.)
126 Education and Psychology
PSYC 297. Research Design and Statistics I 3 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 135 or PSYC 124 or PSYC 128.
This course provides an introduction to various research methods in the fields of
psychology and education. The student is introduced to descriptive and inferential
statistics and to the process of proposal writing. Emphasis is placed upon describing
how statistics can be used as a tool in research design. Computer aided analysis
(SPSS) of data and practice exercises is an integral part of the course.
PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128.
A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good adjustment
and mental health. Attention is paid to several continuing or recent controversial
issues in the field of psychopathology. Included in this course are twenty (20) hours
of active learning experiences, ten (10) of which may include field experiences
outside the classroom.
PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours
Prerequisite: Three hours in Biology.
This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific attention
is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation, sensation, emotion,
neural encoding, and sleep. . Further analysis of the structural and functional
organization of the brain and nervous system. This course will be taught in
alternate years.
PSYC 336. Language Acquisition and Development 2 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128.
A study of the major theories of language acquisition, with emphasis on language
development beginning at birth and extending through middle childhood. This
course incorporates ten (10) hours of active learning experiences, five (5) hours of
which require field experiences outside the classroom.
PSYC 346. Introduction to Personality Theories 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124 and 128.
This course is an exploration of the major paradigms of personality theory from a
Christian perspective. For example, psychoanalysis, behaviorism, humanism, exis-
tentialism, and others will be covered. It will focus on the modern theorists,
including White, Rogers, Skinner, May, Bandura, Mischel, Wilson, and Barash. A
study of human motivation and an exploration of individual personality perspective
will provide useful personal information.
PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours
See SOCI 349 for course description. (Credit not permitted if SOCI 349 has been
taken.)
PSYC 356. Classroom Assessment 2 hours
See EDUC 356 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 356 has been
taken.)
PSYC 357. Psychological Testing 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124 and MATH 215 or approval of Instructor.
This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles of testing,
particularly as it relates to the practice of psychology. Specifically, the course
examines the purpose of individual assessment of ability, aptitude, achievement,
interest, and personality. Theory and basic concepts underlying the individually
administered and group tests will be evaluated. Non-standardized tests and other
techniques for psychological assessment will also be addressed.
Education and Psychology 127
PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours
Recommended: One course in Psychology.
This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual counseling.
The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. In addition to theory,
twenty (20) hours of clinical and field experiences are required.
PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology 3 hours
This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles and practices of
experimentation in the field of psychology. Specifically, this course focuses on the
true experiment. In addition, it will familiarize the student with the quasi experi-
ment and the issues involved in the use of human and animal subjects in research.
This course will be taught in alternate years.
PSYC 387. Comparative Psychology 3 hours
See BIOL 387 for course description. (Credit not permitted if BIOL 387 has been
taken.)
PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l) (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124.
Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a consideration
of contemporary schools and systems of psychology.
PSYC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours
See EDUC 421 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 421 has been
taken.)
PSYC 422. Behavior Management for Adolescents 2 hours
See EDUC 422 for course description. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 422 has been
taken.)
PSYC 432. Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 hours
A study of human behavior in industries and organizations. Major theories, issues,
research, and methods will be introduced. Emphasis is given to acquainting
students with the possible applications of psychology to the fields of business and
organizational management. This course will be taught in alternate years.
PSYC 460. Group Processes 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 377.
This course will offer the advanced student the opportunity to explore through
practice the various roles of group dynamics. The experience will provide skill
development for the management of small groups in therapy, school, and church
settings.
PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology 3 hours
Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: psychology of religion,
ethics, individual differences, psychology of women, sensation and perception, etc.
This course may be repeated for credit with an appropriate change in topics.
PSYC 479. Family Counseling 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 377.
An advanced counseling techniques course including an emphasis on family and
individual counseling and how to direct persons to make changes towards more
effective interpersonal relationships.
128 Education and Psychology
PSYC 485. Psychology Practicum 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
Supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of psychology. At least forty
clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit.
Practicum arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of registra-
tion after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available
from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated
according to the policy. May be repeated for credit for up to 3 hours. Grades will
be assigned on an A, C, or F basis.
PSYC 490. Psychology Seminar 1 hour
Prerequisite: Psychology major or minor with senior standing.
This course is designed to present a holistic overview of psychology while
integrating current issues and contemporary problems.
PSYC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Approval by department.
This course permits the student with adequate preparation to pursue independent
study in special fields. The area of study will appear on the transcript Directed
study arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of registration
after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from
the department. May be repeated for credit.
PSYC 497. Research Design and Statistics II 3 hours
Prerequisites: PSYC 297, MATH 215, or approval of Department Chair.
This course permits students to apply principles of statistics and computer analysis
to both the design of a research proposal and the completion of a research project
Emphasis is placed on defining and delimiting a problem, writing a hypothesis, and
planning for data analysis.
(F-l) (F-2) (G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Engineering Studies
Engineering Studies Committee:
Lawrence Hanson (Chair), John Durichek, Henry Kuhlman
Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree in
engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies program,
students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of Engineering, with
which Southern College is affiliated, for the final two years. Southern
College awards an Associate of Science degree in Engineering Studies.
Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, awards a Bachelor of
Science in Engineering degree with concentrations in civil, electrical, and
mechanical engineering and a pre-professional Bachelor of Science degree
in bioengineering.
The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that is
fully accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and
Technology — the only nationally recognized organization which accredits
engineering programs. It has an enrollment of approximately 250 students,
many of whom are transfer students from affiliated Seventh-day Adventist
colleges.
The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering program
essentially the same as if the first two years were taken there. Even though
transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler than to a non-affiliated school,
the Southern College engineering studies program is compatible with
baccalaureate engineering programs of most colleges and universities.
ASSESSMENT
The engineering studies program is designed to parallel the first two
years of the baccalaureate engineering degree at Walla Walla College. It is
regularly assessed by means of one or two campus visits each year by
engineering faculty from their College of Engineering.
PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES
Major— A.S. Engineering Studies (34 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
ENGR 149 Mechanical Drawing 2 MATH 200 Elem Linear Algebra 2
ENGR 150 Comput-Aided Drafting 3 MATH 218 Calculus III 4
ENGR 211 Eng Mech: Statics 3 PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6
ENGR 212 Eng Mech: Dynamics 3 PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2
MATH 181 Calculus I 3 PHYS 311-312 Gen Physics Calc App 2
MATH 182 Calculus II 4
Required Cognates Hours
CHEM 151-152 General Chem 8
CPTR 131 Fund of Prog I 3
130 Engineering Studies
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
A.S. Engineering Studies
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
CHEM 151
General Chemistry
4
CHEM 152
General Chemistry
4
CPTR 131
Fund of Prog I
3
ENGR 150
Comput-Aided Draft
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
MATH 200
Elem Linear Algebra
2
ENGR 149
Mechanical Drawing
2
MATH 182
Calculus II *
4
MATH 181
Calculus I*
3
RELB 125
Life and Teachings
3
Area G, PE Activity
1
16
16
*Engineering students are expected to have taken a year-long precalculus course
(beyond Algebra II) in high school. Those who haven't should take a college precalculus
course at home during the summer.
The total number of hours for the A.S. degree in engineering studies is
sixty-four. Students who plan to continue their education at an engineering
school other than Walla Walla College should take that school's catalog to
the engineering adviser for guidance in selecting general education courses.
ENGINEERING COURSES
ENGR 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 2 hours
See TECH 149 for course description.
ENGR 150. Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGR 149 or equivalent.
An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid
in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods laboratory each week.
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring)
ENGR 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours
See TECH 151 for course description.
ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: MATH 182; PHYS 211, 213.
Two and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; centroids
and center of mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia. (Fall)
ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: ENGR 211; MATH 218; PHYS 212, 214, 311-312.
One and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector calculus;
dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative motion; work and
energy; impulse and momentum. (Spring)
(G-2) See pages 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements.
English and Speech
Chair: David C. Smith
Faculty: Don Dick, Joan dos Santos, Jan Haluska, Pam Harris, Debbie
Higgens, John Keyes, Wilma McClarty, Helen Pyke, Lynn Sauls
Adjunct Faculty: Ann Clark, Rosemary Dibben, Penny Kilgore, Bobbie
Jane Van Dolson
The English and Speech Department offers two categories of classes that
view man's search for truth and its most convincing expression through a
Christian perspective. Language and speech courses aid students in devel-
oping ease, confidence, and competence in the art of effective communica-
tion and in acquiring knowledge of the science of language; literature
courses develop the ability to discern and appreciate the best literary
works.
Students majoring or minoring in English must meet the specific
requirements of the English Department (below) and the General Educa-
tion program (pages 25-29). For the English major, intermediate foreign
language is required. College Composition does not count toward an
English major or minor, but students majoring or minoring in English
must earn a grade of C or higher in College Composition.
ASSESSMENT
As part of a departmental assessment process, senior English majors
complete a writing portfolio analysis, a written exam, a self -analysis, and
a written evaluation of departmental programs. Results provide information
used to improve departmental programs; graduation eligibility is not
affected. Majors are informed about the purpose and nature of these
assessment activities when they enter the English program.
PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Major— B.A. English (30 Hours)
Required Courses
Hours
Select 9 Hours From:
Hours
ENGL 214
Survey of American Lit
3
ENGL 326
Film Evaluation
3
ENGL 215
Survey of English Lit
3
ENGL 335
Biblical Literature
3
ENGL 216
Approaches to Literature
3
ENGL 336
Medieval & Ren Lit
3
ENGL 305
Advanced Grammar
3
ENGL 337
19th-century Brit Lit
3
ENGL 315
Introduction to Linguistics
3
ENGL 338
Twentieth-Century Writers
3
ENGL 445
World Literature
3
ENGL 444
Restor & 18th-Century Lit
3
ENGL 313
Expository Writing
ENGL 323
19th-century Amer Lit
OR
3
OR
3
ENGL 314
Creative Writing
ENGL 425
ENGL 313
ENGL 314
ENGL 397
ENGL 497
Literature of the South
Expository Writing
OR
Creative Writing
English Practicum
OR
English Internship
3
3
Majors may substitute a journalism writing class or an
English topics course for one
English elective.
Required Cognates
Hours
Recommended for teaching majors:
Hours
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
HMNT 205
Arts and Ideas
3
OR
HIST 374
History of England
3
JOUR 174/475 Journalism Workshop
1-3
Intermed foreign Language
6
1 32 English and Speech
Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the
required professional education courses and additional general education re-
quirements in their program as outlined in the Education/Psychology section
of this catalog. Students preparing for secondary teacher certification must also
take LIBR 425. English majors who minor in journalism or public relations are
eligible for internships through the Journalism Department.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. English
(Non-Teaching)
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
SPGH 136
Intro to Public Speaking
3
ENGL 216
Approaches to Lit
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l, Inter
Area C, History
3
Foreign Lang
3
Area D-l, Inter For Lang 3
Area E, Nat Science
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16
Minor
3
15
Sample
Freshman Year Sequence
BA
English
(Teaching)
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
EDUC 135
Intro to Education
2
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ENGL 216
Approaches to Lit
3
KELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
Area C, History
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Area D-l, Inter For Lang
3
Area D-l, Inter
14
Foreign Lang
Area E, Nat Science
3
3
17
Minor— English (18 Hours)
Required Courses
ENGL 214
ENGL 215
ENGL 216
ENGL 205
ENGL 305
Hours
Survey of Amer Lit 3
Survey of English Lit 3
Approaches to Literature 3
Grammar and Linguistics
OR 3
Advanced Grammar
Required Courses, oont.
ENGL 313 Expository Writing
OR
ENGL 314 Creative Writing
Upper Division Elective*
Hours
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION
Students whose native language is not English and whose TOEFL
scores are between 490-549 or whose English ACT score is below 17 will be
required to take special English classes offered by the English Department.
These students are ineligible for Basic Writing or College Composition until
they have completed these special English classes. Students with TOEFL
scores below 490 are ineligible to take classes in the English Department.
English and Speech 133
ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful entry into
ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 16 or below are required to
register for this class. Students successfully completing this course will earn three
institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL 101. This course does not
count toward an English major or minor. (Fall)
ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours
ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102.
A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially revision.
ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which readily apply to
most writing tasks. Students write expository essays organized according to pre-
scribed modes. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies developed in ENGL 101 while
focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills which apply to various persuasive and
research writing activities. Students write persuasive essays and a research paper.
This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
ENGL 205. Grammar and Linguistics for Teachers 3 hours
An individualized review of traditional grammar and standard American usage and
an introduction to linguistic topics relevant to the prospective elementary school
teacher. Included are a survey of English language development, a study of the
nature of language, and a discussion of dialects in the classroom.
ENGL 305. Advanced Grammar 3 hours
Prerequisite: Minimum English ACT usage subscore of 13, ENGL 205, or a chal-
lenge exam.
An overview of major grammatical theories. The course, designed for English
majors, includes a review of traditional grammar, but emphasizes structural
analysis and transformational grammar.
ENGL 313. Expository Writing (G-2) (W) 3 hours
A workshop approach that provides practical instruction in expository writing for
all disciplines. Emphasis on inventional procedures, connecting substance and
structure, research, revision, persuasion, and adapting material and tone for a
specific audience. Involves reading and analysis of a wide variety of writing. Helpful
for all students wishing to improve their writing skills, including students headed
for graduate school or professional fields like business, medicine or law where
writing is important. Writing topics may be chosen from a student's major field of
study, and students will work on producing publishable material for their
particular field. Tailored to the level, needs, and interests of students who enroll.
'(Fall)
ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l) (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor.
A study of the principles, techniques, and kinds of personalized writing, providing
the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find possible markets
for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. (Spring)
ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 305.
A survey course introducing the student to the origin, history, and development of
the English language. The course focuses on the nature of language and language
change, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, and ethical issues in language
use. (Spring)
1 34 English and Speech
ENGL 415. English Practicum 1-3 hours
Prerequisites: 18 hours in the major, ENGL 313 Expository Writing or ENGL 314
Creative Writing, and formal approval by the department.
The student gains on-the-job experience using English skills in a part-time work
situation (maximum of 25 hours per week). A department coordinator works with
the student and a local business to oversee placement and evaluation. Both the
student and the business assess in writing the quality and nature of the work
experience. The student receives 1 credit hour for each 50 hours of work
experience. Positions can be paid or non-paid. Procedures and guidelines are
available from the department. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class,
calculated according to the policy on page 236. (Pass/Fail credit).
ENGL 416. English Internship 3 hours
Prerequisites: 18 hours in the major, ENGL 313 Expository Writing or ENGL 314
Creative Writing, and formal approval by the department.
The student gains on-the-job experience using English skills in a full-time work
situation (minimum of 35 hours per week). A department coordinator works with
the student and a selected business to oversee placement and evaluation. Both the
student and the business assess in writing the quality and nature of the work
experience. A minimum of 150 hours of supervised work is required. Positions can
be paid or non-paid. Procedures and guidelines are available from the department.
A ^o- thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy
on page 236. (Pass/Fail credit).
LITERATURE
ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial through
modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having individual, national,
and universal interest. (Fall)
ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
A study of representative selections by British writers, with special emphasis on the
author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-based thinking, and a
review of literary trends and influences from the late Roman period to the present.
Among writers receiving strong attention are Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne,
Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring)
ENGL 216. Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 101.
A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and novelists
have to say about the human condition, emphasizing the various approaches to
literature and including an introduction to literary terms and critical evaluation.
(Spring)
ENGL 323. Nineteenth-Century American Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours
A chronological study of major nineteenth-century American writers and their
works beginning with the writings of Washington Irving and the emergence of a
genuine "American" literature and ending with Stephen Crane and Jack London
whose naturalistic works bridge the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Among the
authors studied are Cooper, Bryant, Longfellow, Emerson, Thoreau, Poe,
Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, and James. (Fall, even years)
English and Speech 135
ENGL 326. Film Evaluation (D-2) (W) 3 hours
The primary goal of the class is to help each student develop a personal set of
criteria for evaluating films. Class activities include viewing films that have made
significant contributions to our culture, reading film reviews and criticisms,
studying how films are made and how to write about films, and writing about
them. The class meets one night per week for a minimum of 3 hours, at which time
films are viewed. Evaluation papers based on this viewing are due weekly. (Spring)
ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours
A study of some of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in English translation.
The course applies techniques of oral interpretation and literary analysis (including
emphasis upon uses of poetic and rhetorical devices and of figures of speech) to
forms of literature such as address, proverb, parable, poem, short story, epistle, and
apocalypse. (Spring, odd years)
ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours
From Chaucer through Milton, the writers and their times. Readings in Middle
English narrative, allegory, play, and meditation; in sixteenth and seventeenth-
century prose, poetry and dramatic literature, with the study of genre, conventions,
and trends. Specific attention to moral and religious issues. (Spring, odd years)
ENGL 337. Nineteenth-Century British Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours
A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785-1901), with '
special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats,
Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and Wilde. (Spring, even
years)
ENGL 338, Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2) (W) 3 hours
A study of twentieth-century writers with an emphasis on American and/or British
works, although world literature in translation may be included. (Spring)
ENGL 425. Literature of the South (D-2) (W) 3 hours
A study of works written by Faulkner, Welty, Warren, Wright, O'Connor and other
southern writers which embody the distinctive cultural heritage of the South. An
emphasis on the literary treatment of southern traditions and themes. (Fall, odd
years)
ENGL 444. Restoration and
Eighteenth-Century Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours
This course considers English literature written between the Restoration and
Romantic Revolution. Included are poets and essayists from Milton to Johnson, j
novelists like Defoe and Fielding, and comic playwrights such as Gay and
Goldsmith. (Spring, odd years)
ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours
Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the Western
World — the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job— the class will consider a
range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to the Italian Renaissance.
Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the student's ability to differentiate the
pagan from the Christian in the thematic mix of individual works. (Fall)
ENGL 465. Topics in English (W) 3 hours
Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for
credit.
136 English and Speech
ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department on
directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the approval of
the department chairman in consultation with the prospective instructor. This
course may be repeated for credit.
SPEECH
SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours
Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches with
emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, methods of
securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of delivery. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours
Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this course
emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communication setting,
namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and self-disclosure. The
course utilizes readings and learning activities to help students understand the •
theory of interpersonal communication and apply it in realistic transactions.
SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 3 hours
Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of selections
in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally.
SPCH 465. Topics 3 hours
Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting.
Subjects covered will determine general education credit status. This course may
be repeated for credit.
SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the
student. Open only to students approved by the department chair in consultation
with the prospective instructor. This course may be repeated for credit.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/English 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and
evaluating student performance; the survey and evaluation of textbooks is also
included.
(A-l) (D-2) (D-4) (G-l) (G-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
Health,
Physical Education,
and Recreation
Chair: Phil Garver
Faculty: Ted Evans, Steve Jaecks, Heather Williams-Neal
Adjunct Faculty: Bob Benge, Nancy Brock, Bill Godsey, Charles
Knapp, Ron Reading
The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose to
acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to develop physical
efficiency, to develop wholesome recreational habits and/or prepare for a
career in health, physical education, and recreation, or in wellness
management.
ASSESSMENT
To help the graduates in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
evaluate their academic progress and to aid the department in evaluating
teaching effectiveness, each senior is required to:
1. Take PETH 490, Senior Comprehensive Seminar, which prepares the
student for the exit exam.
2. Take an exit exam.
3. Present a portfolio of major projects and papers to the departmental
faculty.
The exit exam is graded pass/fail and may be repeated. The results of
the assessment procedures are used to evaluate departmental programs.
PROGRAMS IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
AND RECREATION
Major — B.S. Physical Education (41 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
PEAC 254 Lifeguarding
PEAC 255 Water Safety Instr
PETH 114 ProAct — Softball
PETH 115 ProAct — Flagball
PETH 116 ProAct — Volleyball
PETH 117 ProAct — Basketball
PETH 118 ProAct — Floor Hockey
PETH 119 ProAct — Soccer
PETH 214 ProAct — Tennis
PETH 215 ProAct — Golf
PETH 216 ProAct — Conditioning
PETH 217 ProAct — Badminton
PETH 218 ProAct — Track and Field
Required Cognates Hours
BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 6
FDNT 125 Nutrition 3
HLED 173 Health and Life 2
Required Courses, cont.
PETH 219 ProAct — Gymnastics
PETH 265, 266 Offic Sports I, U
PETH 314
PETH 315
PETH 363
PETH 364
PETH 374
PETH 437
PETH 463
PETH 474
PETH 490
PETH 295/495
Kinesiology
Physiology of Exercise
Intro Meas/Res of PE
Prin & Admin PE & Rec
Motor Learning and Dev
Adaptive Physical Ed
Physical Ed in Elem School
Psych and Soc Of Sports
Senior Comp Sem
Directed Study
Hours
1
4
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
1-3
Required Cognates, cont. Hours
HLED 373 Care/Prev Athl Injuries " 2
HLED 473 Health Education 2
138 Health, Physical Education, Recreation
Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling.
Skill deficiencies in each PETH activity unit, 114 through 119 and 214
through 219, will be indicated by grade of C- or less. Deficiencies for these
units must be met by taking for no credit the corresponding general educa-
tion activity course.
Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors.
Students who desire teacher certification must meet the State of
Tennessee certification requirements set forth by the Department of
Education. The student must apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester
before the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Physical Education
(Leading to Licensure K-12)
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
BIOL 101
Anatomy and Physiology
3
BIOL 102
Anatomy and Physiology
3
EDUG 135
Intro to Education
2
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
PETH 122
Prof Skills, Team
3
PETH 121
Prof Skills, Team
3
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
Elect i vea
1
SOCI 233
Marriage and Family
2
Area C-l, History
3
16
Area C-l, History
3
17
Major — U.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management
(41 Hours)
Required Courses
Hours
Required Courses, cont.
Hours
BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology
6
HLED 497
Wellness Practicum
2
CHEM 111
Survey of Chem
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
PETH 314
Kinesiology
3
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
PETH 315
Physiology of Exercise
4
HLED 256
Drugs and Society
2
PETH 364
Prin ft Admin of Phy Ed
3
HLED 373
Care/Prev Injuries
2
PETH 374
Motor Learning ft Dev
2
HLED 470
Current Issues in Health
2
PETH 474
Psych ft Sociology of Sports 2
HLED 476
Meth/Mat of Hlth Promo
3
PETH 490
Senior Comp Seminar
1
Required Cognates
Hours
Required Cognates, cont.
Hours
ACCT 103
College Accounting
3
ECON213
Survey of Eoon
3
BMKT326
Intro to Marketing
3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
BUAD 334
Prin of Mgmt .
3
PSYC128
Developmental Psych
3
BUAD 358
Legal, Eth, ft Soc Envir
PSYC 377
Fund of Counseling
3
of Business
3
SOCI 223
Marriage & Family
2
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Process
1
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Corporate/Community Wellness Management
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
BIOL 101
Anatomy & Physiology
3
BIOL 102
Anatomy ft Physiology
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Process
1
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
SOCI 223
Marriage & Family
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area C, History
3
Area C, History
3
15
Electives
4
16
Health, Physical Education, Recreation 139
Mcgor — B.S. Health Science (45 Hours)
Required Courses
BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology
BIOL 225 Microbiology
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry
FDNT 125 Nutrition
HLED 173 Health and Life
HLED 373 Care/Prev Injuries
HLED 470 Current Issues in Health
HLED 473 Health Education
Hours
6
Required Courses, cont.
MATH 215 Statistics
Hours
3
4
8
3
2
2
PEAC 125
PETH 314
PETH 315
PETH 374
PETH 490
Conditioning
Kinesiology
Physiology of Exercise
Motor Learning & Dev
Senior Comp Seminar
1
3
4
2
1
2
2
PETH 495
Directed Study
Upper division elective
1-3
1
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.S. Health Science
1st Semester
BIOL 101
ENGL 101
2nd Semester
Anatomy and Phys
College Composition
Area C-l, History
Area A-2, Math
Electives
BIOL 102
ENGL 102
SOCI223
Anatomy and Physiology
College Composition
Marriage & Family
Area B-2, Religion
Area C-l, History
Electives
Hours
3
3
2
3
3
_2
16
Minor — Physical Education (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
PETH 265 Officiating Sports Anal
PETH 266 Officiating Sports Anal
PETH 364 Prin/Admin Phys Ed
Upper Division
Select 8 Hours From:
Hours
2
PETH 114
ProAct-^Softball 1
2
PETH 115
ProAct— Flagball 1
3
PETH 116
ProAct— \blleyball 1
3
PETH 117
ProAct— Basketball 1
PETH 118
ProAct— Floor Hockey 1
PETH 119
ProAct — Soccer 1
PETH 214
ProAct— Tennis 1
PETH 215
ProAct— Golf 1
PETH 216
ProAct — Conditioning 1
PETH 217
ProAct — Badminton 1
PETH 218
ProAct— Track and Field 1
PETH 219
ProAct — Gymnastics 1
HEALTH EDUCATION
HLED 173. Health and life (F-3) 2 hours
A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful living and
Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing students. (Fall,
Spring, Summer)
HLED 203. Safety Education 2 hours
The nature and causes of accidents with emphasis in teacher/pupil safety problem
situations. (Spring)
HLED 256. Drugs and Society 2 hours
An introductory course focusing on the use and abuse of drugs in our society.
Emphasis on strategies to assist future health promoters in recognition,
intervention, and prevention of substance abuse. Oral presentation required. (Fall)
HLED 373. Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries 2 hours
Prerequisite: PETH 314.
Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries related
to athletics. (Spring)
1 40 Health, Physical Education, Recreation
HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours
This seminar course is designed to assist students in becoming knowledgeable
regarding health issues of our time. Library research and class presentations are
required. Discussion and problem solving are emphasized. A major part of the class
focuses on the need of a spiritual component in establishing a healthful and
balanced lifestyle. (Fall)
HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours
Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470.
A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with emphasis on
the development and organization of the school health instruction program. Two
oral presentations required. (Spring)
HLED 476. Methods and Materials of Health Promotion 3 hours
A course in planning, implementing and evaluating: work-site and community
health promotion activities, including stress management, smoking cessation,
cardiovascular fitness, body composition, and cholesterol testing. Oral presentation
required. (Spring)
HLED 497. Wellness Practicum 2 hours
The student will work at a wellness facility for not less than 100 clock hours gain-
ing experience with equipment, observing facility scheduling and management, and
interacting with clients. Arrangements are made in advance with the department
chair, A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the
policy on page 236. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION
HPER 365- Topics in HPER 1-3 hours
Selected topics in Health, Physical Education, or Recreation designed to meet the
needs or interests of students in specialty areas not covered in regular courses.
Subjects covered will determine how the class applies to the major. This course may
be repeated for credit
GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES
PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available.
PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour
Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary in
participation in power volleyball. (Fall)
PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour
Individual skills and team concepts are developed that may be used in competition
and leisure play. (Spring)
PEAC 125. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour
A study of basic fitness training and aerobic principles in conjunction with a
personalized long-range conditioning program for disease prevention and health
maintenance. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour
Instruction includes strokes, rules, and playing situations plus physical conditioning
for badminton. (Spring)
Health, Physical Education, Recreation 141
PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour
Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student can carry
on successful play. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour
Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and serve. (Fall)
PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour
A basic course for the beginning golfer. Students must have their own golf clubs.
Lab fee required. (Fall)
PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour
A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling
techniques, safe cycling, and maintenance. Each student provides his/her own
bicycle and helmet. (Fall)
PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour
. Play on a variety of courses for the bogey golfer. Students must have their own golf
clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall)
PEAC 139. Advanced Tennis (G-3) 1 hour
For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley, lobs,
advanced ground strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class must be approved
by instructor. (Fall)
PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour
Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction with
acrosport exposure.
PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour
Skill development on various gymnastic equipment such as the pommel horse, high
bar, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance beam.
PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour
Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S. or N. A.U.I. Lab* fee of $98 and check out
dive expenses charged in addition to tuition. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour
Development of beginning and intermediate swinuning skills coupled with aquatic
safety principles. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour
A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, gymnastics,
physical fitness and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of
try-out requirements. Participation in all tours is required. This course may be
repeated for credit. Due to program conflicts, second semester Gym-Masters
will not enroll in classes that meet before 1:00 p.m. on Tuesdays and
Thursdays. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 254. Iifeguarding (G-3) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent.
Leads to Red Cross Life Guarding certification, First Aid and CPR certification.
(Fall, Spring)
1 42 Health, Physical Education, Recreation
PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent.
Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 259, Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour
Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic heading.
Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow skiing! rock climbing,
spelunking, and aerobics. This course may be repeated with the varying subject
matter. Lab fees in addition to tuition are usually charged approximately $50-$500.
PEAC 261* Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour
A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience for those
interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor living and
activities.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY
PETH 114. ProAct — Softball 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for softball. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years)
PETH 115. ProAct — FlagbaU 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for flagball. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years)
PETH 116. ProAct — Volleyball 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for volleyball For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years)
PETH 117. ProAct — Basketball 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for basketball. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years)
PETH 118. ProAct — Floor Hockey 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for floor hockey. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years)
PETH 119. ProAct — Soccer 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for soccer. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years)
PETH 210. Aerobic-Exercise Instructor Training 2 hours
A course that combines the theory and practical aspects of aerobic exercise
programs. Knowledge and skills will be the focus, with students developing and
teaching their own aerobic routines as a demonstration of their understanding and
skills of sound aerobic principles. Aerobic certification will be available.
PETH 214. ProAct — Tennis 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for tennis. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years)
PETH 215. ProAct — Golf 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for golf. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years)
Health, Physical, Education, Recreation 143
PETH 216. ProAct — Conditioning 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for conditioning. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years)
PETH 217. ProAct — Badminton 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for badminton. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years)
PETH 218. ProAct — Track and Field 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques
for track and field. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years)
PETH 219. ProAct — Gymnastics 1 hour
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques '
for gymnastics. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years)
PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours
An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization of
officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring)
PETH 314. Kinesiology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent.
A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing human motion for
efficient, safe, and effective movement. The historical impact of leaders in physical
education is studied. (Fall)
PETH 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent.
Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics, and physical
conditioning. Significance of these effects for health, skilled performance* and
prevention of disease. Oral presentation required. (Spring)
PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements
and Research of Physical Education 3 hours
A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statistical
procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. History of
physical education is also dealt with briefly. (Fall)
PETH 364. Principles and Administration of
Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours
An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physical
Education and Recreation with emphasis in management needs and skills. (Spring)
PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours
A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor behavior as
it relates to an individual's maturation process, with emphasis placed on
implications for the physical educator. (Fall)
PETH 437. Adaptive Physical Education 2 hours
A course designed to develop an understanding of neurodevelopment and functional
ability, of impairments and their implications for motor performance. Emphasis on
teaching progressions and exercise programs for special populations. (Fall)
1 44 Health, Physical Education, Recreation
PETH 463. Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 hours
A course of study designed to acquaint students with the unique aspects of physical
education and the adolescent. Special activities include teaching and observation in
an elementary school.
PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sports . 2 hours
An exploration of sports and their involving impact on American culture. Special
attention is given to current issues in sports as they relate to the individual in
society. (Spring)
PETH 490. Senior Comprehensive Seminar 1 hour
A course of study designed to prepare the student for the exit exam. Special
attention is given to concepts, practical applications, and administrative
responsibilities within the profession. This course will be on a pass/fail basis.
PETH 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours
For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the opportunity
to pursue knowledge in an area of interest related to health, PE, or recreation.
Approval by Department Chair required.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/
Health and Physical Education 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and
evaluating student performance.
(F-3) (G-3) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
History
Chair: Benjamin McArthur
Faculty: Dennis Pettibone, Mark Peach
History is the study of the human experience. It investigates mankind's
ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investigation, history
courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view of humanity.
This perspective recognizes both the potential and the limitation of human
endeavor and thereby permits a broader comprehension of the past and a
greater hope for the future.
Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental
approval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history must
plan his/her entire study program with a member of the history faculty.
Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on the
following conditions:
1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere in the
CATALOG.
2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student.
3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity.
4. Completion of senior year assessment.
ASSESSMENT
Assessment of seniors consists of two parts. First, in the spring semester
of their senior year students will take the ETS Major Field Achievement
Test in history. Second, at the end of the fall or early in the spring
semester, students will take a departmental exam. Preparation for this
exam will include a one-hour independent study course (normally taken
during the fall of the senior year) involving: 1) reading a selected few
classics of historical literature; 2) reviewing one's history coursework
utilizing several thematic questions provided by the history faculty.
The subsequent examination will be in the form of a one-hour interview
of the candidate by the history faculty. This will be based on the above-
mentioned materials and also on the student's portfolio of major papers
accumulated during his/her history coursework. The oral examination is
graded on an Honors, Pass, or Fail basis. A failure requires further
preparation by the student and another interview before graduation.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY
Major— History (31 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
HIST 154, 155 Azner History & Instit 6
HIST 174, 175 World Civilisations 6
HIST 490 Senior Exam Preparation 1
HIST 499 Research Methods in History 3
Six hours of political science may apply to the major.
146 History
Require 2 Courses Fat least] from:
Hours
Require 2 Courses [at least] from: Hours
(American History)
(European History)
HIST 353
From Colony to Nation
3
HIST 374
History of England 3
HIST 354
Latin America
3
HIST 375
Ancient World 3
HIST 355
History of the South
3
HIST 386
Rise of the West 3
HIST 356
Natives and Strangers
3
HIST 389
Vienna to Vietnam 3
HIST 357
Modern America
3
HIST 471
Classics of Western Thought I 3
HIST 359
Trans of American Culture
3
HIST 472
Classics of Western Thought II 3
PLSC 254
Amer Nat & State Gov
3
PLSC 389
Vienna to Vietnam 3
PLSC 353
From Colony to Nation
3
PLSC 471
Classics of Western Thought I 3
PLSC 357
Modern America
3
PLSC 472
HIST 364
HIST 365
Classics of Western Thought II 3
Christian Church I
OR 3
Christian Church II
Required
Cognates
Hours
Require 1 of the following: Hours
Inter Level of Foreign Lang
ECON 224 Principles of Economics 3
ECON225 Principles of Economics 3
GEOG 204 World Geography 3
Upper division history classes seek to improve skills of writing and
speech. All such classes required analytical writing as part of the
coursework. Additionally, many classes involve discussion and oral class
reports as partial basis for the student's grade, most notably HIST 499,
Research Methods in History, which requires an extended formal
presentation of student research.
Sample
Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. History
1st Semester
ENGL 101
HIST 154
College Composition
American History
Area B, Religion
Hours
3
3
3
2nd Semester
ENGL 102
HIST 155
Hours
College Composition 3
American History 3
Area A-2, Mathematics 0-3
Area F, Behav/Family/
Health Science
Area D, Lit/Fine Art
OR
Area D-l, Beg For Lang
3
3
15
Area F, Behav/Family/
Health Science 2
Area D, Lit/Fine Art
OR 3
Area D-l, Beg For Lang
Electivee 5-2
16
Minor — History (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
HIST 174 World Civilizations 3
HIST 175 World Civilizations 3
The additional twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, six
hours of which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be chosen
from each of the American and European areas. Three hours of political science may
be taken in lieu of three hours of history. A student planning to minor in history in
order to obtain a second teaching area for denominational certification must take
all eighteen hours in history and must include HIST 154, 155.
Minor — Political Economy (18 Hours)
Combines an interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school
preparation. For a further description of this pre-law preparation program,
see page 222.
History 147
History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in history
who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as medicine or law
must present a balanced program of general education classes andelectives
that will support the professional objectives.
History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in
history who plans to prepare for secondary teacher certification must
include six hours upper division Political Science in the major and must
also take PLSC 224, 254; and GEOG 204. It is strongly recommended that
the student also earn teaching credentials in a field outside of history. No
specific supporting field is required but art, behavioral science, business,
English, modern languages, and religion are recognized as intimately
related to the study of history. A student may receive denominational
certification to teach history as a second area by completing a minor in
history (see under Minor below). Since the entire second semester of the
senior year is devoted to certification requirements, students earning
teacher certification must finish all history classwork before reaching the
final semester. Students applying for teacher certification must consult
with the Education Department to draft a schedule of classes meeting
certification requirements.
Before the end of the sophomore year the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Program.
Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
History Department tours: The Department of History regularly
sponsors study tours to foreign countries. The purpose of these tours is to
provide students and other participants with an enhanced understanding
of history and culture through a combination of traditional lecture and
reading with direct observation of historical sites. Academic activities
connected with the tours require students to spend an amount of time
equal to that expected in a regular classroom setting. Preparatory meetings
and assigned reading are included in this computation. Course credit is
offered under HIST 295/495 Directed Study in History. Cost of the
tours includes charge for academic credit.
History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students
earning general education credit in history should take courses from the
100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general education
requirements in history should select courses from the 300 and 400 level.
HISTORY
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours
An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present The
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in each
semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as general education for
freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
148 History
HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours
A study of the development of Western and non-Western culture and govern-
ment, emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction with
non-European civilizations. This course is recommendedas general education for
freshmen and sophomores.
HIST 353. From Colony to Nation (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A detailed survey of American political and social history from 1607 to 1800,
including the founding of the thirteen colonies, the American Revolution, and the
establishment of the new nation.
HIST 354. Latin America (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, independ-
ence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-century trends in
selected republics. Arranged with instructor.
HIST 355. History of the South (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of the American South from the Early National period through Reconstruc-
tion. Prominent issues will include slavery, sectionalism, the Civil War, and
Reconstruction.
HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. Special
emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in the national
character.
HIST 357. Modern America (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the United
States in world affairs. (Fall)
HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth-century American history, focusing
on the modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered are entertain-
ment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, and art and
architecture.
HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church
Through the Middle Ages (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic period
to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and theological
development. (Fall)
HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation
Through the Twentieth Century (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the Protestant
Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious trends. (Spring)
HIST 374. History of England (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments which have
influenced western civilization as a whole.
HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, Greece,
Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development of western culture.
History 149
HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the modern
age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the institutions and
values of modern western civilization. The chronological emphasis is on the
eleventh through the sixteenth centuries.
HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of major historical developments affecting international relations since the
Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace and war, power
and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as others, in their historical
setting. Students may earn either history or political science credit, depending on
individual assignments.
HIST 465. Topics in History (C-l) (W) 3 hours
Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered will
determine whether credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course may be
repeated for credit.
HIST 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of the key thinkers in western thought from the Heroic Age of Greece to
the Renaissance. Reading from original sources, this class will emphasize the
discussion and analysis of ideas that have formed the basis of western thought.
Included in the readings are selections from Herodotus, Cicero, St. Augustine,
Boccaccio, Montaigne, and St. Ignatius of Ioyola.
HIST 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A study of the key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading
from original sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas that have
effected the evolution of contemporary social and political thought. Included in the
readings are selections from Locke, Mill, Marx, Nietzsche, Lenin, and Hitler.
HIST 490. Senior Exam Preparation 1 hour
Independent study and reading in preparation for the assessment exam taken by
senior history majors.
HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l) (W) 1-3 hours
A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a student
is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower division. This course
also includes credit offered by the History Department on directed study tours.
Writing emphasiB credit for HIST 495 only. Approval of the department is required
prior to registration.
HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l) (W) 3 hours
Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in conjunction
with the preparation of a research project. (Fall)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PLSC 224. Macroeconomics 3 hours
See ECON 224 for course description.
PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours
An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches
of government of the national, state, and local levels.
PLSC 353. From Colony to Nation (C-2) (W) 3 hours
See HIST 353 for course description.
150 History
PLSC 357. Modern America (C-2) (W) 3 hours
See HIST 357 for course description.
PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2) (W) 3 hours
See HIST 389 for course description.
PLSC 465. Topics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours
See HIST 465 for course description.
PLSC 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-2) (W) 3 hours
See HIST 471 for course description.
PLSC 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-2) (W) 3 hours
See HIST 472 for course description.
GEOGRAPHY
GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours
(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only).
Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are considered.
Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall)
GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours
A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the United
States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities include assigned
reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations, formal paper after return
to campus. Prior to departure, the student will make all arrangements with a
teacher assigned by the Department of History. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies
to this class, calculated according to the policy on page 236.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/History 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and
evaluating student performances, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks.
(C-l) (C-2) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Industrial Technology
Chair: Dale Walters
Faculty: John Durichek, Kenneth Reynolds
Adjunct Faculty: Mark McGrath
Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning with
practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, drafting, and
auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are:
1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by providing class-
room and lab experiences that nurture creativity.
2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living by provid-
ing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the environment.
3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life as hobby
and recreational activities as well as professional enhancement.
4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning skills.
5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and service occupa-
tions.
6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical and pro-
fessional degree programs and occupations.
ASSESSMENT
All students will be given the NIASE (National Institute of Automotive
Service Excellence) certification exams as specified by the department.
Students who pass the exams become eligible for ASE certification after
two years of experience following their training. The results of the exams
are used to evaluate class offerings, teaching effectiveness, and program
requirements.
Minor— Technology (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
TECH 111 Painting and Reftnishing 3 TECH 167 Suspension, Steering & Allign 3
TECH 112 Painting and Refinishing 3 TECH 223 Auto Body Repair 3
TECH 164 . Automotive Maintenance 2 TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3
TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 2 Upper Division Courses 6
CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
Auto Body Technician
The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing,
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient skill
and experience to obtain employment in the trade.
Inasmuch as technicians provide their own hand and air tools, the
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use during
the course. The department will assist the student in the purchase of these
tools which will cost approximately $350.
1 52 Industrial Technology
1st Semester
Hours
TECH 111
Painting & Refinish. ]
[ 3
TECH 110
Panel & Spot Repair
4
TECH 115
Arc Welding
2
TECH 116
Collision Repair I
4
TECH 264
Auto Repair
3
Area B, Religion
3
19
Required Courses Hour* Required Courses, cont. Hours
TECH 110 Panel and Spot Repair 4 TECH 120 Collision Repair III 5
TECH 111-112 Painting and Refinishing 6 TECH 167 Suspension, Steering, Align 3
TECH 114 Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3
TECH 115 Arc Welding 2 Area B-l, Bib Studies
TECH 116 Collision Repair I 4 OR 3
TECH 118 Collision Repair II 5 Area B-2, Religion
Sequence of Courses
Auto Body Technician
A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated experience
in various facets of auto body repair.
2nd Semester Hours
TECH 118 Collision Repair II 5
TECH 120 Collision Repair III 5
TECH 112 Painting & Refin II 3
TECH 114 Oxy Aoatylene Welding 1
TECH 167 Suspension, Steering, AlignJJ
17
At the end of the second semester and after nearly 1,000 hours of
instruction and lab time the successful student will have skills to do:
(1) Major collision repair
(2) Frame alignment
(3) Job estimating
(4) Complete repaint work
(5) Power plant and drive train repair
A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus
hours of instruction and lab time and the NIASE exam.
In addition to introductory repair projects, each student will be involved
in at least three major collision repair projects.
Enrollment in the Auto Body Technician Program is limited.
Auto Mechanics Technician
The auto mechanics technician program is designed to teach an
awareness of and proficiency in repairing engines, transmission/transaxles,
drivetrain/axles, heat/air conditioning, electrical, engine computers and fuel
injection systems. The typical student upon completion of the course should
have gained sufficient skill and experience to obtain employment in the
trade.
Inasmuch as technicians provide their own hand and air tools, the
student will be encouraged to purchase a basic set.
Required Courses Hours
TECH 114 Oiy-Aoetylene Welding 1
TECH 115 Arc Welding 2
TECH 166 Auto Electrical Systems 2
TECH 168 Manual Drive Train 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
TECH 177 Engine Fuel & Emission Cont 4
TECH 178 Heating & Air Conditioning 2
TECH 264 Automotive Repair 3
Area B-l, Bib Studies
TECH 167
TECH 175
TECH 176
Suspension, Steering, Align
Engine Rebuilding & Machining
Engine Perform & Computers
3
4
5
OR 3
Area B-2, Religion
Industrial Technology 163
Sequence of Courses
Auto Mechanics Technician
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
TECH 115
Arc Welding 2
TECH 114
TECH 166
Auto Elect Systems 2
TECH 167
TECH 168
Manual Drive Train 3
TECH 175
TECH 178
Heat & Air Conditioning 2
TECH 178
TECH 264
Auto Repair 3
Area B t Religion 3
15
TECH 177
Hours
Oxy- Acetylene Weld 1
Suspension & Align 3
Engine Rebuild/Mech 4
Engine Perform & Comp 5
Engine Fuel & Emission Sys _4
17
Students will be working on projects in a live operating repair shop
environment.
At the end of the second semester they will complete approximately 1,000
hours of instruction and lab time, and if successful, will have skills to do:
1. Major engine repair
2. Driveability diagnosis and computer systems repair
3. Both 2 and 4 wheel alignment
4. Manual transmissions and drivetrain
5. Electrical diagnosis and repair
6. Heating and air conditioning service
A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus hours
of instruction and lab time and the NIASE exam.
Enrollment in the Auto Mechanics Technician Program is limited.
AFFILIATION PROGRAM
Students wishing a Bachelor of Technology degree in Graphic Arts or
Technical Plant Services may take the following classes and transfer to
Andrews University after one year:
B.T. Grspl
lie Arts H
Directed Study
ours
B.T. Technical Plant Services
CPTE 249 Computer-Aided Drafting
Hours
TECH 295
1-3
3
ART 104
Beginning Drawing I
2
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ART 109
Publications Design
3
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
CPTE 245
Computer-Aided Publishing
3
SOCI125
Intro to Sociology
3
CPTR105
Intro to Word Processing
1
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
CPTR106
Into to Spreadsheets
1
TECH 114
Oxy- Acetylene Welding
1
CPTR 107
Intro to Data Base
1
TECH 115
Arc Welding
2
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
TECH 149
Mechanical Drawing
2
JOUR 225
Intro to Photography
3
TECH 154
Woodworking
3
KELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
TECH 174
General Metals
3
SOCI125
Intro to Sociology
3
TECH 183
Basic Electronics
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
TECH 223
Auto Body Repair
3
TECH 145
Intro to Graphic Arts
3
TECH 264
Automotive Repair
3
TECH 149
Mechanical Drawing
2
TECHNOLOGY
TECH 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours
This course is designed so that the student will become better acquainted with the
field of technology. Emphasis is directed toward but not limited to the area of
industrial technology, current and future developments in the industry and their
impact on society. Along with an awareness of the qualifications to enter today's
technological job market, special attention will be given to the training available at
Southern and other SDA institutions. Open to all students.
1 54 Industrial Technology
TECH 110. Panel and Spot Repair 4 hours
Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to straighten
small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready for painting. Hand
tool costs average $200. (Fall)
TECH 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 3,3 hours
An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will progress to
doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his own respirator and
spray gun. Costs average $200. (Fall, Spring)
TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 hour
Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop welding
jobs. Personal goggles required. Certain specialized welding processes will be taught,
such as tig, cast iron, or others to be arranged on an individual basis. A lab fee of
$10 is charged. (Spring)
TECH 115. Arc Welding 2 hours
A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes. Emphasis will
be given to MIG, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick welding. Each student
must purchase safety glasses and welding gloves. A lab fee of $15 is charged. (Fall)
TECH 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours
Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. Body
alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair are involved.
(Fall)
TECH 118. Collision Repair II 5 hours
Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body alignment, frame
straightening, glass work, fiberglass repair, and body section replacement. There is
no lecture component to this class, but rather is composed of four three periods
laboratory per week. (Spring)
TECH 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours
A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an individual
basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies purchasing, shop
management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring)
TECH 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours
Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera techniques,
platemaking, screen printing, and press work. Experience is offered in personal
computer desktop publishing. Skills learned are applicable for personal and business
communications. A supplies fee will be charged for projects produced in class.
Average cost of projects approximately $75. (Fall)
TECH 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 2 hours
A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and the
principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial
representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods of laboratory each
week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments cost approximately $75.
(Fall)
TECH 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours
An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting. Emphasis
is on lettering, orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial drawings, shades and
shadows, and perspective drawing. Instruments cost approximately $60. Open to all
students.
Industrial Technology 1 55
TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours
A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture con-
struction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A supplies fee will
be charged for the cost of the materials used in project construction. Generally, the
costs have not exceeded $225. (Spring)
TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours
A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the matters of
buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will work on his own car
or on one belonging to the shop. One period lecture and three periods laboratory
each week. (Fall)
TECH 166. Auto Electrical Systems 2 hours
A course designed to give a basic understanding of automotive electrical systems.
Basic electrical principles and trouble shooting techniques will be taught Emphasis
will be given to lighting, charging, starting and accessory systems. One period
lecture, three periods lab per week
TECH 167. Suspension, Steering and Alignment 3 hours
A course designed to give understanding of automotive suspension and steering
systems. Chassis service, repair, and trouble shooting will be taught. Alignment of
both two and four wheel alignment systems will be taught One and a half period
lecture and four and a half labs per week.
TECH 168. Manual Drive Train, Axles and Brakes 3 hours
A study of manual drive train operation, diagnosis and repair. Clutches, manual
transmissions and transaxles. Brake system operation and repair of both conven-
tional and ABS brake systems will be taught.
TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours
Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with metals.
Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet metal, welding, plus
hand and power-operated metal-cutting equipment. One period lecture and six
periods laboratory each week Project expenses average $50. Each student must
purchase his own safety glasses, welding gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate
years)
TECH 175. Engine Rebuilding and Machining 4 hours
A course designed to acquaint the student with major engine diagnosis, decision
making and overhaul procedures. Machining and measuring processes related to
engine rebuilding will be taught Each student will be required to rebuild an engine
and do engine machine work Two periods lecture, six periods of lab per week.
TECH 176. Engine Performance and Computers 5 hours
Electronic and computerized ignition systems operating theory will be emphasized.
Each student will be taught driveability diagnosis and trouble shooting techniques
for electronic and computerized systems. Hands on diagnosis practice using
diagnostic equipment on live vehicles will be given. Two periods of lecture, nine
hours of lab per week
TECH 177. Engine Fuel and Emission Controls 4 hours
Both carburetor and fuel injection operation theory, and standard and electronic
carburetion systems theory will be covered. Fuel injection diagnosis and repair as
well as carburetor overhaul procedures will be taught Emission control operation
as well as trouble shooting and service procedures will be taught. Two periods of
lecture, six periods lab per week.
156 Industrial Technology
TECH 178. Heating and Air Conditioning 2 hours
A course designed to teach the principles of heating and air conditioning systems.
Emphasis will be given to service and trouble shooting of manual and automatic
heating systems of late model cars. One period lecture, three periods lab per week.
TECH 183. Basic Electronics 3 hours
An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they pertain to
AC and DC electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, transistors and integrated
circuits. Intended to introduce the beginning student to the field of electronics. Two
three-hour lecture/labs each week.
TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours
An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principles and
techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will be given for class
admission to those who have experience in doing automotive work and who have gas
welding skills. Each student will need his own basic hand tools which cost approxi-
mately $100. One period lecture and six periods laboratory per week. (Spring,
alternate years)
TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours
Prerequisite; TECH 154.
Emphasis will be placed on the design process as it pertains to woods and its
combination with other materials. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. (Available
upon request)
TECH 264/364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 164.
A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main emphasis is
given to power plant and drive train design, operation and service. One period
lecture and three periods laboratory each week. All lab learning experience is on
actual cars either from the community or personal vehicles,
TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 4 hours
See CPTE 376 for course description.
TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report of the
problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to those earning
a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring)
(G-2) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Journalism
and Communication
Chair: Pam Harris
Faculty: Volker Henning, Lynn Sauls
Adjunct Faculty: Wesley Hasden, Paul Vaudreuil, Billy Weeks,
Kevin West
The Department of Journalism and Communication provides an educa-
tional environment in which future leaders in journalism, public relations
and related areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, the intellectual
discipline and the professional abilities necessary to the mastery and
management of a wide range of writing, editing and other journalistic and
public relations skills and techniques.
The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in
Journalism (News Editorial), Broadcast Journalism, and Public Relations,
and an Associate of Science Degree in Media Technology. Minors are also
available in each of these areas as well as Advertising and Sales.
The Journalism (News Editorial) major prepares students for careers as
reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly newspapers, magazines!
wire services, publishing houses and for the vast array of publications that
serve the church, business, industry, governmental agencies, the medical
field, colleges and universities and other non-profit organizations.
Students enrolling in the Broadcast Journalism major receive
preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio and television
as reporters, writers and editors in news and public affairs operations.
Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major segment
of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, universities,
hospitals and other medical institutions, and in a wide range of organiza-
tions.
The Journalism major, Broadcast Journalism major, and the Public Rela-
tions major also prepare students for entry into graduate schools
nationwide.
The associate degree in Media Technology prepares the student for entry
level positions in media production and operation or desk-top publishing.
The Advertising minor combined with such majors as Public Relations
prepares students for careers in advertising copywriting, advertising design
(when coupled with a second minor in Art), and creative directing.
The Sales minor combined with a Broadcast major prepares the student
for jobs in the sale of commercials as well as in station development. By
adding the Sales minor, a student multiples job opportunities in the field
of Broadcasting.
Students who select both a major and minor within the depart-
ment must also take a minor outside the department.
Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree
requirements of the Department of Journalism and Communication, includ-
ing the intermediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills General
Education requirements.
1 58 Journalism and Communication
INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
Because of the strong relationships which the department has developed
with the Chattanooga area mass media, journalism, broadcast and public
relations students have many opportunities to meet and work with
professionals in television and radio news, in public relations, advertising
and on daily and weekly newspapers.
Internships: Helping students locate internships on newspapers, in
publishing houses, in public relations and fund development departments,
in advertising agencies, and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital
part of the education program provided by the department.
A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the department
to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The department also
participates in the General Conference internship program in which
students work in various denominational institutions. The college radio
station, WSMC FM90.5 (NPR 90) and the community newspaper, Hamilton
County News-Leader, provide learning opportunities for students in a
number of courses.
Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as writers
and editors by working on Student Association publications such as
Southern Accent, the campus newspaper, and Southern Memories, the
yearbook.
ASSESSMENT
To make satisfactory progress toward preparation for the job market,
students majoring in the department will be expected to attend depart-
mental assemblies and other professional meetings sponsored by the
department.
Students should demonstrate their growing professionalism through
involvement in the operation of WSMC FM90.5; in the publication of the
Southern Accent, Southern Memories, or some other publication; or in
communication activities for a campus, church, or community organization.
Participation in the departmental Communication Club and the
Southern Society of Adventist Communicators as well as student member-
ship in a national professional organization such as the Society of
Professional Journalists, the International Association of Business
Communicators, or the Public Relations Student Society of America are
also evidences of professional commitment.
A cumulative evaluation form will be kept in departmental files for each
student majoring in the department. This form will serve as a source of
information for teachers asked to provide recommendations for students
seeking practicums, internships, or job positions. Information concerning
evidence of professional growth and achievement will be added annually
and a copy of the form shared with the student.
Students in the department will be given a writing skills test when they
take JOUR 103, Introduction to Mass Communication, and JOUR 205,
News Reporting. On the basis of the results, advisers will recommend any
needed remediation, which students must complete before registering for
other writing courses offered by the department. Another form of the writ-
ing skills test will be administered when students in the department take
Journalism and Communication 1 59
JOUR 314, Broadcast News Writing, JOUR 356, Advanced Reporting, or
PREL 365, Public Relations Techniques. Results of the test will be part of
the information in a student's cumulative evaluation form.
Departmental effectiveness will be assessed by combining the results of
the cumulative evaluations, student evaluations of courses, questionnaires
completed by seniors near the time of graduation and again three years
afterwards, questionnaires completed by supervisors of interns. An ongoing
analysis of outlines of courses required for majors is made by the! faculty
to determine that the curriculum meets the objectives of the department
and the standards of the Accrediting Council of Education in Journalism
and Mass Communication.
PROGRAMS IN JOURNALISM, BROADCAST JOURNALISM,
ADVERTISING, SALES, PUBLIC RELATIONS, AND
MEDIA TECHNOLOGY
Major — B.A. Journalism (News Editorial) (30 hours)
(With a minor selected outside the Journalism and Communication Department)
Required Courses Hours
Required (
ART 109
yOgnates Hours
JOUR 103
Intro to Mass Communication
3
Publications Design
3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
CPTE 245
Computer- Aided Publishing
3
JOUR 212
Copyediting
2
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
JOUR 314
Broadcast News Writing
3
PLSC 254
American Nat & State Gov
3
JOUR 315
Advanced Photography
2
Literature Elective
3
JOUR 316
Mag & Feature Art Writing
Music/Art Appreciation Elect
3
OR
3
Inter level Foreign language
6
JOUR 495
Honors Project
JOUR 356
Advanced Reporting
3
Recommended Elective*
JOUR 427
Mass Media Law &. Ethics
3
ART 219
Intro to Computer Graphics
3
JOUR 487
Hist of Mass Communication
3
JOUR 497
Journalism Internship
3
JOUR 488
Mass Communication & Society
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
Department Elect ives
2
PREL 234
Public Rel Princ & Theory
2
TECH 145
Intro to Graphic Arts
3
Complete at least 12 hours in three or more of
the following areas: Behavioral Science, Business
and Economics, Education, Health Science, History
and Political Science, Literature and Fine Arts,
Natural Science, Recreation and Physical Educa-
tion, Religion, and Technology.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA Journalism
(NEWS EDITORIAL)
1st Semester Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101 College Composition 3
CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Com 3
Area D-l, Inter Foreign Lang 3
Area B, Religion 3
15
ENGL 102
JOUR 125
JOUR 205
College Composition
Intro to Photography
(if needed)
News Reporting
Area D-l, Inter F Lang
Gen Ed, Minor or Elect
3
3
3
3
4
16
160 Journalism and Communication
Mtgor — B.A. Broadcast Journalism (30 Hours)
(With a minor selected from outside the Journalism and Communication Department)
Required Courses
Hours
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3
JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3
JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 3
JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3
JOUR 317 Broadcast Management 3
JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3
JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication
OR 3
JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society
Required Cognates
BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing 3
PLSC 254 Amer National & State Gover 3
PREL 234 Pub Rel Principles and Theory 2
SPCH 236 Oral Interpretation
OR 3
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking
Inter level of a foreign long 6
6 Hours From '
JOUR 315 Advanced Photography 3
JOUR 227/327 Video Production 3
JOUR 356 Advanced Reporting 3
JOUR 423 Broadcast Programming 3
JOUR 497 Internship: Broadcasting 3
Recommended Elect Ives
HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3
MATH 215 Statistics 3
TECH 183 Basic Electronics 3
CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA. Broadcast Journalism
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ENGL 102
College Composition 3
JOUR 103
Intro to Mass Com
3
JOUR 201
Found of Broadcast 3
Area D-l, Int For Lang
3
JOUR 205
News Reporting 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l, Int For Lang 3
Gen Ed, Minor or Elect
3
15
Gen Ed, Minor or Elective 4
16
Major— B.A. Public Relations (31 Hours)
(With a minor selected from outside the Journalism and Communication Department)
Required Courses, cont. Hours
PREL 234 Pub Rel Principles and Theory 2
PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3
PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3
PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3
PREL 482 Public Relations Campaign 3
Required Courses Hours
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3
News Reporting
Advanced Photography
Mag & Feature Article Writing
Advanced Reporting
Mass Media Law and Ethics
OR
Mass Communication and Society
JOUR 205
JOUR 315
JOUR 316
JOUR 356
JOUR 427
JOUR 488
Required Cognates Hours
ART 109 Publications Design 3
BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3
CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Inter level of foreign language 6
Lit or Fine Arts elective 3
Recommended Elect ives
JOUR 212 Copyediting
JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques
JOUR 314 Broadcast Newt Writing
JOUR 227/327 Video Production
MATH 215 Statistics
PREL 368 Fund Development
PREL 407 Public Relations Internship
TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts
Hour*
2
Journalism and Communication 161
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA Public Relations
1st Semester Hours
ENGL 101 College Composition 3
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Com 3
CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Pub 3
Area D-l, Inter Foreign Lang 3
Area B, Religion JJ
15
2nd Semester Hours
ENGL 102 College Composition 3
PREL 234 Public Relations Prin 2
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Area D-l, Inter Foreign Lang 3
Gen Ed, Minor or Elective J>
16
Major— A.S. Media Technology (30 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
ART 109 Publications Design 3
CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Pub 3
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Comm 3
JOUR 125 Intro to Photography 3
JOUR 201 Found of Broadcasting 3
JOUR 210 Presentation Media 1
Required Courses, cont. Hours
JOUR 227 Video Production 3
JOUR 297 Practicum: Media Tech 2
JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 3
TECH 145 Intro to Graphic Arts 3
TECH 183 Basic Electronics 3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
A.S. Media Technology
1st Semester
CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Pub
ENOL 101 College Composition
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Com
JOUR 125 Intro to Photography
Area B, Religion
Minor— Advertising (18-20 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
ART 109 Publications Design 3
BMKT 326 Introduction to Marketing 3
CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3
PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3
PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2
Hours
2nd Semester H
3
ART 109
Publications Design
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
JOUR 201
Foundations of Broadcasting
3
TECH 183
Basic Electronics
3
Gen Ed or Elective
15
Select 2-3 Hours From:
ART 110 Design Principles
BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior
BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy
JOUR 125 Introduction to Photography
PREL 244 Personal Selling
PREL 297/397 Practicum: Advertising
PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda
3
3
3
,4
16
3
3
3
3
2
1-3
3
Minor — Journalism (News Editorial) (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
JOUR 1Q3 Intro to Mass Communication 3
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3
JOUR 212 Copyediting 2
Department Elective 1
One of the Following
JOUR 316 Mag & Feature Article Writing
JOUR 356 Advanced Reporting
Two of the following
JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics
JOUR 487 History of Mass Comm
JOUR 488 Mass Commun and Society
Minor— Broadcast Journalism (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3
JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques " 3 .
JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3
162 Journalism and Communication
3 Hours of Elective* from Broadcast Journalism Major requirements or the following
BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3
PLSC 254 Amer Natl & State Gov 3
PREL 234 Pub Rel Prin and Theory 2
PREL 244 Personal Selling 2
SPCH 236 Oral Interpretation 3
Minor— Public Relations (19 or 20 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
ART 109 Publications Design 3 PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 OR 2-3
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda
PREL 234 Pub Rel Prin and Theory 2 PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3
CPTE 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3
Minor — Sales (19 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Select 8 Hours from :
BMKT 326 Intro to Marketing 3 BMKT 328 Sales Management 3
BMKT 327 Consumer Behavior 3 BMKT 423 Promotional Strategy 3
JOUR 103 Intro to Mass Communication 3 PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3
PREL 244 Personal Selling 2 PREL 297/397 Practicum: Sales 3
PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 3
PREL 354 Advertising Copywriting 2
JOURNALISM
JOUR 103. Introduction to Mass Communication (G-2) 3 hours
Overview of the development and characteristics of mass media, with emphasis on
media in the United States including newspapers, radio, television, photography,
film, sound recording, books, magazines, advertising, public relations, and new
media technology. Attention is given to theories of communication and how to be
a critical and discriminating consumer of mass media.
JOUR 125. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours
Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that constitute
good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film development, negative
enlargement and print finishing. Students supply their own 35mm cameras with
adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. A limited number of rental cameras are
available. Two hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee
of $95 charged in addition to tuition. This course does not count toward a major or
minor in the Journalism and Communication Department
JOUR 201. Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours
Provides an understanding of broadcasting and related industries. Basic theories and
practices of radio, television, cable operations, and other electronic media are
covered. (Alternate years)
JOUR 205. News Reporting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm.
News gathering and research techniques; development of newswriting skills and
style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness and on meeting
deadlines in covering news events and interviewing news sources. Oral
communication emphasis: Interviewing.
Journalism and Communication 163
JOUR 210. Presentation Media 1 hour
Prerequisite: CPTE 245.
A laboratory course in the selection, operation, and use of presentation media.
Preparation of transparencies, slides, graphics, and audio materials. (Alternate
years)
JOUR 212. Copyediting 2 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor.
Principles and practices of preparing copy for publication including headline writing,
picture editing, and writing photo captions. Use of the Associated Press Stylebook.
Focus is on accuracy, newsworthiness, language effectiveness, legality, and good
taste in editing copy. (Alternate years)
JOUR 302. Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours
Introduction to audio production in the context of the broadcast station. Instruction
in the technical aspects of production for radio and television. Oral communication
emphasis: Techniques in announcing for a variety of program types including
commercials, news, interviews, and talk shows. (Alternate years)
JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor.
Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcast media.
Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the college radio station;
instruction in writing spot announcements. (Alternate years)
JOUR 315. Advanced Photography (G-l) 2-3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 125 or equivalent
Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on photojour-
nalism, studio and corporate photography and creative use of the camera in
producing photo essays, picture stories for publication and photo collections for
exhibit Print journalists will create projects using photojournalism skills while
public relations majors will focus on studio and corporate photography techniques
in their projects. Students supply their own cameras with adjustable f-stops and
shutter speeds. One hour of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week for 2 hours
credit. Students registering for 3 hours will complete extra projects and additional
laboratory and field work. Supply lab fee of $95 charged in addition to tuition.
JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours
Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the newspaper
feature article. Developing writing style through creative use of the English
language. Oral communication emphasis: Interviewing and reading aloud.
JOUR 317. Broadcast Management 3 hours
Prerequisites: JOUR 201 and 302.
The 100,000-watt college radio station WSMC -FM 90.5 provides the setting in which
' . students learn the principles of broadcast management as they apply to radio and
television. Class members become familiar with day-to-day station operations,
including control room procedures, announcing, production, broadcast news and
programming. Professionals from both radio and television serve as lecturers.
(Alternate years)
JOUR 227/327. Video Production 3 hours
Introduction to the basic procedures of producing non-studio video programs.
Emphasis will be given to lighting, audio, and editing techniques. The student will
make extensive use of portable video and video editing equipment Supply lab fee
of $50 charged in addition to tuition. (Alternate years)
1 64 Journalism and Communication
JOUR 356. Advanced Reporting (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 205.
Reporting public affairs and writing articles in special areas after extensive research,
interviews, and analysis: politics, government, law enforcement, society, science,
medicine, education, religion, the arts, recreation, business. Oral communication
emphasis: interviewing. (Alternate years)
JOUR 297/397. Practicum 1-8 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum.
Supervised work experience in print or broadcast journalism. At least 90 clock hours
of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Procedures and
guidelines are available from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to
this class, calculated according to the policy on page 236.
JOUR 423. Broadcast Programming 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 201.
A study of audiences and audience research, programming theories, and formats
used in modern broadcast program planning. Emphasis also given to current FCC
regulations and policies governing the broadcast industry. (Every third summer)
JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and the news
gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy, free press, fair- trial,
contempt of court, access to information, protection of sources, copyright law and
government regulation of the media.
JOUR 165/465. Topics in Communication 1-3 hours
Selected topics in broadcast journalism, print journalism, public relations, or related
areas of communication.
JOUR 487. History of Mass Communication (W) 3 hours
Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the present,
its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the mass media
system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, public relations, radio,
television and the impact of the media system on society. Oral communication
emphasis: Presenting reading and research reports. (Alternate years)
JOUR 488. Mass Communication and Society (W) 3 hours
This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examination of the
role and function of the mass media system in the United States; the concept of
social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical, social, economic and
political issues involved in the function of newspapers, magazines, radio, television,
advertising and public relations. Emphasis on reading, writing media critiques and
on analysis of concepts and ideas. The course also includes an introduction to
research methods for the study of mass communication. Oral communication
emphasis: Presenting reading and research reports. (Alternate years)
JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours
For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area
of the mass media. Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the
instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the project.
Journalism and Communication 1 65
JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours
Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in broad-
cast or news editorial journalism and departmental approval before arranging for
internship.
Students work at a newspaper, magazine, broadcast station, or other agency to
obtain on-the-job journalism experience, preferably during an eight- to 12-week
period the summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course
is taken. At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Procedures and
guidelines are available from the department. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to
this class, calculated according to the policy on page 236.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
PREL 234. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours
Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to the
historical development and contemporary practice of public relations; analysis of the
public relations role in business, industry and non-profit organizations and of the
functions and responsibilities of the public relations practitioner.
PREL 244. Personal Selling 2 hours
Principles and techniques of selling products and services based on understanding
of buyer behavior, time and stress management, and effective persuasion. (Alternate
years)
PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 3 hours
Advertising theories and principles; fundamentals of advertising copy writing, layout
and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for public relations and
marketing, (Alternate years)
PREL 354. Advertising Copywriting 2 hours
Principles and practices in writing and preparing advertising messages for the mass
media. Analysis of successful advertising copy as well as opportunity for students
to develop their own copywriting skills are part of the course. Social responsibility
and ethics of the advertiser and copywriter are an integral part of instruction.
(Alternate years)
PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 205 and CPTE 245/345.
Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach specified
audiences through mass media channels and through controlled media. Preparation
of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, audio- visuals, speeches and media
campaigns; planning and conducting special events.
PREL 368. Fund Development 1-3 hours
Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning,
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect lists,
writing proposals, identifying and training development leadership, working with
foundations. (Every third summer)
PREL 297/397. Practicum 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor before arranging for practicum.
Supervised work experience in public relations, advertising, or sales. At least 90
clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit.
Procedures and guidelines are available from the department A two-thirds tuition
waiver applies to this class, calculated according to the policy on page 236.
166 Journalism and Communication
PREL 406. Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours
Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of public
opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public response; characteristics
of publics and how they are influenced. (Alternate years)
PREL 482. The Public Relations Campaign 3 hours
The public relations function in the context of the organizational communications
and decision-making process. Application of communications theory and techniques
in developing both internal and external communications campaigns; selected case
studies. (Alternate years)
PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours
For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area
of public relations, advertising or marketing. Directed study topics will be selected
with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in
carrying out the project
PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours
Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in public
relations and departmental approval before arranging for internship.
Students work at a public relations office, department or agency to obtain on-the-job
public relations experience, preferably during an eight- to 12-week period the
summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course is taken.
At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Procedures and guidelines
are available from the department A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class,
calculated according to the policy on page 236.
WORKSHOPS
JOUR 175/475. Communication Workshop 1-3 hours
One semester-hour credit will be available for 40 clock hours of active participation
in workshops conducted by the department in such areas as free-lance writing, news
writing, video production, editing newsletters, crisis communication, public relations
writing, fund raising, writing for student publications, editing Btudent publications,
and advising student publications. Advanced students may earn additional credits
by completing a project started during the workshop. May be repeated for credit
(Summer)
(G-l) (G-2) (W) See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for explanation of General Degree and
General Education requirements.
Mathematics
Chair: Lawrence Hanson
Faculty: Robert Moore, Art Richert
Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical thinking
have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well-educated
people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention of a
place-value numeration system, the invention of the calculus, the develop-
ment of statistical inference, and more recently the development of
computers, to name just a few, are mathematical contributions to civiliza-
tion which have significantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science,
and technology of mankind.
The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing students to
mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, logical thinking
required to successfully apply them to a variety of problem-solving
experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal education of professional
mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of mathematics, and (4) providing
appropriate courses for users of mathematics.
ASSESSMENT
All mathematics majors are required to take the Educational Testing
Service Major Field Achievement Test in mathematics during the spring
semester of their senior year. The results of this examination. are used in
ongoing review of the curriculum in mathematics.
PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS
Major— B.A. Mathematics (30 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, coat. Hours
MATH 181 Calculus I 3 MATH 200 Elementary Linear Algebra 2
MATH 182 Calculus II 4 OR
MATH 218 Calculus III 4 MATH 319 Linear Algebra 3
MATH 216 Set Theory and Logic 2 MATH 411 Intermediate Analysis 3
MATH 318 Algebraic Structures 3 MATH 485 Mathematics Seminar 1
Required Cognates Hours Required Cognates, cont.
CPTR 131 Fundamentals for Prog I 3 *Two courses in any department having an oral
communication component. MATH 319, 415, and
485 have this component.
Major— B.S. Mathematics (40 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
MATH 181 Calculus I fc ~ 3 MATH 200 Elementary Linear Algebra 2
MATH 182 Calculus II 4 OR
MATH 218 Calculus III 4 MATH 319 Linear Algebra 3
MATH 216 Set Theory and Logic 2 MATH 411 Intermediate Analysis 3
MATH 317 Complex Variables 3 MATH 412 Intermediate Analysis 3
MATH 318 Algebraic Structures 3 MATH 485 Mathematics Seminar 1
Required Cognates Hours Required Cognates, cont.
CPTR 131 Fundamentals for Prog I 3 *Two courses in any department having an oral
PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 communication component. MATH 319, 415, and
PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2 485 have this component.
168 Mathematics
Secondary certification in Mathematics requires a baccalaureate degree
and completion of professional education courses (page 118) for licensure.
Students preparing for secondary teacher certification must include MATH
215, 415 in the major. See further explanations in the Education and
Psychology section, beginning on page 109.
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. or B.S. Mathematics
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
CPTR 131
Fund Prog I
3
CPTR 182
Calculus II
4
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
MATH 181
Calculus I
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area F-2, Family Sci
Area F-l, Behav Sci
3
OR
2
Area D-l/Beg For Lang
3
AREA F-3, Health Sci
16
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area D-l/Beg For Lang
3
15
See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
Minor — Mathematics (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
MATH 181 Calculus I 3
Upper Division Math Courses 6
Math Electives (UD or LD) 9
MATHEMATICS
MATH 080. Elementary Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit)
This remedial course covers the content of first-year high school algebra. It is
required of all students who meet NONE of the following criteria: 1) ACT math
standard score of 16 or above; 2) ACT math elementary algebra subscore of 8 or
above; 3) high school Algebra II with a grade of C or better. Tuition for three
semester hours will be charged for this course. (Spring)
MATH 090. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit)
Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption.
Number systems and their properties, exponents, and radicals, equations and
inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equations,
logarithms. Tuition for three semester hours will be charged for this course. (Fall)
MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption.
Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numeration
systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, metric system,
consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or minor in
mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MATH 120. Precalculus Algebra (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra or MATH 090.
The real and complex number systems; algebraic equations and inequalities;
functions and their graphs including polynomial, rational, exponential, and
logarithmic functions; conic sections. This course does not apply on a major or
minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
Mathematics 169
MATH 121. Precalculus Trigonometry (A-2) 2 hours
Pre- or eorequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent.
The trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions and their graphs, trigono-
metric equations and identities, trigonometric form of complex numbers, vectors,
and other applications. This course does not apply on a major or minor in mathe-
matics. (Fall, Spring)
MATH 181. Calculus I 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 120 or a high school precalculus course.
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions (non-trigonometric)
including limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem of calculus,
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. (Fall, Spring)
MATH 182. Calculus II 4 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 121 or equivalent and MATH 181.
Precise definitions of limits, calculus of the trigonometric functions, further topics
in differential and integral calculus, polar coordinates, analytic geometry, para-
metric equations, sequences, infinite series, Taylor series, vectors. (Spring)
MATH 200. Elementary Linear Algebra 2 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 181.
Systems of linear equations, matrices and determinants, vector spaces, linear trans-
formations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, applications. (Spring)
MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two years of
high school algebra, or MATH 090, or MATH 103.
An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organization and
analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions (binomial, normal,
Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and
regression, nonparametric statistics. (Fall, Spring)
MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 181.
An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of logic and
sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. (Spring)
MATH 218. Calculus III 4 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 182.
Partial derivatives, multiple integrals, vector calculus including Green's theorem,
Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. (Fall)
MATH 280. Applied Mathematics for Computer Science 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 120.
An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory,
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques,
and finite state automata. (Fall)
MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 182.
Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equations,
power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the Laplace
transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. (Spring)
170 Mathematics
MATH 316. Partial Differential Equations 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 315.
Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bessel
functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years)
MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 216, 218.
An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, including
mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the Cauchy Qoursat
theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent series, the theory of
residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years)
MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours
Prerequisites; MATH 216, 218.
The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years)
MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 181, 216.
Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of linear
equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and
eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years)
MATH 411-412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 216, 218.
The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, uniform
continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the derivative and
integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences and series of functions,
orderings. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years)
MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 181, 216.
Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry, finite
geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, geometric
transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry. (Fall, odd years)
MATH 465. Nursing Statistics 3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 090, or 103, or equivalent and permission from the Depart-
ment of Nursing and the Department of Mathematics.
Descriptive and inferential statistics with an emphasis on techniques and tests
which are most often used in nursing research. Topics are selected from the
following: organization and analysis of data, probability, various parametric and
nonparametric probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation
and regression. This course is designed for community registered nurses who are
working on advanced degrees, and is offered periodically at the request of the
Department of Nursing.
MATH 475. Mathematics in the Sciences 1 hour
Prerequisites: All mathematics and science courses required for the B.A. degree
in Social and Natural Science Studies.
A study of the relationship between mathematics and the sciences, the influences
each has had and continue to have upon the other, and applications of precalculus
mathematics to the life, physical, and social sciences. This course does not apply on
a major or minor in mathematics. (Spring, odd years)
Mathematics 171
MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff.
Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics including
topics in current mathematical literature. Mathematics majors obtaining secondary
certification must choose topics in the history and philosophy of mathematics, (Fall,
odd years)
MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty.
Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation with an
instructor. This course may be repeated for credit (On demand)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Mathematics 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and
evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. (Fall)
(A-2) (W) See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements.
Modern Languages
Chair: Helmut Ott
Faculty: Mari-Carmen Gallego
This department combines language study with overseas experiences
and other academic courses to administer an inter-disciplinary degree in
International Studies that will enhance students' ability to live and work
in an international setting. Students discover French, German, and Spanish
not only as living languages but also as reflections of the cultures and the
peoples they represent. The aim is to provide an aesthetic and historical
background and a practical linguistic skill in the event the student becomes
an overseas traveler or worker.
The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture should
be part of the background of educated persons, particularly those with a
sense of world mission. The Department of Modern Languages aspires
toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility to demonstrate good
will, whether as travelers and business people or as respondents to the
Master's gospel commission.
ASSESSMENT
The assessment of majors in International Studies consists of three
basic parts: First the candidates write gin evaluation of the departmental
program to state their perception of the program's effectiveness in
achieving its objectives. Second, the candidates take a departmental exam
to demonstrate their degree of success in achieving near native mastery of
the target language in the areas of listening, reading, writing, and
speaking. Third, the candidates take an oral examination focusing on their
knowledge and appreciation of the culture of the peoples who speak the
target language. A key element of this interview is the candidates' ability
to compare and contrast the target culture with their own, and to show
how they relate, contribute to, and enrich each other.
FOREIGN STUDY
Adventist Colleges Abroad. Southern College is a member of the
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of
French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign language
amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting.
The language schools operated by the following institutions are affiliates
of ACA in Austria, Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France,
Institut Adventiste, Collonges- sous-Saleve; in Spain, Colegio Adventista de
Sagunto, Sagunto; and in Argentina, Universidad Adventista del Plata.
Modern Languages 173
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN
International Studies
Major — B.A. in International Studies with emphasis in French,
German, or Spanish (36 Hours)
1. Language Component 24 hours
• The intermediate level of the target
language taken prior to the ACA
experience. 6 hours
• Language courses at the ACA campus
including at least 3 semester hours
in Culture and Civilization 18 hours
2. Humanities Component 12 hours
ART 345 Contemporary Art 3
ENGL 445 World Literature 3
HIST 389 Vienna to Vietnam § 3
RELT 368 Comparative Religions 3
TOTAL 36 hours
Major — B.A. International Studies, French Emphasis (36 Hours)
Required Courses Quarter Hours
FREN 207 Intermediate French 3 (sem)
FREN 208 Intermediate French 3 (eem)
FREN 211 Phonetics 2
FREN 221 Intermediate Composition 3
FREN 231 Intermediate Orthography 3
FREN 251 Intermediate Oral Exp 3
FREN 3*01 Advanced French 6
Required Courses Quarter Hours
FREN 321 Adv Composition I 3
FREN 351 Adv Oral Expression I 3
FREN 381 Survey of French Lit 2
FREN 471 French Civilization
OR 3
FREN 472 French Civilization
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. International Studies, French
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
FREN 101
Elementary French
3
FREN 102
Elementary French
3
HIST 175
World Civilization
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
OR
3
HMNT 205
Arts and Ideas
Another C-l Course
OR
3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
Another D-3 Course
MATH 103
Survey of Math
PEAC
PE Activity
1
OB
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
Area A- 2, Mathematics
OB
3
RELT 125
Teachings of Jesus
Another F-l Course
OR
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
Another B-l Course
OR
3
15
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Commun
_
16
Major — B.A. International Studies, German Emphasis (36 Hours)
Required Courses Semester Hours
GRMN 201 Grammar I 4
GRMN 207 Intermediate German 3
GRMN 208 Intermediate German 3
GRMN 211 Comp/Dictation I 2
GRMN 221 Conversation I 1
Required Courses, cont. Sem. Hours
GRMN 231 Rding/Pronunciation " 1
GRMN 301 Grammar II 4
GRMN 311 CompttHctation II 2
GRMN 321 Conversation II 1
GRMN 354 Surv of Grmn Lit 3
1 74 Modern Languages
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA International Studies, German
Same as French
(See Above)
Msgor — B.A. International Studies, Spanish Emphasis (36 Hours)
Required
Courses Quarter Hours
Required Courses, oont. Quarter
Hours
SPAN 201
Spanish Folklore
2
SPAN 331
Hist of Span Lit
SPAN 207
Intermediate Spanish
3(sem)
OR
3
SPAN 208
Intermediate Spanish
3 (sem)
SPAN 332
Hist of Spanish Lit
SPAN 251
Inter Spanish Grammar
4
SPAN 352
Adv Spanish Grammar I
SPAN 261
Inter Spanish Comp
2
OR
4
SPAN 271
Inter Span Conversation
2
SPAN 353
Adv Spanish Grammar I
SPAN 272
Inter Span Conversation
2
SPAN 362
Adv Span Comp I
SPAN 312
Spain & Its Culture
OR
2
OR
2
SPAN 363
Adv Spanish Comp I
SPAN 313
Spain & Its Culture
SPAN 372
Adv Spanish Conversation I
2
SPAN 373
Adv Spanish Conversation I
2
Sample
Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. International Studies, Spanish
Same ;
as French
(See
Above)
Minor — French, German or Spanish (18 Hours)
Required Courses
XXXX 207-208 Intermediate Language
Upper Division Language Courses
Elective Language Courses
The beginning language courses, 101-102, are excluded from the minor. Students desiring
a language minor must earn credits beyond the intermediate level either at ACA or in other
language programs previously approved by this department
DESCRIPTION OF COURSES
I. Courses Offered at the SC Campus
FRENCH
FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory
work is required. Ordinarily no credit will be allowed to students in elementary
modern language if they have passed two years of language at' the high school
level. Students who have not taken language during the previous four years may
enroll in FREN 101-102 by permission of the department (FREN 101 is offered
Fall; 102, Spring)
FREN 207-208. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, or a
. satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department.
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult mate-
rial; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (FREN 207 is offered
Fall; 208, Spring)
Modern Languages 1 75
GERMAN
GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory
work is required. Ordinarily no credit will be allowed to students in elementary
modern language if they have passed two years of language at the high school
level. Students who have not taken language during the previous four years may
enroll in GRMN 101-102 by permission of the department (GRMN is offered Fall;
102, Spring)
GRMN 207-208. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, or a
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department.
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (GRMN 207 is
offered Fall; 208, Spring.)
SPANISH
SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory
work is required. Ordinarily no credit will be allowed to students in elementary
modern language if they have passed two years of language at the high school
level. Students who have not taken language during the previous four years may
enroll in SPAN 101-102 by permission of the department. (SPAN 101 is offered
Fall; 102, Spring)
SPAN 207-208. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, or a
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department.
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (SPAN 207
is offered Fall; 208, Spring)
II. Courses offered at the ACA language schools
1- Institut Adventiste du Saleve
FREN 211. Phonetics 1-2 quarter hours
Familiarization with the French system of phonetics and the primary rules of
spelling. Includes exercises in transcription and a laboratory period.
FREN 221. Intermediate Composition 2-3 quarter hours
Fundamental principles of French composition and stylistics.
FREN 231. Intermediate Orthography 2-3 quarter hours
Practical application of French orthography,
FREN 251. Intermediate Oral Expression 1-3 quarter hours
For students having a basic knowledge of French. They will learn how to function
in a socially acceptable way in French culture by using the vocabulary, syntax, and
sentence structure studied in FREN 201 class in dialogues, role plays, and varied
activities.
1 76 Modern Languages
FREN 301. Advanced French 6 quarter hours
For students scoring sufficiently high on the placement test or those having
completed FREN 201.
FREN 321. Advanced Composition I 2-3 quarter hours
Techniques of composition, planning and organization, narrative procedures, de-
scriptions and development of ideas. Requirement for students preparing for the
Dipldme de Langue de P Alliance Francaise.
FREN 351. Advanced Oral Expression I 1-3 quarter hours
Students will develop their ability to express their ideas on different topics
concerning French culture and civilization through presentations.
FREN 381. Survey of French Literature 2 quarter hours
A survey of French literary masterpieces from the Middle Ages to the 20th
century.
FREN 471, 472. French Civilization 2-3,2-3 quarter hours
A study of the main artistic trends in French history and the importance and
influence of French culture from the Middle Ages to contemporary times. French
life today: intellectual, artistic, political, and religious.
2. Seminar Schloss Bogenhofen
GRMN 201. Grammar I 4 hours
Outline of German syntax with special attention to the peculiarities of the German
language and the difficulties in the declensions.
GRMN 211. Composition-Dictation 2 hours
Enlargement of the idiomatic use of the written language based on the previously
acquired grammatical knowledge of the German language. Short essays and precis.
Automatic usage of proper spelling. Training the ear to differentiate between the
various sounds of the spoken language.
GRMN 221. Conversation I 1 hour
Enlargement of the vocabulary touching on various aspects; practice dialogue
situations including the colloquial peculiarities and practice in the idiomatic use
of, the German language.
GRMN 231. Reading & Pronunciation I * 1 hour
Practicing German pronunciation and improving reading comprehension through
the analysis of the reading material.
GRMN 301. Grammar II 4 hours
Prerequisite: GRMN 201 or a sufficiently high score on the placement exam.
Advanced work in German syntax. Special practice in the grammatical use of the
verb and the most common form of sentence structure. Course may be repeated
with different content
GRMN 311. Composition-Dictation II 2 hours
Prerequisite: GRMN 211 or a sufficiently high score on the placement exam.
Advanced work on the idiomatic use of the written and oral language. Course may
be repeated with different content. '
GRMN 321. Conversation II 1 hour
Prerequisite: GRMN 221 or a sufficiently high score on the placement exam.
Advanced vocabulary training, including colloquial peculiarities. Course may be
repeated with different content.
Modern Languages 1 77
GRMN 354. Survey of German Literature 3 hours
A brief survey of German literature from the old German alliterative poems to
contemporary writings.
3. Colegio Adventista de Sagunto
SPAN 201. Spanish Folklore 2 quarter hours
Insight on the customs, traditions, holidays, costumes, music, songs, and dances
of the Spanish people with an in-depth study on individual regions.
SPAN 251. Intermediate Spanish Grammar 4 quarter hours
Review of grammar combined with oral and written practice at the intermediate
level.
SPAN 261. Intermediate Spanish Composition 2 quarter hours
Written Spanish with special emphasis on grammar, orthography, and syntax at
the intermediate level. At least one composition due each week based on everyday
topics.
SPAN 271, 272. Intermediate Spanish Conversation 2,2 quarter hours
Oral practice in class with emphasis on grammar, phonetics, and syntax at the
intermediate level. Lab required.
SPAN 312, 313. Spain and Its Culture 2,2 quarter hours
Lectures and readings on Spanish culture — its history, politics, arts, and
literature — with special emphasis on the Spanish way of thinking.
SPAN 331, 332. History of Spanish Literature 3,3 quarter hours
A general study of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to contemporary times.
Recommended for students with advanced Spanish language skills.
SPAN 351, 352, 353. Advanced Spanish Grammar I 4,4,4 quarter hours
An in-depth study of the Spanish grammar and syntax combined with both oral
and written practice.
SPAN 361, 362, 363. Advanced Spanish Composition I 2,2,2 quarter hours
Written Spanish with special emphasis on reading comprehension and
compositions which incorporate the usage and understanding of studied
grammatical structures. Compositions will be related to themes studied in class.
SPAN 371, 372, 373. Advanced Spanish Conversation 1 2,2,2 quarter hours
Attainment of a strong basic Spanish vocabulary with special emphasis on
grammatical structures and idioms, and an understanding of the different
speaking levels that exist within the language. Emphasis will also be placed on
being able to understand and participate fluently and with self-confidence in a
colloquial Spanish conversation. Lab required.
4. Universidad Adventista del Plata
Courses offered at the language school at this university correspond to those
offered at Saqunto with the exception that the courses in folklore, culture, and
literature are of Latin-America instead of being of Spain.
(D-l) See pages 25-29 for general education requirements.
Music
Chair: Marvin L. Robertson
Faculty: J. Bruce Ashton, Julie Boyd-Penner, Orlo Gilbert, Judith Glass,
Patricia Silver
Adjunct Faculty: Greg Bean, Daniel Bowles, Elaine Janzen, Nora Kile,
Bruce Kuist, Lynda Magee-Johnson, Jan Parisi, Mark Reneau, Sharon
Shuttlesworth-Reed, Gordon Stangeland
The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one of the
arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God and to
enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this philosophy, course
work is offered which meets the needs of the general college student as well
as music majors and minors.
The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the Bachelor
of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts degree in
music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and history, as well as
a high level of achievement in a major performance area. In addition, the
Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills necessary for teaching
music, with special emphasis on the training of teachers for the
Seventh-day Adventist school system.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of the
college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take written
and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a performance exami-
nation in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman standing as a
music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and MUPF 189.
Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be
obtained by writing the chair of the Department of Music.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary. (The latter may not be
used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examination
includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several moderately
easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmonization of simple
folk melodies. The functional piano examination should be passed during
the first week of the first semester in residence or the student must
register for applied piano instruction.(See Music Lesson Fees under
Financial Policies section of this CATALOG.)
Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for
fourteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice per
lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following a jury
examination at the end of each semester.
Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except for the
student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and senior
recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to meet this
requirement will nullify music major status.
Music 179
Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to
participate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12
or more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are
exempted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must,
however, complete eight hours of appropriate ensembles. Appropriate
ensembles are defined as follows: string majors, Symphony Orchestra; wind
and percussion majors, Concert Band; voice majors, Southern Singers;
keyboard majors, any of the above. Students are encouraged to participate
in a variety of other ensembles as time permits.
ASSESSMENT
The Department of Music has an ongoing program of student
assessment. This program includes the following:
1. JURY EXAMINATIONS
Progress in the area of a music major's applied music concentration is
monitored through the jury performance examination required of each major
at the end of each semester.
2. JUNIOR STANDING
Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sophomore
year. These requirements are as follows:
a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Arts degree and
2.50 for the bachelor of Music degree.
b. A grade point average of 2.50 in all music courses.
c. completion of the functional piano requirement.
d. Completion of MUCT 111-112,121-122.
e. Completion of at least four hours of credit in the student's applied music
concentration area.
Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result in the
student's receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, Bachelor of
Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail. Junior Standing
requirements must be met at least two semesters before graduation.
3. SENIOR RECITAL
All music degree candidates will present a senior recital. The student must
be registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior recital.
Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may be partially
fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music performance.
4. SENIOR ASSESSMENT EXAMINATION
During the senior year each graduating senior will take the nationally
standardized Major Field Achievement Test. The results of this examination
will be used to help determine the effectiveness of the music program and the
competency level of the graduates.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM
The Bachelor of Music degree in music education meets state and
denominational certification requirements. Students must apply for
admission to the Teacher Education Program through the Department of
Education and Psychology prior to taking education courses. Each student
180 Music
will be responsible to determine the additional courses that may be
required for certification in the state of his/her choice. This information
can be obtained at the Department of Education and Psychology.
State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education
majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at the
480 level.
The following general education requirements apply only to students
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree:
A. Basic Academic Skills 9 hours
1. English 6 hours
2. Mathematics 3 hours
B. Religion 12 hours
1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 6 hours
2. Religion: RELT 138, 255 6 hours
C. History 6 hours
D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts 6 hours
1. Literature 3 hours
2. Speech 3 hours
E. Natural Sciences . . . . 8 hours
1. Biology 0-3 hours
2. Chemistry 0-3 hours
3. Physics 0-3 hours
P. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 2 hours
1. Health Science: HLED 173 2 hours
G. Activity Skills 2 hours
1. Recreational Skills 2 hours
TOTAL 45 hours
Music Core (33 Hours)
Required Courses Hours Required Courses, cont. Hours
MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 6 MUHL 320-323 Music history courses 8
MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II 2 MUPF 477 Instr Conducting Techniques 3
MUCT 211-212 Adv Music Theory III, IV 6 MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques
MUCT 221 222 Adv Aural Theory III, IV 2 MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging 3
Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano proficiency
examination. Four (4) hours of keyboard secondary may be used in lieu of the
proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard may not be used as part
of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General Endorsement.
Vocal/General Endorsement (31 Hours)
A. Applied Music Concentration Voice
Applied Concentration , 14 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Vocal and General Methods including:
MUED 231 Music & Movement 2 hours
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
MUED Elective 2 hours
MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar . 1 hours
MUPF 227, 228 Singers Diction 2 hours
Music 181
B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard
Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours
Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Vocal and General Methods including:
MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 hours
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration)
OR
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy (Organ Concentration) .... 2 hours
MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours
Service Playing (Organ Majors Only) 2 hours
Instrumental Endorsement (35 Hours)
Applied Music Concentration
(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Secondary Instrument Instruction
(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) .... 6 hours
Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours
MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours
Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement
An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided both
are represented.
Education Core (26 Hours)
Before taking education courses, the student must apply to the
Education and Psychology Department for admission to the Teacher
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must
apply to the Education and Psychology Department for admission to the
professional semester.
Required Courses Hours
EDUC 135 Introduction to Education ' 2
EDUC 217 Psych Foundations of Education 2
EDUC 240 Ed for Excep Child and Youth 2
EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2
EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Ed 2
Required Courses, cont. Hours
EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2
EDUC 422 Behavior Mgmnt for Adolescents 2
EDUC 434 Beading in Content - Secondary 2
EDUC 469 Enhanced Stu Teaching K-12 10
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.Mus. Music Education
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
EDUC 135
Intro to Education
2
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
ENGL 101
Collegia Composition
3
MUCT 112
Music Theory II
3
HIST
Area C-l, Elective
3
MUCT 122
Aural Theory II
1
MUCT 111
Music Theory I
3
MUPF189
Applied Concentration
2
MUCT 121
Aural Theory I
1
Music Ensemble
1
MUPF189
Applied Concentration
2
KELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
Music ensemble
1
16
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon
3
16
182 Music
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed to
give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of man.
Major — B.A. Music (40 Hours)
Required Courses
MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II
MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II
MUCT 211-212 Music Theory III, IV
MUCT 221-222 Aural Theory III, IV
MUCT 313
MUCT 413
MUHL320
Orchestration & Arranging
OR
Analysis of Music Form
Chant to Chanson, 600-1450
rs
Required Courses, oont. Hours
6
MUHL 321
Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 2
2
MUHL322
Suite to Sym Poem, 1700-1900 2
6
MUHL 323
Diverse Musical Systems 2
2
MUPF 189
Concentration 1-2
MUPF389
Concentration 1-2
3
Music Ensembles ??
Upper Division Elect ivee 14
A student must complete all general education requirements of the college. The
foreign language recommended is either French or German.
Sample
i Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. Music
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
MUCT 111
Music Theory I
3
MUCT 112
Music Theory II
3
MUCT 121
Aural Theory I
1
MUCT 122
Aural Theory II
1
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration —
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration-
Instrument/Voice
1
Instrument/Voioe
1
Music Ensemble
1
Music Ensemble
1
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area B, Religion
3
Minor or Elective
6-3
Minor or Elective
2
15
15
Minor — Music (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I and.II 6
MUHL 115 Listening to Music 3
MUPF 189 Concentration 2
MUPF 477 Instrumental
OR 3
MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques
Required Courses, oont.
Upper Division Electives
Music Elective
CHURCH MUSIC
MUCH 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours
An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church with
particular emphasis on hymnology. (Spring)
MUCH 315. Church Music Materials and Administration 3 hours
The study of worship philosophies, denominational political hierarchies, liturgies,
ensemble organization, appropriate music literature for performance and adminis-
trative procedures. Students are required to prepare service music for services of
various denominations.
Music 183
MUSIC THEORY
MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours
A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not apply
toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. (Spring,
Summer)
MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination.
A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and visually
comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from one to four
voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall, Spring)
MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours
A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills related to the
materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take this concurrently
with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring)
MUCT 211-212. Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: MUCT 111-112.
An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in MUCT
111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, Spring)
MUCT 221-222. Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours
Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 211-212.
Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. This is a computer
assisted course. (Fall, Spring)
MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours
Prerequisites: MUCT 111-112.
The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and band
instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumental chamber
groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and analysis of scores
is emphasized. (Spring, even numbered years)
MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours
Prerequisites: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor.
An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to the
more complex music of all historical periods. (Fall, odd numbered years)
MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content to be
arranged. Approval must be secured from the department chair prior to
registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUSIC EDUCATION
MUED 136* String Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of the Btringed instruments, including methods and materials for class and
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required.
(Spring, even numbered years)
MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, fingerings,
practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of literature for the
instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and
private instruction is required. (Fall, even numbered years)
184 Music
MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic technique,
and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments and evaluation
of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required.
(Spring, odd numbered years)
MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for class and
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required.
(Fall, odd numbered years)
MUED 231. Music and Movement: A Sequential Approach 2 hours
A survey of the structure of music including music fundamentals, movement to
music, performance skills, listening skills, and the integration of music into life
activities.
MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours
Prerequisite; Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; planning
a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including technic, repertoire,
and musicianship. Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, odd numbered
years) .
MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of instructor.
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; testing
and classification of voices; physiological and psychological problems of voice
production and diction. Observation and teaching are required. (Spring, odd
numbered years)
MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours
Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent.
Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompaniment of
church services; registration of organ literature on various types of organs.
Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, even numbered years)
MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including curricu-
lum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters related to
student teaching. (Spring)
MUSIC HISTORY
MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours
A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musical styles,
and forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are required. Does not
apply toward a music major. (Fall, Spring)
MUHL 320. Chant to Chanson, 600 to 1450 (D-3) (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
The development of musical style, beginning with plainsong and its notation, and
continuing with the growth of polyphony and the appearance of secular forms.
Special emphasis will be given to the evaluation of modern editions of music,
particularly of the Ars Nova, and to investigation of problems in performance
practice. (Fall, odd years)
Music 185
MUHL 321. Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 (D-3) (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
National styles of composition throughout the Renaissance and the emergence of
new ideas, particularly the monodic revolution and its resulting new form, opera.
The development of the theory of common practice and the major changes in
notational methods, as well as a survey of evolution of musical instruments during
this period. (Spring, even years)
MUHL 322. Suite to Symphonic Poem, 1700-1900 (D-3) (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
The centrality of sonata form as the basis of chamber and orchestral literature; the
appearance of significant small forms (as the lied and the piano piece); the analysis
of representative works from all major schools. (Fall, even years)
MUHL 323. Diverse Musical Systems, 1900-present (D-3) (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
A study of systems replacing tonality, including aleatoric and dodecaphonic to
minimalistic; broadening of musical bases, such as the influence of folk music and
non- Western theories. Projects suitable for this semester might include studies of
women in music, American music, or minorities. (Spring, odd years)
MUHL 465. Topics in Music 1-3 hours
Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for
credit.
APPLIED MUSIC
MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours
Beginnmg voice and beginning piano only. A nunimum of four hours of practice
and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring)
MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour
lesson and a ininimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing.
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour
lesson and a niinimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 227. Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour
A study of the pronunciation of English and Italian. (Fall, odd numbered years)
MUPF 228. Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour
A study of the pronunciation of German and French. (Spring, even numbered
years).
MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor.
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-liturgical
services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, conducting from
the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection of appropriate preludes,
offertories, and postludes. Performance experience required. (Fall, Spring)
186 Music
MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189.
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor.
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures,
and instrumental problems. Experience in conducting instrumental ensembles is
included. (Fall, odd numbered years)
MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor.
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures,
and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is included. (Spring,
even numbered years)
Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the College as
elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music major or minor may
not apply these toward his applied music concentration. Students desiring to
study organ must pass the Functional Piano Examination.
Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music major and
minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the examination for
freshman standing. Jury examinations are required with these course numbers.
The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, classical
guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, oboe, clarinet,
saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone tuba, and
percussion instruments.
CHORAL ENSEMBLES
Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. Each
ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit each
semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, including dress
rehearsals, is required.
Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and sponsored
by the members of the music faculty.
MUPF 118/318. Schola Cantorum (G-l) 1 hour
A small mixed-voice choir which specializes in performing sacred music of the
Renaissance, Baroque, and Romantic eras.
MUPF 148/348. Something Special (G-l) 1 hour
A small mixed-voice choir which performs both sacred and secular music in many
styles. The music is frequently choreographed.
MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour
A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods.
Music 187
MUPF 168/368. Southern Singers (G-l) 1 hour
A large mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods.
MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour
A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, musical
productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This course does not
fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. (Fall, Spring)
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through audition.
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit each
semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required.
Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble
participation requirement for music majors except those taking a keyboard
concentration. Music majors other than those taking a keyboard concentration
who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience credit must be registered con-
currently in Concert Band or Symphony Orchestra.
Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and sponsored
by members of the music faculty.
MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour
(Fall, Spring)
MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour
(Fall, Spring)
MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour
A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring)
(D-3) (G-l) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation for General Education requirements.
NONDEPARTMENTAL COURSES
COOP 265/465. Cooperative Education 1-6 hours
This course allows students to receive credit for work experience. The assignments
must be a specific program designed as an internship with an agreed upon
description of the type of work, arrangements for supervision, and methods of
evaluation. A two-thirds tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated according to
the policy on page 236. One hour of credit requires a minimum of 40 work hours.
A maximum of six credit hours of cooperative education may be applied to a major.
FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours
This class is administered by the Nursing Department.
A general education course introducing a student to the basic principles of human
nutrition. Includes study of the nutrients and the requirements for different age
groups and normal physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and
sociological influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. Q. White. (Fall,
Spring)
HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours
This class is administered by the History Department.
A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and the arts
will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and literature. Students
may participate in activities involving specific art forms. Resource persons may
assist as available. This course is also offered by the History Department as part of
the European study tour program during selected summer sessions,
HMNT 150/350. International Travel 1 hour
One credit hour is available to participants in college tours outside the United
States. The trip must last seven days excluding travel to and from the tour location,
and must include a minimum of 20 hours in museums, historical sites, concerts,
drama, and sightseeing. Students will submit written summaries/reflections of their
experiences. Credit for this course is not granted simultaneously with credit earned
in other tour classes. A complete tuition waiver applies to this class, calculated
according to the policy on page 236.
HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour
This class is administered by the History Department.
A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science that have
shaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern Scholars pro-gram
during their junior or senior year. Open to other students with permission of
department chair. A complete tuition waiver for this class applies to Southern
Scholars students only, calculated according to the policy on page 236.
LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 1 hour
This class is administered by the McKee Library faculty.
Designed for student library assistants. The course presents the basic concepts of
library services and the skills needed for efficient use of library materials. The
student will be required to complete eight separate modules of study pertaining to
the organization of the library and the use of general and special reference works
commonly found in a college library. This course is required of all public services
library workers. (Fall)
NONDEPABTMENTAL COURSES 189
LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 2 hours
This class is administered by the Education and Psychology Department.
Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and reading
that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through critical
evaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of books and
materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers.
LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours
This class is administered by the English and Speech Department
Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12.
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific needs
of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills. Develops an
appreciation for books and readings that can dynamically involve both young adults
and adults. (Spring)
NOND 099. Student Missions Orientation hours [Noncredit]
This class is administered by the College Chaplain.
A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences,
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social and
monetary problems, personal qualifications for service, and relevant denominational
policies for overseas service. The class is required by the General Conference of
Seventh-day Adventist for those under appointment as student missionaries. The
class is also a prerequisite for students participating in the North American Division
Task Force Program. (Spring)
NOND 227-228. Christian Service I, II 6,6 hours
This class is administered by the College Chaplain.
Prerequisite: KELP 099.
A two-semester sequence for elective credit only, designed for student participants
in the North American Division Task Force and Student Mission Program. The
credit is primarily field work characterized by Christian witnessing and other
assignments. Other activities may be designated. Students may earn six credit hours
by completing one semester or twelve credit hours by completing a fuD academic
year. Periodic reports from the students and on-site supervisors may be required.
A 90 percent tuition waiver applies to this class, according to the policy on page
236. The policy for tuition refunds applies. The date the college receives notification
of withdrawal will be the official withdrawal date. May not be repeated for credit.
(D-3) (F-3) (G-3) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Nursing
Chair: Katie Lamb
Collegedale Faculty: Carolyn Achata, Pam Ahlfeld, Caroline
McArthur, David Gerstle, Lorella Howard, Bonnie Hunt, Connie
Hunt, Phil Hunt, Barbara James, Laura Nyirady, Dana Reed,
MaryAnn Roberts, Kathy Schleier, Shirley Spears, Jean Springett,
Judy Winters
Collegedale Adjunct Faculty: Bodil Morris, Linda Sanders, Jane
Wright
Orlando Faculty: Flora Flood, Millie Preussner, Erma Webb
Blake/Bayonet Point Adjunct Faculty: Edward Mattea, Linda Fowler,
Delia Underwood
The nursing program at Southern College is a 2+2 program that leads
to a baccalaureate degree in nursing with the option to exit at the associate
degree level. The holders of an associate degree from a state approved
program in nursing may progress into upper division nursing. Licensed
diploma graduates and associate degree graduates from a non-NLN
accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis.
The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state board
examinations to become a registered nurse.
A well-equipped learning center and a skills laboratory are provided to
assist students in learning experiences.
ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS
The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an in-depth
study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. Diploma
graduates will be required to participate in validation procedures designed
to evaluate their previous program of study.
A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each
year with a limited number of students due to available clinical facilities
and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size.
POLICIES
Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately mature
to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility for their
learning and professional behavior.
The Department of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies of
the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations as
outlined. The programs on the main campus and all extension campuses
are governed by the same policies.
Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the students
enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be expected to
provide their own transportation or make arrangements to share this
expense with fellow students in the same course.
Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost of
nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing Education
Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see Special Fees and Charges
under Financial Policies section of bulletin).
Nursing 191
The Tennessee State Board of Nursing and other State Boards reserve
the right to deny licensure in their states if the applicant has an unresolved
felony on record in any state. The Nursing Department reserves the right
to deny admission to or remove students from the nursing program who
have records of misconduct, legal or otherwise, that would jeopardize their
professional performance.
The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or withdraw
courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program.
ACCREDITATION
The programs in nursing are fully accredited by the National League for
Nursing. They are recognized by the Board of Regents of the Department
of Education of the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, Florida
Board of Independent College and Universities, and approved by the
Tennessee Board of Nursing.
ASSESSMENT
The Department of Nursing has an ongoing assessment program. Each
AS degree student is required to write standardized NLN examinations at
specific intervals. Upon completion of the required nursing courses, a
comprehensive nursing examination is given. The national NCLEX-RN
licensure examination is written upon graduation. The Tennessee State
Board of Nursing requires an annual pass rate of 86% for first time writers
on the NCLEX-RN licensure examination in order for a school to be eligible
for continued approval.
To help the B.S. graduates to evaluate their academic progress and to
aid the department in evaluating teacher effectiveness, each student during
the spring semester of their senior year will be required to:
1. Write a self-analysis
2. Complete an end-of -program survey
3. Complete an exit examination
PROGRAMS IN NURSING
Major— B.S. in Nursing (62 Hours)
(Includes 28 hours of AS. level courses)
Required Courses £
A.S. Level Courses
NRSG 320 Medical/Surgical Nrsg
NRSG 325 Adv & Pathologic Prin of
Human Physiology
NRSG 326 Prof Concepts & Issues
NRSG 327 Nursing Assessment
Required Courses, cont. Hours
NRSG 335 Community Health Nursing 6
NRSG 389 Pharmacology 3
NRSG 484 Current Trends in Nrsg Prac 3
NRSG 485 Management 3
NRSG 497 Nursing Research Methods 3
Electivee 2
Required Cognates Hours
BIOL 101-102 Anatomy & Physiology 6
BIOL 225 Microbiology 4
CHEM Ul Survey of Chemistry I 3
CHEM 112 Survey of Chemistry II 3
CHEM 114 Survey of Chemistry Lab 1
ENGL 101-102 College Composition 6
Required General Education Hours
MATH 215 Statistics (Required) 3
PEAC 125 Conditioning (Required) 1
Area B, Religion 9
Required Cognates, cont.
FDNT 125 Nutrition
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology
RELT 373 Christian Ethics
SOCI 125 Introduction to Sociology
SOCI 349 Aging and Society
Hours
3
3
3
3
3
Required General Education
Area C-l, History
Area C or D
Area D, Lang/Lit/F Arts
Hours
192 Nursing
Required Courses Hours
NRSG 213 Nrsg of Childbearing Family 4
NRSG 217 Mental Health Nursing 4
NRSG 320 Medical Surgical NRSG III 8
Required Cognates Hour*
PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3
SOCI 125 Intro to Sociology 3
Major— A.S. Nursing (34 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
NRSG 105 Foundations of Nursing 7
NRSG 108 Nursing Trends 1
NRSG 114 Medical Surg Nursing I 5
NRSG 115 Medical Surgical Nrsg II 5
Required Cognates Hours
BIOL 101-102 Anatomy & Physiology 6
BIOL 225 Microbiology 4
FDNT 125 Nutrition 3
Required General Education Hours
ENGL 101-102 College Composition 6
Area B, Religion
(Including a RELB course) 6
Area C, History 3
Contact the Nursing Department for a suggested sequence of courses.
♦Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program will be considered
to have met the general education requirements for the first two years of the
program, with the exception of history/humanities and English. If Area C-1 or
ENGL 101-102 courses were not included in the associate degree program, they
must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general education
requirements. A maximum of 72 semester hours will be accepted from a college
where the highest degree offered is the associate degree.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The fined decision on acceptance and continuation in nursing is made by
the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is not the
equivalent of acceptance to the Department of Nursing. Minimum require-
ments for admission to nursing courses are listed below:
1. Acceptance to Southern College.
2. Having a diploma from a four-year accredited high school or the
equivalent.
3. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fit-
ness. Further references or information may be required regarding
character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a question in these
areas.
4. Students whose native language is not English must achieve at least
550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).
5. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout the
nursing program.
6. Foreign student transcripts will be evaluated by World Education
Services. The cost for this evaluation will be paid by the applicant.
The number of credits accepted for transfer to Southern College may
vary from those listed on the evaluation, in accordance with the
policies of Southern College.
Associate Degree
1. High school grade point average of 2.50 minimum (on a 4.00 scale)
on solids (math, science, English, history, foreign language).
2. Two semesters of high school chemistry with a minimum grade of
"C" or CHEM 111 with a minimum grade of "C."
Nursing 193
3. Minimum ACT standard enhanced score of 16 in Math, 20 in
Reading, and 19 in English and composite.
4. If the high school GPA or the Enhanced ACT scores are below the
minimum requirement, it will be necessary for the student to take
a minimum of 12 semester college hours for two semesters main-
taining a grade point average of at least 2.70 on a 4.00 scale in
required courses leading to nursing (including three hours each of
English and math).
5. Science credits (Anatomy & Physiology, Chemistry, Microbiology,
Nutrition) earned more than eight years prior to admission will not
be accepted. Applicants may choose to validate knowledge by exam-
ination or by repeating the course.
6. Students with previous college work must have a minimum current
and cumulative grade point average of 2.70 on a 4.00 scale in nurs-
ing cognate and solid courses (math, science, English, history,
foreign language) before being considered for clinical nursing
courses.
7. ACT scores are required of all nursing students.
8. Transfer students from another nursing program will be evaluated
individually and accepted on a space available basis.
9. A student who has successfully completed a practical nurse program
and NRSG 103, Associate Nurse Perspectives, may receive seven (7)
credit hours of advanced placement in nursing and will articulate
directly into the second semester of nursing. The student becomes
a part of the generic associate degree program after articulating into
the second semester of nursing.
10. ACT-PEP examinations in Anatomy and Physiology (6 credits) and
microbiology (3 credits) will be accepted as an alternative method of
college credit for LPNs if these credits are already on the transcript
when applying to the nursing program.
The following should be sent by March 1 to the College Director of
Admissions: (1) application to the college (2) application to the Department
of Nursing (3) high school and college transcripts (4) ACT scores. It is the
applicant's responsibility to see that all application materials are received
by the Nursing Department prior to the deadline.
Students accepted to clinical nursing are required to send an advance
payment of $300 to hold their place in the class. This payment also serves
as the first semester's Nursing Education Fee and is in addition to the
regular Advance Payment of $2,000.
Baccalaureate Degree
Students wishing to enter the baccalaureate level nursing courses must
send an application to the department's Coordinator of Admissions. Upon
acceptance to upper division nursing, courses currently listed in
the catalog will be required of all students.
Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are as
follows:
1 . Minimum grade point average of 2 .50 for lower division in nursing with
no grade below a "C."
2. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50 with no grade below
"C" for lower division cognate courses.
194 Nursing
3. For the B.S. one-year curriculum track, a minimum grade point
average of 2.70 for nursing and courses leading to the B.S. degree and
holds a license to practice professional nursing.
4. Experience:
A. Applicant who has graduated within five years prior to application:
1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references are
required from basic nursing program.
2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are
required from employer(s). Students who have graduated within
the previous twelve months will be exempt from the work
requirement.
B. Applicant who has graduated more than five years prior to
application:
1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in nursing for
each five years since graduation and one year must be in the last
five years.
2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are
required from employer(s).
5. Nursing Credits:
Graduates of NLN accredited AA/AS and Diploma Nursing
Programs:
When entering the B.S. nursing program, a transfer student will
have placed in escrow 28 credits of lower division nursing and 6
credits of upper division nursing (NRSG 320). After successfully
completing 10 semester hours of upper division nursing at Southern
College, these credits in escrow will be placed on the transcript as
accepted credits toward a B.S. degree with a major in nursing.
The 6 credits of upper division nursing (NRSG 320) in escrow policy
applies to Southern College A.S. graduates prior to 1991.
Graduates of non-NLN accredited AA/AS and Diploma programs:
Prior to registering for upper division nursing courses, the student
must take the Nursing Mobility II examination and a validation
examination for NRSG 320. This policy applies to ALL Diploma
graduates after 1999.
Students are responsible for the cost of taking the examination(s) and
the fee charged by the college for recording advanced credit on the
transcript.
6. General Education and Cognates:
ACT-PEP examinations in Anatomy and Physiology (6 credits) and
microbiology (3 credits) will be accepted as an alternative method of
college credit for RNs if these credits are already on the transcript
when applying to the nursing program.
A. Associate Degree
Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will be
considered to have met general education requirements for the first
two years of the program with the exception of History/Humanities
and English provided that criterion #2 has been met. If Area C-l
or ENGL 101, 102 courses were no included in the Associate Degree
program, they must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of
Science degree general education requirements.
Nursing 195
B. Diploma Graduate
1. Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required at
Southern College if received from an accredited senior or junior
college or by examination according to the policy state in the
CATALOG.
2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed before
entering junior nursing courses. General education requirements
may be taken concurrently.
C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level nursing
courses.
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS
Associate Degree
1. A grade of at least "C" (2.00) is required in each nursing course for
progression and/or graduation.
2. A grade of at least "C" is required in each nursing cognate with a
minimum cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 on a 4.00
scale in the cognates for progression in nursing. Cognate courses are
BIOL 101, 102; FDNT 125; PSYC 128; BIOL 225; SOCI 125.
3. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a nursing
course. Repeats may be in the following combinations: one nursing
course and one cognate course, or two cognate courses.
4. Students who do not complete a semester or progress with their class,
cannot be assured placement in their choice of a subsequent course.
5. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 is required in both
nursing and cognates for graduation.
6. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on stan-
dardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in the
program will be required if the required performance level is not
achieved.
7. Any remedial contracts must be fulfilled prior to progression or
graduation (see Nursing Student Handbook).
8. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is
. enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be approved
by the Nursing Department Chair.
Baccalaureate Degree
1. A grade of at least "C" (2.00) is required in each nursing course for
progression and/or graduation.
2. A grade of at least "C" is required in each nursing cognate with a
minimum cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 on a 4.00
scale in cognates for progression in nursing. Cognate courses are
CHEM 111, 112, 114; KELT 373; SOCI 349.
3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50 is required in both
nursing and cognates for graduation.
4. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a nursing
course. Repeats may be in the following combinations: one nursing
class and one cognate course, or two cognate courses.
5. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be approved
by the Nursing Department chair.
196 Nursing
Readmisaion
1. Acceptance to Southern College.
2. Submit a nursing reapplication form to the Nursing Department at
least one semester prior to re-entering the program.
3. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale is required for
readmission to the nursing program.
4. Meet specified requirements as set forth by the department relating to
the individual applicant.
5. A personal interview with a designated nursing faculty member.
6. If a lapse of time greater than two years occurs in a student's program
of study, prior nursing credits will not be accepted unless an applicant
can validate nursing knowledge through written examination and
clinical performance (for associate degree only).
NURSING
NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour
Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPN program;
Nursing Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic skills common to
all areas of nursing.
This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical Nurse for
advanced placement and career mobility.
NRSG 105. Foundations of Nursing 7 hours
Prerequisites: Chemistry (high school or equivalent), BIOL 101.
Corequisites: FDNT 125; BIOL 102; PSYC 128.
This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, spiritual and develop-
mental aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding and utiliza-
tion of the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills common to all areas
of nursing. Four and three-fourths theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Fall)
NRSG 108. Nursing Trends 1 hour
An introduction to the profession nursing, including an overview of nursing history,
nursing organizations, education, legal and ethical issues, and opportunities of the
profession. It will provide an understanding of the associate nursing role,
familiarize the student with philosophy of spiritual care, and give an orientation to
the program and its philosophy and organizing structure. (Spring)
NRSG 114. Medical-Surgical Nursing I 5 hours,
Prerequisites: BIOL 102; FDNT 125; PSYC 128; NRSG 105.
Corequisite: NRSG 108.
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing which
include selected basic needs of individuals (across the life span) at various points
on the wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected
medical-surgical problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote physical, *
psychosocial, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist in rehabilitation.
Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring)
NRSG 115. Medical-Surgical Nursing II 5 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 102; NRSG 105; Corequisite: NRSG 103.
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing continuing
with individuals (across the life span) needs at various points on the wellness-
illness continuum. This includes focusing on the nursing process as applied to
individuals experiencing select medical/surgical interferences of increased
complexity; promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health; intervening in
illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and
one-fourth hours clinical (Spring)
Nursing 197
NRSG 213. Nursing of the Childbearing Family 4 hours
Prerequisites: PSYC 128; NRSG 115.
This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care of child-
bearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, spiritual, and
developmental health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during and
immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process. Two and one-half
hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. Course includes a speech component.
(Fall)
NRSG 217. Mental Health Nursing 4 hours
Prerequisites: NRSG 115; PSYC 128.
This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing process
in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis on specific
psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness continuum. Two and
one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical. (Fall)
NRSG 255. Perioperative Nursing 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 101-102, 225; NRSG 104, 105.
An introduction to perioperative nursing. The course provides opportunity for
applying theory and knowledge of basic sciences to practice; thus, enabling the
nurse to care effectively for the client before, during, and after surgical
intervention. (Theory 2 hours, Clinical 1 hour) (Spring).
NRSG 265. Women's Issues (F-3) 3 hours
A study of current topics affecting women's general health. The content will focus
on physical, psychosocial, and spiritual issues. For Non-nursing students only.
(Spring)
NRSG 310. Parish Nursing 3 hours
Prerequisites: NRSG 335 or NRSQ 346 and 346 (Orlando Center).
A course designed to provide opportunity for the nurse to use independent judge-
ment in developing a health ministry in local church communities. Course content
and skills are designed to prepare the nurse to perform in the roles of educator,
consultant, and counselor on health-related issues for church members and staff.
A variety of experiences will be chosen from clinical settings such as hospices,
hospital chaplaincies, and church organizations. Two hours theory, one hour
clinical. (Offered alternate years)
NRSG 320. Medical-Surgical Nursing III 8 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 225; NRSO 213, 217.
This course provides students with theory and practice of utilizing the nursing
process in dealing with complex needs related to physical, psychosocial, spiritual,
and developmental aspects of individuals (across the life span) who have acute
medical-surgical interferences. The student is introduced to leadership concepts.
Four hours theory, four hours clinical. (Spring)
NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic Principles
of Human Physiology 4 hours
Pre- or eorequisite: CHEM 112/114.
This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with clinical
practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic interferences, and to
move toward more independent predictive care of clients. Four hours theory.
(Spring)
198 Nursing
NRSG 326, Professional Concepts and Issues 2 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 320
A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition of
learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate
approach to nursing. Focus will be on the development and presentation of concepts
and current issues related to professional nursing. In order to meet the objectives
of the course, a field trip may be required. Course includes a speech component.
(Fall)
NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment ' 4 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 320; Pre- or eorequisite: NRSG 326.
This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the expanding
role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to develop advanced skills
in utilizing the nursing process through history taking, physical examination,
health planning, and counseling of the patient/client. Three hours theory, one hour
clinical. Two all-day clinical experiences are required. (Fall)
NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours
Pre- or corequisitea: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with emphasis
on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their optimal level of
functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course combines community
and mental health concepts. Three hours theory, three hours clinical. Course
includes a speech component. (Spring)
NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours
Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on commu-
nity assessment and working with groups. One and one-half hours theory, one and
one-half hours clinical (Orlando Center only)
NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours
Prerequisites: NRSG 346; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with emphasis
on moving individuals, families and communities toward their optimal levels of
functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course combines community
and mental health concepts. One and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hours
clinical. Course includes a speech component (Orlando Center oiuy)
NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours
Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and CHEM 112/114.
Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications, pharma-
cokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. (Spring)
NRSG 465. Topics in Nursing 1-3 hours
Selected topics designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty
areas of Nursing not covered in regular courses. This course may be repeated for
credit
NRSG 484. Current Trends in Nursing Practice 3 hours
Prerequisites: Senior standing and hold an RN license.
This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of specialized
interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical competence. The choices of
clinical areas may be limited due to the number of students in the semester. Con-
tent will focus on updating major theoretical areas and clinical skills. One and one-
half hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. (Spring)
Nursing 199
NRSG 485. Management 3 hours
Prerequisites: NRSG 326 Senior standing and hold an RN license.
This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independent judgment
in developing beginning management skills. This goal will be accomplished
primarily through the leadership modes, management and administrative
experiences in selected clinical areas. Two hours theory, one hour clinical. In order
to meet the objectives of the course, a field trip may be required. (Spring)
NRSG 497. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 215; ENGL 102.
Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including framework
for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The student plans a
research proposal. The course is designed to give the student the concepts,
methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and application of research and
evaluation. Three hours theory. (Fall)
NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval of department chair.
Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the department prior
to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be earned. The area of
directed study will appear on the transcript No more than six hours directed study
may be applied toward a degree.
(F-3) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
THE ORLANDO CENTER
Mqjor — U.S. in Nursing
A part-time program is offered. Admission and progression requirements are
the same as those on the main campus. All diplomas and official transcripts are
issued from the parent campus. For information contact:
1. Southern College of SDA - Orlando Center
653 Lake Estelle Drive
Orlando, FL 32803
Erma Webb, MSN, RN, Coordinator
(407) 897-1890
2. Southern College of SDA— HCA Blake Campus
2020 59th Street, W
Bradenton, FL 34209
Southern College of SDA— HCA Bayonet Point/Hudson Campus
14000 Fivay Road
Hudson, FL 34667
Nancy Haugen, MSN, RN, Coordinator
(813) 792-6611 Blake Campus
(813) 863-2411 Bayonet Point Campus
3. Linda Marlowe, Admission Coordinator for all campuses
Southern College of SDA
EO. Box 370
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370
(615) 238-2941
Physics
Chair: Ray Hefferlin
Faculty: Orville Bignall, Henry Kuhlman, Cyril Roe
Adjunct Research Faculty: George Viktorovich Zhuvikin
Many doors of service await students who study physics. SC physics
major graduates have become academy and high school teachers, and pro-
fessors and researchers in physics, in America and overseas. Also, one or
more of them has served as aerospace researcher for the Apollo project,
anesthetist, chemical researcher, computer systems manager, computer net-
work manager at large factory, corporation pilot, dentist, family-practice
medical doctor, full-time homemaker, geologist, historian of science,
instructor for fossil-fuel power-plant operators, instructor for nuclear-
reactor operators, lawyer, mathematician, nuclear-plant walk-down
engineer, oceanographer, oil-drilling engineer, planner for Space Station
Freedom, radiologist, reliability designer for long-distance telephone
systems, radio station engineer, and researcher in educational statistics.
ASSESSMENT
To help the graduates in Physics evaluate their academic progress and
to aid the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, each senior is
required to:
1. Take the physics portion of the GRE. A score above the 35th
percentile is necessary for recommendation for graduate study.
2. Take PHYS 480 and do original research as a prerequisite.
Alumni are surveyed and studies are prepared comparing GRE results,
careers, and graduate-study success. Information gained from the assess-
ments and studies is used to evaluate departmental programs.
PROGRAMS IN PHYSIC S
Major— B.A. Physics (30 Hours)
Strongly Recommended Elective! Hours
TECH 174 General Metals 3
PHYS 400 Physics Portfolio 1
Required Courses Hours
PHYS 137
Intro to Physics 3
PHYS 155
Descript Astronomy:
Creation & Cosmology 3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics 6
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab 2
PHYS 310
Modern Physics 3
PHYS 311-312
General Physics Cal Appli 2
PHYS 412
Quantum Mechanics 3
PHYS 480*
Scientific Writing 1
Physics Electives 7
•Satisfies the writing and speech components of the major.
Physics 201
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
B.A. Physics
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester Hours
CPTR106
Intro to Spreadsheets
1
CPTR 105
Intro to Word Processing 1
CPTR 107
Intro to Data Base
1
ENGL 102
College Composition 3
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
MATH 121
Precalculus Trigonometry 4
MATH 120
Precalculus Algebra
3
PHYS155
Descrip Astronomy 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area F-2, Fam Sci OR
Area CM, History
3
14
Area F-3, Hlth Science 3
14
Major — B.S. Physics (40 Hours)
Hours
6
2
3
2
3
3
6
Strongly Recommended Electives
CPTR 105 Intro to Word Processing
CPTR 106 Intro to Spreadsheets
CPTR 107 Intro to Data Base
CPTR 425 Computer Graphics
TECH 174 General Metals
Hours
1
1
1
3
3
Required Courses
PHYS 211-212 General Physics
PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab
PHYS 310 Modern Physics
PHYS 311-312 General Physics Cal Appli
PHYS 412 Quantum Mechanics
PHYS 413 Analytic Mechanics
PHYS 414-415 Electrodynamics
PHYS 418-419 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 6
PHYS 295/495 Directed Study 1-3
OR
PHYS 297/497 Undergrad Research 1-2
PHYS 480* Scientific Writing 1
Physics Electives 5-7
Students are expected to become student members of the American Physical Society and
to purchase a book of mathematical tables or a computer-based mathematics resource.
*PHYS 480 satisfies the writing and speech components of the major.
Sample
s Freshman Year Sequence
B.S.
Physics
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
MATH 181
Calculus I
3
MATH 182
Calculus II
4
PHYS 211
General Physics
3
MATH 216
Set Theory & Logic
2
PHYS 213
General Physics Lab
1
PHYS 212
General Physics
3
AreaC-1, History
3
PHYS 214
General Physics Lab
1
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
2
15
Area B, Religion
3
16
Minor— Physics (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
Physics Electives 12
Upper Div Physics Courses 6
Major— BA. Physics, Teacher Certification, 7-12
Secondary certification in Physics requires a baccalaureate degree and
completion of professional education courses (page 118) for licensure. Students
preparing for secondary teacher certification must also take BIOL 103; CHEM
111-112; ERSC 105; and KELT 317 or 318 or 424. See explanations in the
Education and Psychology section.
The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission to
the Teacher Education Program before the end of the sophomore year. At the
end of the junior year application must be made to do student teaching.
202 Physics
Required Courses Hours
PHYS 137 Intro to Physic* 3
PHYS 155 Descriptive Astronomy 3
PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6
PHYS 213-214 General Physics Lab 2
PHYS 310 Modern Physics 3
Required Cognates Hours
CHEM 111-112 Survey of Chemistry 6
ERSC 105 Earth Science 3
BIOL 103 Principles of Biology 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
PHYS 311-312 Gen Physics Calculus Appli 2
PHYS 400 Physics Portfolio 1
PHYS 412 Quantum Mechanics . 3.
PHYS 480 Scientific Writing 1
Physios Elective* 6
Select One of the following : Hours
PHYS 317 Issues in Phy Sci/Religion I 3
PHYS 318 Issues in Phy Sci/Religion II 3
BIOL 424 Issues of Nat Sci ft Religion 3
PHYSICS
PHYS 137. Introduction to Physics (£-3) 3 hours
An introduction to physics presented in an integrated manner which seeks to
ensure that the student sees physics holistically. The theory (which normally takes
place as classroom instruction) and practice (normally done with sample homework
problems ,and in laboratory experiments) are as much as possible blended for each
unit of the course. Interactive software packages may be used for some units.
Satisfies the requirements for some Allied Health fields at some schools; does not
apply on a B.S. major in physics.
PHYS 138. Introduction to Physics Applications (£-3) 1 hour
Prerequisites: Concurrent enrollment in PHYS 137 or previous enrollment and
permission of instructor.
Additional theory and practice at the level of PHYS 137, oriented toward applica-
tions in the Health sciences. Meets once a week.
PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy:
Creation and Cosmology (£-3) 3 hours
Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date line and
calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, energy processes
in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity (?) and expansion (?) of
the universe. Cosmology, the formation and subsequent histories of the solar
system and the earth, radioactive dating, life on other worlds, as seen from
observational and Biblical perspectives. Three hours lecture each week, with
optional opportunities for an observation period.
PHYS 199. Concepts of Physics (E-3) 1 hour
Prerequisite; MATH 121 concurrently.
An introduction to selected topics which often cause difficulty in PHYS 211, 212,
such as torque and angular momentum, and relativity. Does not count on a B.S.
major in physics. (Spring and fourth summer session)
PHYS 211-212. General Physics (£-3) 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 120, 121.
The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light,
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic science
requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a laboratory science
if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours
Prerequisite; Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212.
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to familiarize
the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a systematic devel-
opment of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, Spring)
Physics 203
PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 181, 182.
The origins of modern physics, quantum theory, the theory of relativity, nuclear
physics. Three hours lecture each week. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS
325. (Fall)
PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 181; previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212.
Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral
calculus will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 311-312 will
have taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus. Two class periods per
week. (Spring)
PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 182.
Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed from the
standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light. Laboratory
experience is available in PHYS 325. (Spring, even years)
PHYS 315. Laboratory Astrophysics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 155, 211-212, 213-214, 311-312.
Interpretation of spectral line and band wavelengths, profiles, and intensities in
terms of stars' composition, temperature, pressure, motions. Design of laboratory
experiments to obtain atomic and molecular constants. Systematics of atomic and
molecular data. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 497.
PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 315.
See MATH 316 for course description.
PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours
Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of
college physics or chemistry.
The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because they
conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or because they
conform to one's understanding of Scripture. Non-logical factors in the acceptance
of scientific statements as authoritative. Application of the scientific method to
technology-related problems of global significance. Does not apply to a major or
minor in Physics.
PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (E-3) 3 hours
Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of
college physics or chemistry.
The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of design to
comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday world and on the
subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with the unknown (by deter-
minists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving problems mathematically), with
any one of several aspects of physics, or with God's continual upholding of natural
process. Does not apply to a major or minor in Physics.
PHYS 325. Advanced Physics Laboratory I 1 hour
Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310.
Laboratory experiments pertinent to areas of physics except electricity and
magnetism. Meets once per week.
PHYS 326. Advanced Physics Laboratory II 1 hour
Prerequisites: PHYS 213-214, 310.
Laboratory experiments pertinent to electricity and magnetism. Meets once a week.
204 Physics
PHYS 400. Physics Portfolio 1 hour
Each student majoring in Physics may compile a portfolio consisting of records of
participation in professional activities as suggested by departmental faculty and as
initiated by the student. Examples of activities include but are not limited to the
following: attendance at club meetings, professional film showings, visiting-scientist
seminar, and research review sessions, reading of journals and bookB, participation
at professional meetings, preparation for graduate school and for employment, and
lists of concepts or new ideas. The portfolio is reviewed upon the student's
registration for this course during the senior year. The grade earned for this credit
will depend upon the persistence of the student in participation during his/her stay
at Southern College and during summers, and upon the breadth and depth of the
entries. It also depends upon the student having his/her portfolio reviewed by the
Department at the end of each preceding semester, and the extent to which the
Department's suggestions on those occasions are implemented.
PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of instructor.
A study of gases, kinetic theory, and quantum statistics. Emphasis is placed on
being able to use thermodynamics data in the literature. Three hours of lecture
each week. This class is not open to students who have taken CHEM 411.
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 497. (Fall, even years)
PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of instructor.
The limits to classical physics; wave packets, the Schroedinger equation,
eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, one-dimensional potentials, the solution of the
Schroedinger equation in spherical-polar coordinates for the hydrogen atom;
electron spin and the Pauli requirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with
applications to states of light atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and
molecules, Hueckel and LCAO methods. This class is not open to students who
have taken CHEM 412. (Spring, odd years)
PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 182, 218, 315 (MATH 316, 317,
318, 319, 411-412 desirable).
The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked using
the techniques of differential equations in the Newtonian, Lagrangian and
Hamiltonian forms. Special functions, vector theorems, transforms, and tensors are
introduced as needed. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 325. (Fall, odd
years)
PHYS 414-415. Electrodynamics 3 ( 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319,
411-412 desirable).
Analysis of electrical circuits, electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and the motion
of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent prediction of electro-
magnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and nuclear theory are stressed.
Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, and special functions may be used.
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 326. (Fall, even years; Spring, odd
years)
Physics 205
PHYS 418-419. Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310, 311-312, 412; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319,
411-412 desirable)
The structure of quantum mechanics; review of the Thomson, Bohr, and Fermi-
Thomas models; operator methods; operators, matrices, and spin; time-independent
perturbation theory; corrections to the hydrogen-atom treatment; other atoms and
the periodic table; emission and absorption of radiation from atoms; collision
theory; elementary particles and their symmetries; group dynamics approach to
particle classification. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years)
PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour
Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and research
journals. Practice in scientific meeting oral and poster-session presentation. The
student must have done some original research of an experimental, computational,
or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in this course. PHYS 295/495 and
297/497 exist to fulfill this requirement and there are numerous opportunities with
pay at universities and national laboratories during the student's junior-senior
summer. (Fall)
PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs
in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to registration. This
course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned in
accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student. May be repeated for up
to four hours. (Fall, Spring; May be accomplished on a co-op basis during the
summer.)
EARTH SCIENCE
ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours
A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, to the
areas of physical geography, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration is
given the environment — conservation or pollution of natural resources. (Fall,
Spring)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Physics 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and
evaluating student performance, the survey and evaluation of textbooks.
(E-3) (E-4) (W) See pages 25-29 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Religion
Chair: Jack J. Blanco
Faculty: Ron Clouzet, Ron du Preez, Norman R. Gulley, Donn
Leatherman, Derek J. Morris
Adjunct Faculty: Douglas Bennett, Bruce Norman, Ken Rogers, Leo
Van Dolson
Advisory Council — Ministerial Recommendations: SC Religion Faculty,
Presidents of Conferences within the Southern Union, Southern
Union Ministerial Directors, Vice President for Student Services,
Director of Student Finance and Accounts, head deans of the two
dormitories, college chaplain, college church pastor
As an integral part of Southern College the Religion Department has
been given the responsibility by the Board of Trustees to continue to
prepare young men and women in theology for the Seminary, the field, and
religious education for denominational schools. It also has been asked to
provide a degree in Religious Studies and courses in general religion for all
students. Courses are designed to enhance their commitment of students
to Jesus Christ and their involvement in the mission of the Seventh-day
Adventist Church.
MISSION STATEMENT
The Religion Department seeks to provide general education courses
that will encourage students to experience an ongoing saving relationship
with Jesus Christ, that will enable students to live responsibly and ethically
in harmony with the Holy Scriptures and that will further their under-
standing of the Christian beliefs and values of the Seventh-day Adventist
Church.
In addition, the department seeks to provide programs in theology,
religious education, and religious studies of a quality that will enable its
graduates to find employment and/or enter graduate programs in these or
other fields and that will equip them to apply the knowledge and skills of
their major field in "real world" situations.
DEPARTMENTAL GOALS
General Education Courses
1. To provide instruction in the Scriptures that enhances an intelligent
faith in Jesus Christ.
2 . To encourage development of a set of values that will provide a basis for
moral decision-making in the Christian life. *
3. To acquaint the students with the teachings, history, and global mission
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Theology
1. To provide an adequate pre-Seminary training in biblical backgrounds,
languages, history, theology, and church ministries to meet entrance
requirements to the MDiv degree program offered by Andrews
University.
2. To provide instruction and practical experience in church ministries and
public evangelism as outlined in the requirements of the Certification
for Ministry.
Religion 207
3. To provide professional training that prepares graduates to serve the
church effectively in their chosen career.
Religious Education
1. To prepare the student for state and church certification (in cooperation
with the Department of Education and Psychology) on the elementary
or secondary levels.
2. To support candidates in meeting the requirements of the Education
and Psychology Department and its certifying officer by offering a
course in Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible and by supervising
student teaching.
3. To qualify students to pursue graduate work in biblical and religious
studies.
Religious Studies
1. To provide a basic course in biblical and religious studies without
meeting the professional requirements of the other two majors.
2. To provide a major for students who are involved in preprofessional
programs or who elect a double major, one of which is Religion.
3. To prepare students to become well-informed, local church leaders.
DEPARTMENTAL EFFECTIVENESS
The Religion Department is committed to develop an ongoing assess-
ment and strategy to measure its effectiveness in harmony with the
Mission Statement of Southern College, its own mission statement, and the
recommendation of the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools.
Faculty Assessment
Effectiveness of the department's faculty and program is directly or
indirectly assessed by:
1. Student evaluations of all classes administered regularly through the
office of the Vice President for Academic Administration.
2. Departmental majors in the final semester of their senior year.
3. The annual meeting of the faculty with the Chair of the Board and the
presidents of conferences within the Southern Union.
4. The yearly meeting of the Ministerial Training Advisory Committee
(MTAC) of the North American Division at the Seventh-day Adventist
Theological Seminary of Andrews University which coordinates the
ministerial programs of all Religion Departments through their
respective chairs.
Student Assessment
The quality of the department's graduates as well as its general
students is assessed by:
1. A 16PF taken by all Theology majors in their sophomore and senior years
with norms arrived at by extensive research of the performance of success-
ful Adventist pastors. If a student's scores differ greatly from these norms,
the faculty member assigned to administer the test meets with the student
to discuss potential difficulties and to suggest strategies for improvement.
This may involve referral to a professional for personal or career counseling.
208 Religion
Classes in Homiletics, Church Ministry, Interpersonal Ministry, and the
Summer Field School of Evangelism measure the student's proficiency in
those areas. A performance evaluation is submitted by the instructor (s) and
kept in the student's file for future reference. This may involve referral to
a professional for personal or career counseling.
2. The 16PF is administered by the Department of Education and Psychology
to all Religious Education majors. If the student's scores indicate potential
difficulties, the Department of Religion is asked to assist in strategies for
improvement.
3. A cumulative record of Religious Studies majors is kept as a source of
information and recommendation. This record includes data needed for
academic advisement and guidance for graduate work or placement.
4. The religion portion of the annual assessment testing program is prepared
by the General Education Committee and is administered to all students
through the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration.
NOTE: A summary of the evaluations referred to above will be made available in the form of
a check sheet to prospective employers who request it and will be signed by the
department chair on behalf of the Religion faculty. The department itself cannot
guarantee employment.
PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Admission to Theology Program
Students seeking admission to the Theology Program must make formal
application the first semester of th£ sophomore year. (Upper class transfer
students must apply during the first semester in residence.) A program of
evaluation by the instructors of the student's over-all potential for success
in ministry, including consideration of his or her academic progress,
emotional stability, social and professional skills precedes individual
acceptance as a Ministerial Trainee. If at any time, after being admitted to
the Theology Program, trainees give evidence of failing to maintain
commitment to the criteria or preparation for ministry, they forfeit their
standing as trainees and the department's recognition in their senior year
as Ministerial Candidates. Theology students must have 55 hours with a
2.50 overall GPA and have taken the department's 16PF to be eligible to
be recommended for acceptance as Ministerial Trainees. Acceptance into
the ministerial program as a trainee or a candidate is required for the
completion of the major in Theology. Students not accepted into the
program may choose to complete a major in Religious Studies.
Ministerial Certification and Endorsement
Students wishing to be recommended by the department for denomina-
tional employment as ministerial candidates must fulfill the following
requirements:
1. Successfully complete the 30-hour B.A. major in Theology.
2. Fulfill requirements for a minor in Biblical Languages.
3. Complete classes for Ministerial Certification.
4. Take required cognates.
5. Pass exit examinations with a score of 70 or above.
Religion 209
Students may apply to the department for variances #2, #3, and #4,
provided they meet the following qualifications:
1. Must have attained the age of 35 years prior to enrolling.
2. Must transfer a minimum of 43 semester hours applicable to the
program.
3. Must have been active in church work and be recommended by their
local conferences for ministerial training on the basis of this work.
4. Must have individualized study programs approved by the department
prior to being recommended for ministerial candidacy.
Directed Field Education
The department requires field education of Theology majors. These
experiences are designed to enhance professional development by acquaint-
ing the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of ministry, to
provide a laboratory for working with experienced pastors and lay leaders
in visitation of both active and inactive members, and to allow experience
in preaching to area congregations. These experiences are necessary before
the student can be recommended by the department for church employ-
ment.
Summer Field School of Evangelism
Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for two months each
summer under the direction of the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-
day Adventists and the Department of Religion. All Theology majors are
required to participate in one such crusade. The department will offer six
hours of academic credit in public and personal evangelism and the
Southern Union will provide a scholarship for those who are approved by
the faculty to participate. Students planning to take the Summer Field
School program must have 55 hours with a 2.5 cumulative GPA and RELP
321, 322 to be recommended for admittance. Applications and scholarship
information may be obtained from the departmental secretary. Additional
evangelistic opportunities for individual students and student teams may
be made available upon approval of the department to accommodate
requests from the conferences within the Southern Union.
Admission to Religious Education Program
The Religious Education Program is coordinated with the Department
of Education and Psychology for the college. Planning for certification by
the states and/or endorsement by the Seventh-day Adventist church for
Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education and
Psychology Department, both for admission to the Religious Education
program in the sophomore year and to the professional semester before the
senior year.
The criteria for admission to Religious Education, requirements for
secondary Bible teaching, and policies and procedures related to student
teaching may be found in the college catalog under the Department of
Education and Psychology and obtained from the secretary of the
department in Summerour Hall.
210 Religion
Teacher Certification and Endorsement
Those seeking Tennessee State Certification must fulfill requirements
listed on page 118 of this catalog.
Admission to Religious Studies
The Religious Studies major is chosen by students interested in pursu-
ing a degree other than a Theology or Religious Education degree, or by
students preparing for professional fields such as medicine, dentistry, law,
and other graduate studies.
It is a 124-hour liberal arts major and provides a balanced selection of
both biblical studies and theology courses. The four-year degree candidate
may apply the required 12 hours of General Education courses in religion
toward the hours needed for the major, thus reducing the number of extra
courses needed to qualify.
General Education Courses in Religion
The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal commit-
ment to serve family, church, community, and the world. Six semester
hours of religion are required of the two-year graduate, and 12 semester
hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one three-year course
per year which may be selected from any of the religion courses offered.
Bachelor degree students must take at least three semester hours at the
upper division level. (Detailed information on General Education
requirements are found in the college catalog.)
Graduation Requirements
The candidates for graduation in the program for Theology must have
a 2.00 overall, a 2.25 in their major and in the area of candidacy in order
to graduate, and a 2.50 overall for Seminary entrance. In addition to their
major they must have 20 hours in Biblical Languages, 24 hours in pro-
fessional training, and 12 hours in cognates to qualify for Ministerial
Candidacy. They must also give evidence of moral, physical, social, and
intellectual fitness and demonstrate professional commitment in order for
the department to recommend them as prospective ministerial employees.
Those students pursuing the Religious Education major must have a
2.00 overall and a 2.50 in education and in the field of certification as
outlined by the Department of Education and Psychology. The Religious
Studies candidates for graduation, from the Department of Religion, must
have a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 overall and a 2.25 in their
major as outlined in the college catalog. All majors must take their
respective exit examinations and pass with a score of 70 percent or above
prior to graduation.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS
The bachelor of arts degree in Theology and Religious Education
requires courses in biblical studies and religion of which three are
introductory with others covering the Old and New Testament, the
prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, and the Fundamental Beliefs of
Seventh-day Adventists in the light of Christian Theology.
Religion 211
Major — Theology and Religious Education (30 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 3
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3
RELB 345 Old Testament Studies I (W) 3
RELB 346 Old Testament Studies II 3
RELB 425 Studies in Daniel 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3
New Testament Studies I 3
RELB 435
RELB 436
RELT 484
RELT 485
New Testament Studies II (W) 3
Christian Theology I 3
Christian Theology II 3
Major— Theology (30 Hours)
Must also include 20 hours in Biblical Languages, 24 hours for Certification
for Ministry, and cognate requirements as follows:
Minor In Biblical Languages Hours
RELL 251-252 Biblical Hebrew 3,3
RELL 271-272 Elements of NT Greek I, II 4,4
RELL 311-312 Inter NT Greek 1 ,11 3,3
Certification for Ministry Hours
RELP 273 Interpersonal Ministry
RELP 321 Intro to Biblical Preaching
RELP 322 Inter Biblical Preaching
RELP 423 Advanced Biblical Preaching
RELP 424 Evangelistic Preaching
Certification for Ministry cont.
RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II
RELP 465 Personal Evangelism
RELP 466 Public Evangelism
RELT 265 Spiritual Formation I
Hours
3,3
3
Required Cognates (Count toward General Education)
HIST 364-365 Christian Church 1,11 3,3
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology 3
RELB 301 Biblical Exegesis 3
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Guidelines for Gen Ed Elect Ives Hours
ACCT 103 College Accounting 3
CPTR 105 Word Processing 1
EDUC 134 Prin of Christian Education 2
ENGL 335 Biblical Literature * 3
Guidelines for Gen Ed Elective* Hours
HLED 173 Health and Life 2
MUHL 215 Music in the Christian Church 2
RELP 354 Intro to Pastoral Counseling 3
SOCI 223 Marriage and the Family 2
Note: The department recommends that those majoring in Theology not simultaneously take RELL
251-252, Biblical Hebrew, RELL 271-272, Elements of Greek, or RELL 311-312, Intermediate
Greek.
Sample Freshman year Sequence
BA Theology
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101 College Composition
PEAC 125 Conditioning
RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus
Area A-2 Math
3
1
3
3
ENGL 102 College Composition
PSYC 124 Intro to Psychology
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage
RELT 265 Spiritual Formation I
3
3
3
1
Area E-4, Science
Area G-2, Skills
3
3
16
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking
Area E, Science
3
3
16
Major — Religious Education (30 Hours)
Must include 28 hours in Education and cognate requirements as follows:
Professional Education Reqmnts Hours
EDUC 135 Intro to Education 2
EDUC 217 Psych Found of Ed 2
EDUC 240 Educ for Excep Childr & Yth 2
EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2
EDUC 325 Philosophy of Christian Ed 2
EDUC 356 Classroom Assessment 2
Professional Education Reqmnts Hours
EDUC 422 Behavior Mgmt for Adolescents 2
EDUC 432 Reading in Content - Secondary 2
EDUC 437 Curricul and General Methods 1
EDUC 438 Curricul Content Methods/Bible 1
EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Tchng 7-12 10
212 Religion
Required Cognates Hour*
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
RELB 301 Biblical Exegesis 3
RELL 271-272 Elements of NT Greek, I, II 4,4
RELP 321 Intro to Biblical Preaching 2
RELP 322 Inter Biblical Preaching 2
Guidelines for General Ed Elective*
ACCT 103 College Accounting
HLED 173 Health and Life
RELP 354 Intro to Pastoral Counseling
SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication
Hours
3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BA Religious Education
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
|
[ours
EDUC 135
Intro to Education 2
EDUC 217
Psych Foundations of Ed
2
ENGL 101
College Composition 3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning 1
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
RELB 125
Life & Teachings of Jesus 3
RELT 265
Spiritual Formation I
1
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage 3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Area A-2 Math 3
Area E-4, Science
3
16
16
Major — Religious Studies (30 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 3
RELB 345 Old Testament Studies I (W) 3
RELB 346 Old Testament Studies II 3
RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3
RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3
Required Cognate
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Speaking 3
Required Courses, cont. Hours
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3
Christian Beliefs 3
Comparative Religions (W) 3
Christian Ethics 3
RELT 255
RELT 368
RELT 373
RELT 467
Phil and the Christian Faith (W) 3
Sample Freshman Year Sequence
BJV. Religious Studies
1st Semester
Hours
2nd Semester
Hours
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
ENGL 102
College Composition
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
RELB 125
Life & Teachings of Jesus
3
RELT 265
Spiritual Formation I
1
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Area A-2 Math
3
Area E-4, Science
3
Area G-2, Skills
3
16
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
3
16
MINORS IN RELIGION, BIBLICAL
LANGUAGES, AND PRACTICAL THEOLOGY
Minor— Religion (18 Hours)
Required Courses Hours
RELB 125 Life & Teachings of Jesus 3
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3
AND
Upper Division Courses 6
Religion Electives 6
One Course Chosen from : Hours
RELP 273 Interpersonal Ministry 3
RELP 354 Intro to Pastoral Counseling 3
RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3
RELP 468 Health Evangelism 3
RELT 317 Issues in Physical Science I 3
RELT 318 Issues in Physical Science II 3
RELT 424 Issues in Natural Science 3
Those seeking state certification and/or denominational endorsement
for teaching in other areas could, with careful selection, also acquire a
minor in Religion.
Religion 213
Minor — Biblical Languages (20 Hours)
This minor requires 20 hours from RELL 251-252, Biblical Hebrew; 271-272,
Elements of New Testament Greek; and 311-312, Intermediate New Testament
Greek. •
Minor— Practical Theology (19 Hours)*
Required Courier Hours Required Courses Hours
BELP 273 Interpersonal Ministry 3 HELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II 3,3
BELP 321 Intro to Biblical Preaching 2 BELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3
BELP 322 Inter Biblical Preaching 2 BELP 466 Public Evangelism 3
♦Non-theology majors must obtain permission from the Religion Department.
BIBLICAL STUDIES
RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours
A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis on His
teachings as they apply to the personal, social, and religious problems of the
individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELB 175* Acts of the Apostles (B-l) 3 hours
A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including an
introduction to the characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest Christian
communities and the theological development of the gospel by the early church.
(Fall)
RELB 301. Biblical Exegesis (B-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: One year of Biblical language.
This course is to introduce the student to Biblical Exegesis (i.e. the application of
.the principles of hermeneutics) in passages of the Bible that are representative of
the various literary genres found in the Old and New Testaments. The objective is
to acquaint the student with the various presuppositions that determine the choice
of hermeneutical approaches to the text; with guidelines (rules) for each step of the
interpretation of the text; and to provide an opportunity for involvement in the
process of biblical exegesis. (Fall, Spring as needed)
RELB 335. Archeology and the Bible (B-l) 3 hours
A study of cultures, customs, languages, and rituals that throw light on the
understanding of Scriptures based on archeological and other ancient material
which, interpreted from the viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its accuracy and
authenticity. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer)
RELB 345. Old Testament Studies I (B-l) (W) 3 hours
An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major division of the Old
Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical
setting, and significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. Various
approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be surveyed. (Fall, Summers as
needed)
RELB 346. Old Testament Studies II (B-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament.
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting, and
significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, Summers as
needed)
214 Religion
RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours
Recommended: HIST 174, 175.
A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover their
meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, Summers as needed)
RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours
Recommended: HIST 174, 175.
A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical fulfill-
ments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special message for our day.
(Spring, Summers, as needed)
RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours
A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of the following epistles in the order
of their composition: Galatians, I and II Thessalonians, I and II Corinthians, and
James. Includes a background survey of the book of Acts. (Fall, Summers as needed)
RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours
A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, Pastoral, and
General epistles, (excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, Summers as needed)
RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by
the chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
BIBLICAL LANGUAGES
RELL 251-252. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 3,3 hours
A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical Biblical
Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work required. (Fall,
Spring)
RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours
A study of grammar of the vernacular (koine) Greek of New Testament times,
with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work required. (Fall, Spring)
RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours
A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of (koine) Greek with transla-
tion of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the Pauline Epistles.
(Fall, Spring)
RELL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by
the chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
PROFESSIONAL TRAINING
RELP 251. Introduction to Youth Ministry (B-3) 3 hours
This course will explore the Biblical basis for a specialized ministry to children,
youth, and young adults. The students will become acquainted with current
research, contemporary approaches, and available resources to enhance ministry to
youth. Practical experience in area churches will be required. (Fall)
Religion 215
HELP 273. Interpersonal Ministry 3 hours
The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in pastoral
visitation with special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members. Laboratory work
in area churches will be required. (Fail)
KELP 321. Introduction to Biblical Preaching 2 hours
Prerequisite: SPCH 135.
This introductory course examines the foundations for effective Biblical preaching.
Attention will be given to the call and preparation of the preacher, principles of
Biblical hermeneutics, the elements of sermon formulation, and principles of sermon
delivery. A topical, biographical, or narrative sermon will be preached and analyzed
in a peer review setting. (Fall)
KELP 322. Intermediate Biblical Preaching 2 hours
Prerequisites: RELB 301 and RELP 321.
This course focuses on the preparation and delivery of expository sermons.
Attention will be given to the discovery of the exegetical idea of the text, the
formulation of the homiletical idea, and how to preach with conviction. Expository
sermons will be preached and analyzed in a peer review setting. (Spring)
KELP 354. Introduction to Pastoral Counseling (B-3) 3 hours
This course is an introduction to pastoral redemptive care. Visitation to correctional
and rehabilitation centers, hospitals, and nursing homes will be required. This
course is not designed as an introduction to professional counseling. (Spring)
KELP 423. Advanced Biblical Preaching 2 hours
Prerequisite: RELP 322.
This course explores further methods of expository preaching such as narrative and
induction. It also focuses on preaching for special needs and situations, and the
development of sermonic series emphasizing the great themes of Scripture. Sermons
will be preached and analyzed in a peer review setting. (Fall)
KELP 424. Evangelistic Preaching 2 hours
Prerequisite: RELP 423.
This course concentrates on the development and delivery of soul-winning sermons
with emphasis on decision. Instruction will include sermon preparation for an
evangelistic series. Sermons will be preached in a peer review setting. (Spring)
KELP 451. Church Ministry I 3 hours
An introduction to church ministry, this course focuses on the responsibilities of
clergy and laity, including the call to discipleship and/or ministry, the study of
denominational polity, the administrative structure of the church on all levels, and
the relationship of the local church to the community. Laboratory work in area
churches will be required. (Fall)
KELP 452. Church Ministry II 3 hours
Consideration is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as pastoral
care, administration, leadership in worship, and conducting baptisms, weddings,
anointing services, funerals, etc. Laboratory work in area churches will be required.
(Spring)
KELP 465. Personal Evangelism (B-3) 3 hours
Attention will be given to the principles and practice of one-to-one evangelism, the
presentation of the gospel, and the giving of Bible studies. The giving of such
studies will be modeled in class and field work with local churches will be required.
Theology students must take this course immediately preceding RELP 466, Public
Evangelism. (Spring)
216 Religion
RELP 466. Public Evangelism
Prerequisite: RELP 465. 3 hours
A study of the principles employed in preparing and conducting public evangelistic
meetings. The student will learn how to plan, develop, and hold an evangelistic
series. This course is available only in connection with the Field School of
Evangelism. The consent of the Religion Department must be obtained prior to
enrollment. A total tuition waiver applies to this class according to the policy on
page 236. (Summer)
RELP 468. Health Evangelism (B-3) 3 hours
A study of the concepts and methods of creating witnessing opportunities through
taking advantage of the current interest in preventive health practices and lifestyle
changes. The objective of these concepts and methods is to obtain decisions for a
more abundant way of life and to lead men and women to Christ. The course also
will provide future church leaders with practical ways to utilize the talents of
members in health evangelism. Laboratory work in area churches and/or community
settings is required. (Fall, Spring, Summers as needed)
RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by
the chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELIGION AND THEOLOGY
RELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours
A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the sub-
sequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special emphasis will
be placed on the contributory role in the church of the Spiritual Gift of Prophecy
through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELT 205. Introduction to Christian Missions (B-2) 3 hours
Christian Missions aims at creating an awareness of global missions, its challenges
and opportunities, problems and possibilities. The course includes an investigation
of the biblical and theological foundations of mission, basic principles of church
growth in the practice of mission, essential elements of cross-cultural communica-
tion, and relevant insights from applied anthropology. (Spring)
RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours
Last-Day Events is a biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology rooted
in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day Adventist
contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in the past and
present. Also it examines the New Age Movement and Dispensationalism and
focuses on how to be ready for the end event (Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours
Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered context. This
course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view to enhancing the
student's understanding and ability to provide biblical support for his/her faith.
(Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELT 265. Spiritual Formation I (B-2) 1 hour
A historical and theological study of Christian spirituality. This course provides a
basic introduction to the class spiritual disciplines, with an emphasis on prayer and
fasting, including a practical application of the dynamics of these spiritual
disciplines as a means of enriching the spiritual life. (Fall, Spring)
Religion 217
KELT 266. Spiritual Formation II (B-2) 1 hour
Prerequisite: RELT 265.
A continued study of the classic spiritual disciplines of the Christian faith with an
emphasis on Scripture as a dynamic in personal spiritual formation. This course will
focus on contemplative reading of Scripture, journaling, meditation on Scripture,
and Scripture memorization. (Spring)
♦RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (B-2) 3 hours
See PHYS 317 for course description.
*RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (B-2) 3 hours
See PHYS 318 for course description.
RELT 368. Comparative Religions (B-2) (W) 3 hours
A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian religions,
including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of each. RELT
368 will require observational field work. (Spring)
RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours
A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics, moral
ethics, and personal ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by which to
make basic ethical decisions across the professional spectrum. These norms are then
applied to issues relevant to the student. Limited to nursing students or students
with Junior/Senior class standing. (Fall, Spring, Summers as needed)
♦RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science and Religion (B-2) (W) 3 hours
See BIOL 424 for course description.
RELT 465. Topics in Religion (B-2) 1-3 hours
This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious studies
dealing with issues encountered in evangelism, theological areas, and Biblical
studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course may be repeated once for
credit. Open to all students. (As needed)
RELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (B-2) (W) 3 hours
A study of the main thinkers and schools of thought from the Middle Ages to the
present and their influence on biblical theology. Also, attention will be given to
various world views which are shaping Christian thought today. (Fall)
RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours
Recommended; RELT 255 or the equivalent.
Christian Theology I examines the major loci of Christian beliefs such as the
Doctrine of God, Christology, Pneumatology, Anthropology, Soteriology, Ecclesi-
ology, and Eschatology covering the 27 Seventh-day Adventist Fundamental Beliefs.
This is to equip the student to know the doctrines of the church from Scripture and
to present them to others. (Fall)
RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: RELT 484.
Christian Theology II is a study of the theological issues within the Seventh-day
Adventist Church as they relate to the 27 Seventh-day Adventist Fundamental
Beliefs. This is to strengthen confidence in Scripture and to equip the student to
preach with certainty. (Spring)
*One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science
requirement for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors.
218 Religion
RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited primarily to departmental majors and must be approved by
the chair of the Religion Department Occasionally the course may be conducted as
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing and
evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. (As
needed) #
(B-l) (B-2) (B-3) (D-l) (W) Seepages 22-23 and 25-29 for explanation of General Degree
and General Education requirements.
Interdepartmental Programs
MEDICAL SCIENCE
Adviser; Stephen A Nyirady
A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred upon
students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who satisfy the
following three conditions:
1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate college
program of which at least the last 30 were taken in residence at
Southern College and at least 12 of which were at the upper division
level.
2. Meet the general education requirements equivalent to those outlined
for the current Medical Technology program.
3. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of dentistry,
medicine, or optometry that the first year of the respective professional
program has been successfully completed and that the applicant is
eligible to continue.
Request' for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of
Records and Advisement.
GENERAL STUDIES
Adviser: Peggy Smith
The Associate of Arts and Associate of Science degrees with a major in
General Studies are designed for students who have not made a career
decision at the time they enter college. These degrees offer them an
opportunity to earn a large part of the general requirements for a
baccalaureate degree while leaving some semester hours free for explora-
tion in areas of their choice.
ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES
Major: The completion of the general education requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree with the exception that 6 hours instead of 12 will
be required for Area B, Religion. A course in speech must be included. A
minimum total of 64 semester hours with a Southern College and cumula-
tive minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required. Students who plan
eventually to complete a bachelor's degree should include some upper
division credit and a "W" (writing emphasis) course in the second
semester of their second year.
•Six hours of elementary foreign language must be included unless two units of the same language were
earned in high school.
220 Interdepartmental Programs
Typical Sequence of Courses for
A.A. General Studies
YEARl
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st
2nd
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102 CoIle#*Comp
3
3
Area B, Religion 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Nat Sci 3
Area E-l, Nat Sci
3
Area D, Lang/Lit
G-3, Rec Skills
1
Fine Arts 3
Elective (area of
Area D, Speech 3
interest)
3
3
Area A, Math 0-3
Area C, History
3
3
Area C, Govt/Econ 3
Area G, Act Skis
1
3
Area F, Beh Sci 2
Area F, Beh Sci
3
Area G, Skills 1
16
16
Foreign Language 3 3
Electives 4 4-1
16 16
See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES
Major: The completion of the general education requirements for the
Bachelor of Science degree with the exception that 6 hours instead of 12
will be required for Area B, Religion. A course in speech must be included.
A minimum total of 64 semester hours with a Southern College and cumu-
lative minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required. Students who plan
eventually to complete a bachelor's degree should include some upper
division credit and a "W" (writing emphasis) course in the second semester
r of their second year.
Topical Sequence of Courses for
A.S. General Studies
YEAR 1
Semester
1st
2nd
ENGL 101-102 College Comp
3
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E-l, Nat Sci
3
G-3, Rec Skills
1
Elective (area of
interest)
3
3
Area C, History
3
3
Area G, Act Skis
1
3
Area F, Beh Sci
3
16
16
YEAR 2
Semester
Area B, Religion
Area E, Nat Sci
Area D f Lang/Lit
Fine Arts
AreaD, Speech
Area A, Math
Area C, Govt/Econ
AreaF, Beh Sci
Area G, Skills
Electives
lit
3
3
2nd
3
0-3
3
2
1
44
16
See pages 22-23 and 25-29 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies.
Non-Degree
Preprofessional Programs
Preprofessional and pretechnical curricula are offered in a wide variety
of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently choseni If other
preprofessional programs are desired, faculty advisors are prepared to assist
the student in working out a satisfactory sequence of courses needed to
meet the admission requirements of the chosen professional school.
ANESTHESIA
Adviser: Bonnie Hunt
Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an approved
program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. Additional
requirements maybe determined by consulting the Department of Nursing.
DENTISTRY
Adviser: John Perumal
Pre-dental training in college requires a minimum of three years of
study; however, a preference is given to those who have completed a
fourth year, earning a bachelor's degree. Students may major in the field
of their interest. Although a thorough background in the biological and
physical sciences is essential to the study of dentistry, a broad educational
background in the humanities is desirable. Upper division biology courses
are recommended to prepare for the Dental Admissions Test and for the
first year of basic science courses in dental school.
Application to dental school should be made one year previous to the one
for which admission is desired. Successful applicants should have a
minimum G.EA. of 3.00 in both science and non-science courses as well as
satisfactory performance on the Dental Admissions Test (given each
October and April). Information regarding the Dental Admission Testing
Program may be obtained from the American Dental Association, 211 East
Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 69611.
The following courses must be included to meet the minimum require-
ments for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry:
BIOL 151-152 8 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
The following courses are strongly recommended: Ceramics, Principles
of Management, Basic Accounting, Precalculus, Nutrition, Histology,
Biochemistry, and Psychology courses.
222 Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs
LAW
Adviser: Ben McArthur
Students interested in the study of law as a profession should become
acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law schools. This will
make possible the planning of a preprofessional program which will qualify
the student for admission to several schools.
It is a general requirement that students complete a bachelor's degree
before entering law school. Although no particular major is required, four
fields should be especially considered by the student serious about law
school. These are: business, history, English, and behavioral science.
Certain courses recommended by all law schools include American history,
freshman composition, principles of accounting, American government,
principles of economics, English history, business law, and mathematics.
Pre-law students should concentrate on developing their analytical, verbal,
and writing skills.
Southern College offers a Political Economy minor, which combines an
interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school preparation.
This eighteen-hour minor consists of:
1. ECON 224 Principles of Economics , 3 hours
2. PLSC 254 American Government 3 hours
3. PLSC 471 Classics of Western Thought I OR
PLSC 472 Classics of Western Thought II 3 hours
4. ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 hours
Plus six hours selected from the following courses:
5. ACCT 221 Principles of Accounting
6. ECON 225 Principles of Economics
7. BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, and Social Environment of Business
8. BUAD 339 Business Law
9. HIST/PLSC 357 Modern America
10. HIST 374 History of England
11. JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics
Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from the
Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American Bar
Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For information
about the Law School Admissions Test, see the pre-law adviser.
MEDICINE
Advisers: William Hayes, Joyce Azevedo
Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine are
advised to include mathematics and science courses during their high
school years.
Most applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior to entrance into
medical school. Exceptional students may be eligible to apply after
completion of a minimum of 85 semester hours. Applicants for admission
to the Loma Linda University School of Medicine should maintain a grade
point average of at least 3.50 in both science and non-science courses. The
following courses without an asterisk must be included in the applicant's
academic program. Medical schools generally do not accept CLEP credits
Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs 223
for these basic science courses. Classes with (*) asterisks in biology,
chemistry, and mathematics are recommended.
BIOL 151-152, 313*, 316*, 330*, 340*, 415*, 417*, 418* 8 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 120, 121, 181* 3 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
Religion 12 hours
It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes study
of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid preparation for the
future role of the physician.
Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are
directly involved in the providing of health care. The Biology Department
collaborates with Chattanooga's Erlanger Medical Center in a premedical
preceptorship program. This program provides the opportunity for upper
division pre-medical students to shadow resident physicians in the hospital
for up to 24-hour periods.
The applicant is required to have taken the new Medical College
Admission Test (MCAT) prior to consideration by the admissions
committee. This exam is administered twice a year — in August and April.
Application for the exam is made through the Counseling and Testing
Center one month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance into medical
school following graduation, the student should plan on taking the MCAT
in April of the junior year. All of the above required science courses should
be completed by this time to insure maximum performance on the MCAT
exam. The exam may be retaken in August of the senior year.
Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools of
medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. Premedical
students are encouraged to make appointments to speak with them.
Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through this
service. The AMCAS application may be obtained from the Testing and
Counseling Office or directly from AMCAS and should be sent directly to
AMCAS between June 16 and November 1 for entry in the summer of the
following year.
American Medical College Application Service
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036-1989
After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office of
the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether or not
supplementary information is needed.
Medical schools usually require a letter of recommendation from the pre-
professional recommendation committee of the applicant's undergraduate
college. Senior pre-medical students are asked to provide the names and
addresses of all medical schools to which they sure applying to the 'Vice
President for Academic Administration's office before October 1.
Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and
letters of recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected
applicants may be invited for a personal interview by the medical school.
224 Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs
OPTOMETRY
Adviser: Orville Bignall
The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the student
should follow the catalog from the school of his/her choice. However, all
place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and physics. Additional
courses in the ares of fine arts, language, literature, and the social sciences
are usually necessary.
A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However,
additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional
training.
Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools:
BIOL 151-152, 415, 418 18 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311, 314 14 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 120, 121, 181, 182, 215 15 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
PSYC 124 3 hours
Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric
Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 North Lindbergh
Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63141.
OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE
Adviser: William Hayes, Joyce Azevedo
An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D.
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the
D.O. degree.
Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of Health
Sciences, College of Osteopathic Medicine in Kansas City, Missouri, one of
fifteen osteopathic medical colleges in this country.
Requirements for admission are similar to those for allopathic medical
schools such as Loma Linda University School of Medicine.
For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point average
of 3.00 should be maintained in both science and non-science subjects.
PHARMACY
Adviser: Sterling Sigsworth
The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five years,
the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College.
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat variable
so the student should consult the catalog of the school of his/her choice for
specific course recommendations.
Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee College
of Pharmacy at Memphis are:
ACCT 221 3 hours
BIOL 151-152 8 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 181 3 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
Non-Degree Preprofessional Programs 225
Additional requirements include:
Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours
Social Sciences:
Psychology 2 hours
Other (to include Economics, Political Science,
Sociology, History, etc.) 8 hours
Speech 3 hours
Electives 8 hours
A minimum grade of C must be obtained for each required pre-pharmacy
class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance of acceptance
into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score must be achieved on
the National Pharmacy College Admission Test.
VETERINARY MEDICINE
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is keen.
Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a degree rather
than the minimum requirements listed below. It should also be noted that
it is difficult to be accepted in any veterinary institution other than the
school in the state where the applicant resides.
The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary College
Admission Test (VCAT) in addition to meeting grade point average and
personal qualifications for admission. Professional training involves four
years of veterinary school beyond college.
Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee College
of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are:
BIOL 151-152, 316, 412 15 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 181-182 7 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
Additional requirements include:
Humanities and Social Sciences 18 hours
Admission requirements will vary between veterinary schools; therefore,
it is recommended that the pre-veterinary student work closely with his/her
adviser in assuring that the specific requirements for the schools of his/her
choice are met.
Software Technology Center
Chair: Timothy D. Korson
Associate Director: Dalton Athey
The Software Technology Center (STC) is a research Center of Southern
College. It is sponsored by the Consortium for the Management of
Emerging Software Technology, which sponsors similar centers at Clemson
University and Georgia State University.
The STC is separate from the Computer Science and Technology
Department and does not offer formal classes, but its faculty may hold a
joint appointment in the academic unit under whose auspices students may
receive credit for approved activities.
The STC also offers motivated students employment opportunities to
work with the latest computer equipment and to interact with professors
and major corporations involved in research in emerging software
technologies.
Financial Policies
EXPENSES
FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT
Southern College tries to give every student the opportunity to obtain
a Christian education. Every effort will be made to assist students in
meeting their financial obligation in order to reach this goal.
The Student Finance Office will assist students in their financial
planning. Financial aid is available to qualified recipients in the form of
grants, loans, scholarships and employment (see page 247). Before registra-
tion each student must submit a Payment Contract to the Student Finance
Office signed by the student and financial sponsor indicating how college
expenses will be paid.
Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given
below to assist the student in financial planning.
STUDENT COSTS
Tuition 1995-96:
Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of $377
per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be charged
$4,440. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $282 per semester
hour. Summer school tuition for 1995 will be charged at the rate of $282
per semester hour. Payment for each summer school session is required in
full at time of registration.
ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET
Residence Hall Non-residence Hall
Student Student
Semester Year Semester Year
Tuition (12-16 hrs/semester) $4,440 $8,880 $4,440 $8,880
Dormitory Rent 790 1,580
Food ($257 monthly average
Monthly minimum charge $85) 1,031 2,062
Books and School Supplies 265 530 265 530
Total Estimated Costs* $6,526 $13,052 $4,705 $9,410
(Health insurance, automobile parking, and Campus Shop personal purchases are in
addition, if applicable.)
*With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced.
FAMILY REBATE
When two students from the same immediate family who have the same
financial sponsor are enrolled at Southern College at the same time, they
may receive a 5 percent discount on tuition. This also applies to married
student couples. A 10 percent discount will be given when three or more
students are enrolled at SC at the same time, and who have the same
financial sponsor.
228 Finances
When two students are enrolled at SC from the same immediate family
who have the same financial sponsor, and one is a Student Missionary/Task
Force Worker and is enrolled in the 12 hours Christian Service course, the
Student Missionary/Task Force Worker will not receive an additional dis-
count; however, the brother or sister who is enrolled at Southern will
receive a 5 percent tuition discount. If the Student Missionary/Task Force
Worker is not enrolled in the 12 hours Christian Service course, no dis-
count will be given to the sibling enrolled on the SC campus.
When three or more students are enrolled at SC from the same
immediate family who have the same financial sponsor, and one is a
Student Missionary/Task Force Worker and is enrolled in the 12 hours
Christian Service course, the Student Missionary/Task Force Worker will
not receive an additional discount; however the students who are enrolled
at Southern will receive a 10 percent tuition discount. If the Student
Missionary/Task Force Worker is not enrolled in the 12 hours Christian
Service course, a 5 percent tuition discount will be given to the siblings
enrolled on the SC campus.
MUSIC LESSON FEES PER SEMESTER
With credit: $130.00 plus tuition
A student will receive 14 lessons per semester.
Without credit: $175.00
A student will receive 14 half-hour lessons per semester.
Without credit: $350.00
A student will receive 14 one-hour lessons per semester.
Music lesson fee refunds are calculated on the basis of the number of
lessons taken during the first four weeks of the semester, after which no
refunds are granted. Students taking lessons with or without credit must
submit a Change of Class form to the Records Office at the time the lessons
are discontinued to be eligible for a refund.
Excused absences may be made up at the discretion of the teacher if
previous arrangements have been made. Lessons falling on holidays or dur-
ing vacations will not be made up unless this results in the student having
fewer than 14 lessons for the semester.
Music majors who are currently enrolled in or have completed MUCT
111-112 and 121-122 and who have been accepted to receive Concentration
credit pay only one fee per semester to cover all private lessons.
SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES
The following special fees and charges* are assessed separately
inasmuch as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly:
Application for admission (not refundable) $20.00
Audit tuition 1/2 reg. tuition
Automobile parking fee (per semester):
Dormitory $36.00
Village $26.00
Motorcycle parking fee $26.00
Cancellation of registration $50.00
Change of program .* $12.00
Credit by examination (per hour) recording fee $35.00
Finances 229
Examinations:
Challenge or waiver $48.00
CLEP $40.00
Rescheduling midterm or final . $63.00
Incomplete grade recorded $7.50
Insufficient funds check fee and penalty $18.00
♦♦Insurance:
Student $336.00
Spouse $1,056.00
• Children . , $838.00
Late Registration $35.00
Late return of organizational uniform $20.00
(The full cost will be charged if irreparably damaged or not returned,)
Lost residence hall key or replacement:
Talge Hall $25.00
Thatcher Hall . . $25.00
Lost student ID. or replacement (must pay cash) $5.00
Medical Technology recording fee (senior year) $55.00
♦♦♦Nursing education fees:
Associate degree (per semester) $300.00
Baccalaureate degree (per nursing semester hour after
completing Associate degree) $13.00
Packing and Moving Fee $50.00
Registration Fee (processing documents) ($12.50 per semester) ..... $25.00
Transcript Fee — Same Day Service $5.00
•See individual class descriptions for class fees and charges.
••Subject to change by insurance company.
•"Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class.
STATEMENT CHARGES
The following items may be charged to the student's account:
a. Books and required school supplies (required school supplies limited to
$85 per semester).
b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction must
be made through the Admissions Office for a full semester whether or
not credit is desired. One semester hour of private music instruction
consists of fourteen half hour lessons. Refunds will be granted only
when the instructor is not available for lessons.
HOUSING
Residence Hall Costs
Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,580 for the eight-
month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August and
January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one room. A
student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be allowed to
room alone at an additional cost of $335 per semester if sufficient rooms
are available and s/he has approval from the Student Finance Office. It is
the student's responsibility to have arranged for a roommate unless specific
arrangements have been made to room alone. No pets are allowed in the
residence halls.
No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the campus.
When a student withdraws, a prorated portion of the semester charge,
beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room, will be refunded.
230 Finances
Residence Hall Deposit
A room cleaning deposit of $150 is required of each dormitory student.
In order to guarantee a room in the dormitory, payment should be made
by July 1. After July 1, no room is held for a student whose deposit has not
been paid. This deposit is held in reserve until the student graduates and/or
permanently moves out of the dormitory.
Apartment
College-owned apartments may be rented by married students taking
a minimum of six hours each semester. The apartments range in size from
two to six rooms and are rented furnished or unfurnished. Rents range
from $262 to $355 per month. Rent is paid in advance and begins when the
key is issued. Charges are based on the date of issue and return of keys and
proper clearance with the office of the Vice President for Financial
Administration. No pets or firearms are allowed in college housing.
Apartment Deposit
Married students and single students over 23 years of age renting an
apartment from the college pay a housing deposit of $200 to reserve an
apartment.
Housing Deposit Refund
If a student gives notice before August 1 that s/he will not be attending,
the housing deposit will be refunded. Damage or cleaning charges may also
be charged to the student's account if the deposit is insufficient to cover
these costs. The Housekeeping Supervisor at the Service Department will
determine if the apartment has been left clean and undamaged.
FOOD SERVICE
The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the dorm student the privilege of
choosing food and paying for what is selected. Students are encouraged to
eat healthfully by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus Kitchen where
balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will be charged a mini-
mum of $85 per month which will be prorated for vacations and holidays.
ADVANCE PAYMENTS
Regular: An advance payment of $2,000 is required before registration
with one-half of the advance payment ($1,000) being held for second sem-
ester. For new students entering second semester the advance payment is
$1,000, and all other appropriate charges are applicable. When a married
couple enrolls for a combined total of seventeen semester hours or less of
classwork, they will be charged only one advance payment.
One-half of the advance payment ($1,000) is held for second semester
and earns interest at an APR of 2 percent less than prime for the months
of September, October, November, December if: (1) the full advance pay-
ment ($2,000) has been paid by September 1, and (2) the account balance
as of November 30 is paid in full. Interest will be credited to the January
statement.
For students residing in any dormitory or married student housing, a
housing deposit is due before occupancy and is in addition to the advance
payment.
International Student Deposit: In addition to the regular college
costs (including the advance payment listed above), international
Finances 231
students must provide a deposit as indicated below. The deposit must be
received by the Accounting Office before a U.S. Immigration Form 1-20 is
sent to the prospective student for entry to the U.S. Because mail service
from many foreign countries takes time, this deposit should be sent six
weeks prior to enrollment. This deposit, paid once, remains untouched
(with interest paid at the rate of 2 percent less than prime, based on the
prime rate at the time of deposit) until the student completes studies here,
decides to go elsewhere, or gets into financial difficulty at which time the
international deposit will be applied to the student's account. If there
remains a credit balance, the deposit will be refunded after the final state-
ment is issued.
An International Student Deposit of $3,000 U.S. is required of all
international students except documented permanent residents of the U.S.
or residents of Canada.
Deposit Reduction or Waiver: If the parent of the international student
is employed full time by an organization that provides educational assis-
tance, consideration may be given to reducing or waiving the deposit, based
on the amount of assistance provided as confirmed in writing by the
employer.
Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program,
students are required to send an advance payment of $300 to hold their
placement in the class. This payment also serves as the first semester's
Nursing Education Associate Degree Fee. The $300 fee is in addition to the
Regular Advance Payment of $2,000. There is also a $300 fee charged to
the A.S. nursing student's account second semester. If a student applies for
the nursing program but does not attend the college or changes to a
different major, the deposit is refundable if the Department of Nursing is
notified by August 1. After August 1, the nursing deposit is not refundable.
ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY
Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist Colleges
Abroad (ACA) program must follow the procedures listed below:
1. Obtain an ACA application from Southern College's Admissions Office.
2. Complete and return the ACA application, along with a $100 application
fee, to the SC Admissions Office.
3. Follow one of the following payment plans:
a. Pay the total amount of tuition, room, board, hospital and accident
insurance, personal account deposit, and tour deposit of chosen school
by August 1.
b. Semester System: Pay one-half of the total charges and tour charge by
August 1. The remaining one-half must be paid by November 1.
c. Quarter System: Pay one-third of the total charges and tour charge by
August 1; one-third by November 1; and the remaining one-third by
February 1.
4. Make all payments by cash, cashier's check, money order, or credit card.
No college funded scholarships will be awarded to ACA students. When
planning their finances for the ACA program students must:
1. Have a current account at Southern College
2. Have completed all necessary paper work for federal financial assistance
' and received a financial aid award letter before August 1
232 Finances
3. Subtract tuition assistance or federal financial aid from the total ACA
charges due
4. Pay SC for charges before the college will make payment to ACA.
METHODS OF PAYMENT
Residence hall and nonresidence hall students may choose one of the
three methods of payment below:
Payment Plan I — Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges
for tuition (minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid in
cash at registration, a discount of 3 percent for the semester or 5 percent
for the year is allowed on this cash payment. Amounts paid as a result of
student loans, grants, or scholarships are excluded from the amount on
which the discount is allowed. Students choosing to pay cash in advance
must on or before registration time, pay the full amount required by the
plan for the semester or year, less any advance payments or credits.
The following schedule outlines how Payment Plan I would work for
both a semester and the year:
Residence Hall Non-residence Hall
Student. Student
Semester Year Semester Year
Total estimated charges $6,526 $13,052 $4,705 $9,410
(see Estimated Student Budget)
*(a) Less cash discount -196 -142
(3% for semester)
or
*(b) Less cash discount -653 -471
(5% for year)
Net cash due at registration $6,722 $12,399 $4,847 $9,881
Note: For calculating the discount, estimated charges may be reduced by approved financial aid and
scholarship awards (excluding student wages). Cash discount applies to the cash paid at registration.
Payment Plan II— Tuition Guaranteed Plan. The college will guarantee
to the student that tuition will remain constant under the following
provisions:
1. This plan is not available to students receiving financial aid. However,
parents taking a Parent Plus Loan may include this amount in their
payment.
2. The tuition rate in effect at the time of the first contract will remain in
effect until the student graduates provided full time continuous
registration is maintained not to exceed four years excluding a one-year
leave of absence which may be given for student missionaries, ACA, or
task force workers. This plan is not applicable to summer school.
3. Total estimated cost for the year must be paid prior to or at fall
registration.
4. Any cash withdrawals, except student earnings, will void the contract.
5. Participants in this plan are eligible for a 5 percent cash discount on the
total estimated cost the first year of participation only (calculated as in
Payment Plan I). The next three years, the tuition rate will remain the
same as year one; and a 5 percent discount will be given on room, board,
and books only.
Finances 233
6. Dependents of denominational workers may deduct the denominational
tuition assistance when making their payment; however, the tuition
assistance must be received by the college from either the denomina-
tional employer or the denominational worker within two months after
registration or the contract is void.
7. Student earnings may be withdrawn from the student's account and will
not reduce the amount to be paid.
8. Costs in excess of the total estimated amount to be paid will be billed
monthly and should be paid on a monthly basis or the contract is void.
9. Should the estimated cost be less than the amount paid, the credit will
be refunded after June 1.
10. If the Payment Contract is broken for any of the above reasons, or the
student withdraws during the school year, the student who re-enters
Payment Plan II may do so based on the rates of enrollment for the new
year.
This plan only guarantees the tuition rate — not the room, board, books,
and other miscellaneous charges. The student/financial sponsor must pre-
pay each year the total estimated costs.
Payment Plan III — Contract for Monthly Payments, Students desiring to
pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may choose
this plan.
Monthly statements will be issued 5 to 7 working days after the
last day of the month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the last
day of each month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of statement
according to the following schedule:
August Statement
September Statement
October Statement
FIRST SEMESTER
1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's
charges for tuition and room
less ONE-THIRD of the semes-
ter's credits for financial aid
and ONE-THIRD of the semes-
ter's advance payment
2, Pius the current month's
charges less the current
month's credits.
1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's
charges for tuition and room
less ONE-THIRD of the semes-
ter's credits for financial aid
and ONE-THIRD of the
semester's advance payment.
2. Plus the current month's
charges less the current
month's credits.
1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's
charges for tuition and room
less ONE-THIRD of the semes-
ter's credits for financial aid
and ONE-THIRD of the semes-
ter's advance payment.
2. Plus the current month's
charges less the current
month's credits.
Past Due Date
September 20
October 20
November 20
234 Finances
January Statement
February Statement
March Statement
SECOND SEMESTER
1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's
charges for tuition and room
less ONE-THIRD of the
semester's credits for financial
aid and ONE-THIRD of the
semester's advance payment
2. Plus the current month's
charges less the current
month's credits.
1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's
charges for tuition and room
less ONE-THIRD of the
semester's credits for financial
aid and ONE-THIRD of the
semester's advance payment.
2. Plus the current month's
charges less the current
month's credits.
1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's
charges for tuition and room
less ONE-THIRD of the
semester's credits for financial
aid and ONE-THIRD of the
semester's advance payment.
2. Plus the current month's
charges less the current
month's credits.
Past Due Date
February 20
March 20
April 20
An example of estimated school costs on this plan without financial
aid, work, or scholarships is as follows:
Residence Hall Non-Residence
Statement Date
Payment Date
Student
Hall Student
Advance Payment
By registration
$2,000
$2,000
August 31
By September 20
1,842
1,235
September 30
By October 20
1,842
1,235
October 31
By November 20
1,842
1,235
January 31
By February 20
1,842
1,235
February 28
By March 20
1,842
1,235
March 31
By April 20
1.842
1,235
Total estimated payments
$13,052
$9,410
Students planning to enroll for fewer than 6 hours are required
to pay the tuition in full prior to registration.
Payment for summer school sessions is required at time of
registration.
Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards invalidated
until account is current.
Finances 235
Arrangement for final payment of the semester account must be
made before semester examinations may be taken or before regis-
tration for a new semester.
INTEREST ON PAST-DUE BALANCE
If a past due balance on the November statement is not paid by
December 20, a service charge of 5 percent of the past due amount will be
applied to the December statement. If a past due balance on the March
statement is not paid by April 20, a service charge of 5 percent of the past
due amount will be applied to the April statement. A monthly service
charge of 1 percent will be charged on any past due balance for the months
of May, June, July, and August.
COLLECTION POLICY
Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are
required to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts prior to
leaving by signing a promissory note. Payments due on noncurrent
accounts that are not received by the last working day of the month will be
charged a 1 percent per month service charge.
When a student who was enrolled first semester does not enroll second
semester and has left with an unpaid account, that account will be turned
over to Southern College's Student Loan Services Office by February 15.
When a student leaves at the end of second semester who has not re-
applied, the account will be turned over to the SC Student Loan Services
Office by June 15.
When a student leaves at the end of second semester with an unpaid
account who has reapplied for the following year, the student will have May
through August to bring the account current. If the student decides not to
return, then this account will be turned over to the SC Student Loan
Services Office by September 15.
At the time any account is turned over to the SC Student Loan Services
Office, a carrying charge of 1 percent per month will apply.
When a non-current account is 90 days past-due and neither payments
nor communication have been received, and unsuccessful attempts have
been made by the SC Student Loan Services Office to contact the indi-
vidual, the account will be reported to a nationally recognized credit
bureau, and will be submitted to a collection agency or attorney.
Since delinquent accounts are reported to the credit bureau systems,
prompt payment of accounts builds credit ratings which will be important
to the student in the future.
If the college deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an
attorney to collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services,
including court costs, if incurred, will be added to unpaid bills.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Recognizing that former students owing money to Southern College
involve themselves in various legal proceedings which can affect money
owed to the college, the college has taken the position that no services will
be rendered these individuals until court confirmation has been received
confirming the legal actions taken.
236 Finances
BANKRUPTCY
Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceed-
ings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of the
debt, the college, upon notification by the court of such discharge of a
student's current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal
prohibition. The bankruptcy of the financial sponsor in no way changes the
underlying financial obligation of the student to pay his or her student
account. No further services will be extended.
TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS, AND TEST SCORES
It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an
unpaid or past-due account at the school, or any unpaid account for which
the college has co-signed.
An official grade transcript will be issued for a currently enrolled
student when the student's account is current according to the payment
schedule set forth above. Exceptions may be considered to receive an
official grade transcript when the account is current except for the
disbursement of any Federal student loan for which eligibility has been
established. A student's failure to comply with instructions can delay the
release of a transcript.
Official grade transcripts for nonenrolled students will be issued when
students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no delinquencies in
the payment of student loans. No exceptions will be made.
When payment is made by personal check, the transcript will be held for
10 working days to allow the check to clear. To expedite the release of
these documents, the student should send a money order or certified check
to cover the balance of the account when requesting the documents. Under *
provisions of federal loan programs, Southern College withholds any
records when payments for these loans become past due or are in default.
TUITION WAIVERS
Tuition waivers are available for internships, cooperative education, and
practicum classes.
To be eligible for a tuition waiver students must be enrolled in fewer
than 11 hours excluding their tuition waiver class, or more than 16 hours
including their tuition waiver class. The waiver is calculated on the
margins of hours below 12 and above 16 resulting from the tuition waiver
class.
Tuition waivers for classes involving tours, are calculated according to
approved travel arrangements.
REFUND POLICIES
Complete Withdrawal from Classes
A student who withdraws from all school work during the semester will
receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed withdrawal form
with all the required signatures is filed with the Records Office. Music
lesson refunds are calculated according to a separate policy as explained on
page 228.
Finances 237
1st Week
100%
2nd Week
90%
3rd Week
80%
4th Week
70%
5th Week
60%
Tuition refunds are calculated as follows:
6th Week
7th Week 40%
8th Week 30%
9th Week 20%
10th Week 10%
11th Week 0%
Partial Withdrawal
Refunds of tuition for semester hours dropped are made according to the
date the drop form with all the required signatures is filed with the
Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows:
First week of the semester — 100%
Second week through the eleventh week — 10% less per week
No refunds after the eleventh week
Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes
First two (2) school days — 100%
Third (3rd day through end of term) — Prorated through mid-term
CREDIT REFUND POLICY
Credit balances are refundable, upon request, 30 days after the monthly
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in order
to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, if a
student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would not be
made until after the January statement is prepared during the first week
of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may be refunded
earlier upon request to the Disbursements Office.
If the student has received financial aid during the current semester,
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 236). Cash refunds will not be made
to the student without authorization from the parent or financial sponsor.
HEALTH AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE
Southern College requires all students to be covered by health and
accident insurance. Each student will automatically be enrolled in the
college health and accident plan unless the s/he signs a waiver card at the
time of registration indicating s/he does not want the college insurance
because:
1. The student has other insurance equal to or better than the college
insurance plan.
2. The student is covered under the SDA denominational health care plan.
3. The student does not live in college-owned housing and is taking less than
six semester hours of classwork during the fall and spring semesters or
less than three hours of classwork in the summer.
NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS
When determining what to bring to campus, students should remember
that the college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student
even though such effects may be required by the college for student use, or
238 Finances
required by the college to be stored in a designated location. College-carried
insurance does not insure the personal effects of any individual. The college
recommends that students consider carrying insurance to cover such losses.
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of work-
related accidents.
STUDENT BANKING SERVICE
When opening a student bank account, the student or financial sponsor
may contact the Cashier's Office to make the proper arrangements. This
is entirely separate from the student's school expense account. Withdrawals
from this account may be made by the student in person as long as a credit
balance and proper identification are provided. If a check is deposited into
this account, the student must wait two weeks for it to clear the banking
system before a withdrawal may be made.
STUDENT PAYROLL AND CASH WITHDRAWALS POLICY
Employment is provided for students through the Personnel\Student
Labor Office for the purpose of meeting their school expenses. Inquiries
concerning student employment may be made by contacting that office at
(615) 238-3396.
Students may withdraw up to 25% of their earnings for tithe and
personal items if their account is current, or if they have a credit on their
account. (If students have chosen to have their tithe automatically with-
held, they may withdraw up to 15% of their earnings.) Additional cash
withdrawals may be made by exception:
1. Students who have sufficient financial aid to cover their tuition and
books, and who live out of the dorm and have a no-charge ID card may
be allowed to withdraw all of their earnings for living expenses.
2. Students whose parents pay their accounts using Payment Plan I or II
are allowed to withdraw all of their earnings with written permission
from their parents.
3. Students under the College Work/Study Program must follow federal
guidelines for cash withdrawals from their accounts. They must contact
their financial counselor for more information.
The payroll period normally covers a four-week time frame, with the
cutoff date being 10-14 working days prior to the end of the month. Earn-
ings will be credited to students' accounts when the monthly statements
have run.
On-campus summer earnings should remain on the students' accounts
to accumulate toward their advance payment.
No cash may be withdrawn until students have received their
monthly statement (5-7 working days after the last day of the
month). Students must bring their current monthly statement with
them to the Student Finance Office,
Finances 239
CHECK CASHING
Students are encouraged to use their home banks or a local area bank
for their personal financial services. The Cashier's Office will cash approved
checks not to exceed $300. No third party checks will be honored. Checks
must be made payable to either the student or cash. Proper identification
is required.
Each time a check is returned by a bank for insufficient funds, account
closed, or any other reason, there will be an $18 returned check fee made
to the student's account. The student then forfeits the privilege of cashing
future checks.
CREDIT CARDS
The Cashier's Office honors VISA, MasterCard, Discover, and American
Express cards for making payments on a student's account. No cash with-
drawal service is available from these cards — this service may be
obtained from a local bank.
When using a credit card to pay on an account, the following
information must be supplied: 1) name of credit card being used; 2)
cardholder's name; 3) credit card number; and, 4) expiration date.
STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS
Work opportunities are available in departments and industries
operated by the college and at local private businesses. Students seeking
employment should contact the Personnel/Student Employment office for
a listing of available positions or to register their employment needs.
Although Southern College cannot guarantee a student employment, the
College will endeavor to find a work opportunity either at the College or at
a local business. Students are urged to arrange class schedules that allow
blocks" of time for work.
All hiring formalities are made in the Personnel/Student Employment
Office. Students must bring their Social Security cards and one identifi-
cation, e.g., passport, driver's license, or original birth certificate, in order
to complete the hiring process legally. Students who are not American
citizens must produce an unexpired employment authorization document
such as a valid 1-20 or other legal document before employment can be
arranged.
Students are expected to maintain satisfactory job performance and
meet all work appointments, including during examination week. Work
superintendents reserve the right to dismiss students if their service and
work records are unsatisfactory. Should a student find it necessary to be
absent from work, s/he must make arrangements with the work superin-
tendent and, if ill, with Student Health Service.
A student accepting employment is expected to retain it for the entire
semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the school
nurse or Personnel/Student Employment Office. Should a student receive
opportunities for more favorable employment during a school term, the
transfer must be made through the Personnel/Student Employment Office
and the two employing departments. If a financial plan requires work, the
student must NOT drop his/her work schedule without making proper
arrangements with the Personnel/Student Employment Office. To do so
may result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card
until proper arrangements are made.
240 Finances
The student pay rate is not less than the current minimum wage rate.
It may be higher if a student possesses special skills or training and shows
responsibility and consistency.
Students who work more than 20 hours per individual week or who are
enrolled for less than nine hours of credit will have Social Security taxes
(FICA) withheld from their earnings.
Students may work off campus; however, permission may be withheld
for off-campus employment that could be detrimental to a student's health
or character development.
SUMMER WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM
1. Work supervisors may recommend raises for a student's summer
wage within the pre-set wage rate scale.
2. Two-thirds of the dormitory student's summer rent to be refunded,
provided:
A. A minimum of 200 hours of summer work is completed.
B. The student is enrolled for at least six hours for the fall term.
3. Any variation to the above plan must be approved by the
Administrative Council.
LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS
Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign students
with student visas are allowed to work on campus up to twenty hours a
week. Spouses may work only if they have student visas of their own or
have immigrant visas.
STUDENT TITHING
Southern College encourages the payment of tithe and offerings by its
student workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be
made by the student (except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study
Program) to have 10 percent of his/her school earnings charged to his/her
account as tithe and 2 percent for offerings. These funds are then
transferred by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale Seventh-day
Adventist Church.
STUDENT MISSIONS PROGRAM/TASK FORCE POSITIONS
Any student desiring to serve as a Student Missionary or in a Task Force
position needs to work with the Chaplain's Office. The General Conference
policy requires the completion of the course, Student Missions Orientation
Class, NOND 099, prior to placement in a volunteer position. The
orientation class is taught the last nine weeks of the second semester.
Students who register for NOND 099 will not receive any academic credit
hours.
Those students who desire deferment on their student loan payments
during their mission service placement must enroll in: NOND 227
Christian Service I, 6 hours, and NOND 228 Christian Service II, 6 hours.
To receive 12 hours of academic credit, the student must complete a full
academic year of service. Students enrolled in NOND 227 and 228 must
have taken NOND 099 as a prerequisite. A maximum of 12 hours is
available during the year of service. Tuition is charged at 10 percent of the
Finances 241
current rate. Specific details regarding academic assignments may be
obtained from the Chaplain's Office.
Before final authorization may be obtained, all students going as Student
Missionaries or Task Force workers must be cleared by the Student
Finance Office.
If a Student Missionary/Task Force Worker has a sibling attending
Southern College, please see the section on "Family Rebate."
POST GRADUATE TUITION PLAN
A Post Graduate Tuition Plan has been established for the purpose of
assisting students who have graduated from an accredited college/
university and have an earned bachelor's degree. The plan allows eligible
students to enroll in classes for one-half tuition. Tuition rates are as
follows:
1-11 Semester Hours $189.00 per hour
12-16 Semester Hours $2,220.00
17+Hours (in excess of 16 hours) . $141.00 per hour
The provisions that apply are:
1. To be eligible for the Post Graduate Tuition Plan, a student must have
graduated with a bachelor's degree at least two years before entering the
program.
2. Applicants must have a clear financial SC account and all loan payments
must be up-to-date at the time of registration before the Post Graduate
Tuition Plan is approved. To continue to participate in the plan, students
must reapply each semester. If a participant's account or loan payment
becomes delinquent, that student will lose his/her Post Graduate Tuition
Plan privileges and cannot be reinstated.
3. Regular readmission criteria apply to this program. Completed
applications and other college transcripts must be on file in the
Admissions Office no later than four weeks prior to the beginning of the
semester for which the graduate is applying.
4. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Student Finance
Office.
5. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and where the
hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The Post Graduate Tuition
Plan does not include private music lessons, independent study, directed
study, student teaching, internships, A.S. nursing, the fifth year of a five-
year degree program, or a program where a tuition discount is already in
effect.
6. Since the Post Graduate Tuition Plan offer is for tuition only, it does
not apply to lab fees, surcharges for applicable courses, dormitory
charges, books, or cafeteria charges.
7. This program is open to a limited number of students. Southern College
reserves the right to discontinue or amend this special tuition offer at the
discretion of the college administration.
SENIOR CITIZEN TUITION PLAN
Persons over 65 years of age may audit any regular college course free of
charge, provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of
students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be charged
where required.
242 Finances
They may take classes for college credit at one-fourth the regular rate,
provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of students
paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be charged where
required.
They may enroll in seminars, workshops, other courses offered outside
the regular academic structure, and private lessons at full price.
FINANCIAL AID
Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of loans,
grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial aid will
be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national origin, or
ethnic group. The Student Finance Office follows established procedures
and practices which will assure equitable and consistent treatment of all
applicants.
Students are urged to contact the Student Finance Office, RO. Box 370,
Collegedale, Tennessee 37315-0370, (1-800-SOUTHERN), for information
about and applications for financial aid. Applications received by March 1
will be given preference. Applications received after March 1 will be
processed as long as time and funds permit.
General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one academic
year to students who are accepted for admission and demonstrate a
financial need. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. citizenship
or a permanent resident visa. (Visa documents must be submitted with
aid application.) Students desiring aid must reapply each year, have a GED
or high school diploma on file in the Records Office, and continue to make
satisfactory academic progress toward a degree to receive financial aid.
WARNING: If a student purposely gives false or misleading in-
formation on the Federal Aid Application, s/he may be fined
$10,000, sent to prison, or both.
Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid,
recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a degree.
(Satisfactory academic progress is defined in the following section.) If a
student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress or fails to attend
classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or take required
examinations, financial aid will be suspended.
If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the above
reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to this
suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic Progress
Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs.
Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is administered
in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and philosophy which
is, that the parents are the primary and responsible source for help-
ing a student to meet his/her educational costs. Financial aid is
available to help fill the gap between the student's own resources (parental
contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and the total cost of attending
Southern College. The amount of parental contribution is based on the
family's net income, number of dependents, allowable expenses, indebted-
ness, and assets. The Family Financial Need Analysis from the American
Finances 243
College Testing Program or College Scholarship Service is used in
determining a student's eligibility for financial aid.
Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholarships
awarded on the basis of academic achievement
SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS
FOR FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
According to the 1986 Higher Education Amendments, all financial aid
recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a degree,
both in a qualitative and a quantitative measure, in order to continue to
receive financial aid.
A financial aid recipient's progress at Southern College will be based on
the student's enrollment status which is determined by the number of
hours attempted. Academic progress will be measured by the number of
hours the student has successfully completed during the semester.
A financial aid recipient will be expected to complete not less than the
minimum hours required by his/her enrollment status of:
1. Full time ^12 hours or more
2. 3/4 time 9-11 hours
3. 1/2 time 6-8 hours
This would allow a student the equivalent of 10 full-time semesters to
complete a four year degree; and the equivalent of six full-time semesters
to complete a two year degree.
Classification of the full-time student for academic record keeping only
is denned: Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and
students in the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the
courses required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours)
will be denned as full-time students.
Formula For Academic Progress
Enrollment status (as outlined above) x 12 hours (full-time equivalent)
= hours needed for progress. A student who fails to meet this formula
will have until June 30 of the award year to successfully complete
the required hours. No federal aid is available for make-up hours*
For the purpose of this policy a student must also maintain a
cumulative and resident grade point average above the suspension levels as
stated in the following schedules:
Cumulative
Required
GPA Level
Semester Hours
(Includes Resident and Cumulative GPA)
6- 48
1.50
49- 64
,1.65
65- 80
1.75
81- 93
1.85
94 - 119
1.95
120 up
2.00
A student's financial aid will be suspended if s/he does not maintain
satisfactory academic progress as set forth above.
244 Finances
Financial Aid Probation Policy
1. Students who fail to maintain "satisfactory academic progress" will be
placed on financial aid probation the following semester. The recipient
must see a financial aid counselor before aid will be released for the
probationary semester. This aid is subject to adjustment or cancellation.
2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA as listed in the
requirements above must be attained by the end of the probation
semester or financial aid will be suspended.
Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid
Students may submit a written appeal to the Academic Progress
Committee describing the circumstances which contributed to their failure
to make academic progress. This appeal must also include an outlined
program of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory academic
requirements.
When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional
semester hours and has met the satisfactory academic requirements.
Provisions for Transfer Students
Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all
hours they have attempted. Students with a GPA below the policy stated
above will be on financial aid probation, provided that they were eligible for
continuing aid at the institution from which they transferred. Deletion of
transfer hours from Southern College academic records may affect a
student's financial aid eligibility depending on the number of hours deleted.
Any change in academic program such as from a bachelor to associate or
from associate to a one-year certificate degree may affect a student's
eligibility for financial aid.
If financial aid has been suspended at the previous institution, the
student must follow Southern College's procedure for appeal and
reinstatement of financial aid.
No federal aid will be available for classes taken as a transient student
without a transient letter and approval by the Academic Progress
Committee.
A Southern College student who is enrolled as a transient student on
another campus will be eligible for financial aid based on the number of
hours enrolled on the Southern College campus. The following is an
example:
1. Enrollment status of 12 hours or more on SC campus and additional
transient hours are taken off-campus — 100% eligibility.
2. Enrollment status of 9-11 hours on SC campus and additional transient
hours taken off-campus — 75% eligibility,
3. Enrollment status of 6-8 hours on SC campus and additional transient
hours taken off-campus — 50% eligibility.
Eligibility for Federal Pell Grant, Federal Family Education Loans
(Stafford, Unsubsidized Stafford, Parent PLUS) will be based on total
hours enrolled at both institutions. Costs at both institutions will be a
factor in determining eligibility.
Finances 245
FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES
To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must be
submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid programs:
1. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA).
2. The Southern College application for financial aid (Form B).
3. Southern College Admissions application.
4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who attended
other colleges or universities before coming to Southern College).
5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS).
6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms.
7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from hometown lender.
(Southern College has arranged for last-resort lenders for students
whose hometown lenders do not participate in the GSL program or for
any reason refuse to make the loan).
Applications are available in January of each year and may be obtained
by contacting Southern College Student Finance Office. Students are urged
to complete applications as early as possible after the family income tax
returns have been completed. Income tax returns only have to be
completed, not necessarily mailed to the IRS before submitting the
financial aid application. Some students who were enrolled the previous
year may receive a preprinted Federal Aid Renewal Application.
Financial Aid Award Procedures
An Offer of Financial Aid will be sent to each applicant after Southern
College's Student Finance Office receives the results from the federal
processor. To confirm and reserve the funds offered, the student must
return the signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt.
Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds are
available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. The
financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan, 3)
grant or scholarship.
Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds
Financial aid awards are disbursed equally each semester. To have funds
released to statements, students must sign vouchers, and other required
documents at the Disbursement Office in Wright Hall. Funds cannot be
credited to student statements until this procedure is followed.
Financial Aid Overawards
When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not included
in the financial aid award letter, it is the student's responsibility to report
these funds to the Student Finance Office. Federal regulations prohibit
"overawards;" therefore, when the total of all resources exceeds the
. allowable student budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When
financial aid funds have already been credited to the student's statement,
any refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account.
246 Finances
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES
Financial Aid Refund Policy
The tuition refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is
outlined on page 236.
Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational
costs (tuition, fees, room, board, and books), when a student withdraws
from all classes and under the refund policy receives a refund of these
charges, the refund will be used to reimburse financial aid credited to the
student account. A refund must be determined based on Federal policy as
well as the college policy, and refund to the student whichever amount is
larger.
The amount that must be repaid to Federal Title IV funds and other
financial aid is determined in the following manner:
All financial aid received is deducted from total charges for the period
of enrollment to determine the Expected Cash Payment due from the
student. Cash payments received are then deducted, and any remaining
balance is the cash payment still due from the student.
After determining the cash payment still due, the tuition refund amount
and any cash payment still due must be deducted from total charges. Total
financial aid and cash payments received are then deducted to arrive at the
amount that must be repaid to financial aid funds. (Examples of these
calculations are available in the Student Finance Office).
According to Federal regulation, refunds due to Title IV programs must
be allocated in the following manner:
1. Unsubsidized Stafford loans
2. Subsidized Stafford loans
3. Parent (PLUS) loans
4. Federal Perkins loans
5. Federal Pell Grant program
6. Federal SEOG program
7. Other Title IV programs
8. Any other Federal or State programs
9. Student/Parent.
Financial Aid Repayment Policy
There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An example
would be the student who received a Stafford Loan and did not use the full
amount for educational costs. A student owing a repayment to any federally
funded student aid program cannot receive any type of federal student aid
for future enrollment periods until repayments have been made.
VETERANS
Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an
accredited training institution. VA. benefits are not available to students
on the Orlando Campus, L. W. Blake Hospital, and Bayonet Point Medical
Center, and may not be available for students enrolled in classes offered off
the Collegedale campus. Those who qualify for educational benefits should
contact the nearest Department of Veterans' Affairs.
Finances 247
Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in order
to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is required to
report promptly to the VA. the last day of attendance when an eligible
student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly.
A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not fulfill
requirements for his/her stated degree and major. Audited courses,
noncredit courses (except for a required remedial course), and
correspondence work cannot be certified.
TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID
Scholarships
Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from a variety
of scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are achieving
academically, and are working part time. These awards usually range from
$200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the student's need and availability
of funds.
If the student's grade point average (GPA) falls below the required level,
the SC scholarship will be deferred or canceled. The amount of the SC
scholarship will be reduced by the amount the student receives in funding
from other resources that exceeds the total budgeted expenses for the
school year subject to federal regulations.
The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regardless
of financial need:
ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen
who graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern College
for a minimum of twelve semester hours.
For those incoming freshmen students who have a high school GPA of
3.85 or above and an ACT composite score of 28 or above, a high academic
. scholarship of $6,500 over four years is available. Two thousand dollars will
be awarded the first year at SC and $1,500 for each of the following three
years. The student must maintain an SC GPA of 3.50 and carry not less
than 14 semester hours of class work each semester enrolled.
ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score of
26-30 are eligible for a $700 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.00
each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College.
Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 31-36 are eligible for an $850
award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester of the first year ,
they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must enroll at Southern
College for a minimum of twelve semester hours.
CHURCH AND/OR CONFERENCE MATCHING PLAN — Southern
College will participate in a matching plan, matching one-third of the total
scholarship funds received from a church or conference. The student
must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 hours. Funds will not be matched
for past-due accounts for prior years and will not exceed $1,000 per student
per year. The participating church and/or conference must complete and
sign the matching application form certifying that their appropriation came
from local church funds, not from the student, the student's parents or
relatives, and is not for wages or pay for services rendered by the student.
These forms may be obtained from the Student Finance Office.
248 Finances
LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen
who have served as S. A. President, S. A. Vice-President, S. A. Spiritual Vice-
President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, and School Paper
Editor, provided they enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve
semester hours.
NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to
finalists in the National Merit contest. Finalists receive tuition-free
scholarship for four continuous years at Southern College. They must
maintain an SC OPA of 3.50 and enroll each semester for not less than 15
semester hours.
SOUTHERN SCHOLARS' SCHOLARSHIP — After completing one year
in the honors program, Southern Scholars may receive a waiver for the cost
of auditing one class each semester that they remain in the program. Upon
successful completion of the program students will receive a tuition refund
equivalent to four three-hour classes. The "per hour" rate for a 16-hour
class load will be the basis for calculating the refund. Southern Scholars
also receive a 100 percent tuition waiver for Honors Seminar, HMNT 451,
452, calculated according to the tuition waiver policy explained on pages
236 and 237.
STUDENT MISSIONARY/TASK FORCE SCHOLARSHIPS — Students
who were approved by Southern College to serve as Student Missionaries
or Task Force Workers may upon the completion of a year of service apply
for a $1,000 scholarship through the Chaplain's Office if they are enrolled
at SC for a minimum of 12 hours.
SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from
Southern College for 50 percent of the net amount receipted to the
student's statement upon enrollment of a minimum of 12 semester hours.
Students participating in the John Hancock Center for Youth Ministry
Inner City summer program will be provided scholarship assistance on the
same basis as summer camp scholarship recipients. Funds will not be
matched for past due accounts for prior years. Taxes may be withheld from
these scholarship funds.
Grants
ENDOWMENT GRANT — These funds are awarded to students who
have established financial need through the federal aid application process.
Awards are made on funds available basis. Notification to eligible recipients
will be made through the Offer of Financial Aid.
Eligibility and requirements for disbursement of Endowment funds are
listed on the Offer of Financial Aid. Students should be aware that they
must work the required number of hours in order to receive Endowment
Grant funds.
FEDERAL PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which
provides grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate
students. A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a
congressionally-approved formula which considers family financial
circumstances.
Finances 249
FEDERAL SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY
GRANT — Limited funds are available to students with exceptional
financial need.
STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska,
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,
Tennessee, Vermont, Washington, and West Virginia. Students should
check with their states' grant agencies for additional information.
Loans
FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing
students only. Repayment and five percent interest begins nine months
after a student graduates, leaves school, drops below half-time enrollment,
or drops from the nursing program.
FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN (formerly National Direct Student Loan)
— Under this program students can borrow money from the federal
government through the school. Repayment and five percent interest begin
nine months after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-
time enrollment.
FEDERAL PLUS LOANS enable parents with good credit histories to
borrow for each child who is enrolled at least half-time and is a dependent
student. These loans, like Federal Stafford Loans, are made by a lender
such as a bank, credit union, or savings and loan association. The yearly
loan limit is students' cost of education minus any estimated financial
aid they are eligible for.
For PLUS loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 1995, the interest
rate will be variable, but not higher than 9 percent. From July 1, 1994,
through June 30, 1995, the interest rate was 8.38 percent for parents who
borrowed on or after October 1, 1992. Variable interest rates are set each
June. For more information on their interest rate, parents should contact
the organization that holds their loan. That organization will also notify
the parents of later interest rate changes.
Students' parents will pay an "origination fee" of 3 percent of the loan
principal. This amount must be deducted proportionately from each dis-
bursement made. The lender may collect an insurance premium of up to 1
percent of the loan principal, which must also be deducted propor-
tionately from each disbursement.
The procedure for applying is the same as for a Federal Stafford Loan.
Note that the school- can refuse to certify a loan application, or can certify
a loan for an amount less than a student's parents would be eligible for.
For loans first disbursed on or after October 1, 1993, the lender must
send the loan proceeds to your school in at least two payments. Payments
will be sent either by electronic transfer or by check made co-payable to
your school and your parents. No payment may exceed one-half of the loan
amount.
Repayment begins within 60 days after the final loan disbursement.
There is no "grace period" for these loans.
If a deferment — a postponement of repayment — applies (including
a deferment for being in school), students' parents won't begin repaying
any principal until the deferment ends. Deferments don't apply to
250 Finances
interest, although the organization that holds the loan may let the
interest accumulate until the deferment ends. Note, however, that the
interest will be added to the principal, increasing the amount of principal
that' will need to be repaid.
FEDERAL STAFFORD LOANS are low-interest loans made to students
attending school at least half-time. Loans are made by a lender such as a
bank, credit union, or savings and loan association. These loans are insured
by the guaranty agency in each state and reinsured by the federal
government. A borrower must repay this loan.
Students may qualify for a "subsidized" Federal Stafford Loan, which
is based on financial need. But, students can also get an "unsubsidized"
Federal Stafford Loan regardless of need, that is, regardless of their or
their family's income. It is possible for a student to have a Federal Stafford
Loan partly based on financial need and partly not on need.
Dependent undergraduate students can borrow up to:
• $2,625 if they are first-year students enrolled in a program of study
that is a full academic year.
• $3,500 if they have completed the first year of study and the
remainder of their program is a full academic year.
• $5,500 a year if they have completed two years of study and the
remainder of the program is at least one academic year.
For periods of undergraduate study that are less than an academic
year, the amounts one can borrow will be less than those above. Talk to
a financial aid administrator to find out how much may be borrowed.
Independent undergraduates can borrow up to:
• $6,625 if they are first-year students enrolled in a program of study
that is a full academic year. (At least $4,000 of this amount must
be in unsubsidized Stafford Loans.)
• $7,500 if they have completed the first year of study and the
remainder of the program is a full academic year. (At least $4,000
of this amount must be in unsubsidized Stafford Loans.)
• $10,500 a year if they have completed two years of study and the
remainder of their program is at least one academic year. (At least
$5,000 of this amount must be in unsubsidized Stafford Loans.)
The amounts given are the maximums that can be borrowed; however,
students can't borrow more than the cost of education at Southern
College minus any other financial aid they receive.
The total Stafford Loan debt one can have outstanding as a dependent
undergraduate is $23,000; as an independent undergraduate it is $46,000.
Work
FEDERAL COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the work-
study program, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and
the government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus.
Students can work part-time while they are in school; they can work full
time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay rate is
usually the current minimum wage. This may vary depending on the skill
and experience needed for the job.
Finances 251
OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS
Grants, loans, and scholarships are available to students meeting the
above requirements or having exceptional academic achievements. Details
concerning amounts and qualifications for recipients of these funds can be
obtained from the Student Finance Office.
The Registry
Board of Trustees
Malcolm Gordon, Chair Joe McCoy
E. A. Anderson * Ellsworth McKee
Gordon Bietz ** O. D. McKee
Mardian Blair James Ray McKinney
Roy Brown Denzil McNeilus
William Bryan ** Harold Moody
Tom Campbell Robert Murphy
Richard Center Georgia O'Brien
Ken Coonley Ralph Peay
Edythe Cothren Earl Richards
Jim Epperson * Donald R. Sahly
Charles Fleming, Jr. Volker Schmidt
W Jack Gillis Ella Simmons
Obed Graham * Ward Sumpter
James Greek Verle Thompson
R R Hallock ** Martha Ulmer
James Hickman Greg Vital
BillHulsey * Tom Werner
William lies ** J. H. Whitehead
O. R. Johnson Bonnie Wilkens
Ben Kbchenower Ed Wright
Carolyn McCalla Ben Wygal
* Members of the Executive Board
** Honorary Trustees
College Administration
president
Donald R Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President
Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. (1966) .... Senior Vice President, Academic Administration
Instructional Media
Frank Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media
Library
Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971) Director, Libraries
Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) Associate Librarian
Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program
Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian
Records and Advisement
Joni Zier, M.A (1993) Director, Records and Advisement
Sharon McGrady, B.A. (1977) Assistant Director, Records and Advisement
ADMISSIONS, COLLEGE RELATIONS, AND ALUMNI
Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) . . . Vice President, Admissions and College Relations
Public Relations
Jim Ashlock, Ed.D. (1991) Director, Alumni/College Relations
Doris Burdick, B.A. (1983) Director, Publications and Media Relations
Ingrid Skantz, B.S. (1990) Publications Assistant
Faculty Directory 253
Recruitment
Victor Czerkasjj, B.A. (1993) . Associate Director
Bob Silver, M.A. (1985) Director, Telecounseling
Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director
WSMC FM90.5 (NPR 90)
Dan Landrura (1989) General Manager, WSMC FM90.5
FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
Dale J. Bidwell, B.S. (1989) Senior Vice President, Financial Administration
Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) . . . Associate Vice President, Financial Administration
Accounting and Financial Services
Jack Ferneyhough, B.S. (1989) Treasurer
Burt Pooley, M.A. (1992) Chief Accountant
Industries
Jere Connerly (1961) Assistant Manager, The College Press
Roy Dingle, B.S. (1974) Baker, Village Market
Harold Jet (1993) Assistant Manager, Village Market
Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press
Larry Payne (1993) Production Manager, The College Press
Jim Burrus (1993) Manager, Village Market
Rita Wohlers (1987) Manager, Campus Shop
Information Services
John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director
Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) Assistant Director
William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager
Thorn Nelson, B.A. (1985) Computer Analyst/Programmer
Clifford Williams, B.A. (1994) Computer AnalystyProgrammer
Bob Wright, M.A. (1992) Microcomputer Specialist
Personnel/Student Employment
Elsworth Hetke, M.A. (1991) , Director, Personnel/Student Employment
Services
Mark Antone, (1984) Director, Landscape Services
Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service
Barry Becker (1993) Director, Motor Pool
Gharles Lucas (1984) Director, Plant Services
Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Service
Student Finance
Ken Norton, B.S. (1988) Director, Student Finance
Donna Myers (1972) Assistant Director, Student Finance
DEVELOPMENT
Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1980) Vice President, Development
Paul Smith, M.Div. (1991) Director, Planned Giving
STUDENT SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
William Wohlers, Ph.D. (1973) Vice President, Student Services
Campus Chaplain
Ken Rogers, M.A. (1986) College Chaplain
Campus Safety
Dale Terrell (1990) Director, Campus Safety
Donald Hart, A.S. (1993) Associate Director, Campus Safely
254 Faculty Directory
Counseling and Testing
Jim Wampler, Ed.S. (1993) Director, Counseling
Midge Dunzweiler, M.S. (1993) Associate Director, Counseling
Health Service
Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service
David Winters, O.D. (1980) College Physician
Residence Halls
Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women
Beverly Ericson, B.S. (1988) Assistant Dean of Women
Stan Hobbs, M.Ed. (1985) Dean of Men
Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Assistant Dean of Women
Dwight Magers, M.A. (1993) Associate Dean of Men
Dennis Negron, B.A. (1993) Assistant Dean of Men
COLLEGE PASTORS
Randy Harr, B.S. (1991) Youth Pastor
James Herman, B.A. (1976) Children's Ministries Pastor
Dwight Herod, M.Div. (1995) Family Ministries Pastor
Ed Wright, D.Min. (1985) Pastor
Faculty Emeriti
Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion
Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of Education
Jerome Clark, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of History
Thelma Cushman, MA, Associate Professor Emerita of Home Economics
Kenneth R. Davis, MA, Director Emeritus of Counseling and Testing
Mary Elam, MA., Associate Vice President Emerita of Academic Administration
Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus
Cyril E W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic
Administration
Edgar O. Grundset, MA., Associate Professor Emeritus of Biology
Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology
K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education
H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology
Evlyn Lindberg, MA, Associate Professor Emerita of English
Robert Merchant, M.BA, Treasurer Emeritus
Louesa Peters, BA, Associate Treasurer Emerita
Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Business Administration
Kenneth M. Spears, M.B.A., Vice President Emeritus for Finance
William H. Taylor, MA, Administrator Emeritus
Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
Laurel Wells, Director Emerita of Student Finance
Faculty Directory 255
Instructional Faculty
(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern College.)
Pamela Ahlfeld — M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Georgia State University. (1990)
J. Bruce Ashton — D.MA, Professor of Music
B.Mus., Capital University; M. Mus., American Conservatory of Music; D.M.A.,
University of Cincinnati. (1968)
Wiley Austin— M.S., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S. Pacific Union College; M.S., Stanford University, (1988)
Joyce L. Azevedo — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Union College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of California, Riverside. (1992) -
Fern Babcock— MAT., Assistant Professor of Education
B.L.A, Pakistan Adventist Seminary and College; M.A.T., Andrews University. (1991)
George Babcock — Ed.D ., Professor of Education
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and Ed.D., Andrews University. (1991)
Peggy Bennett — M.S.L.S., Director of Libraries, Associate Professor of
Library Science
B.S. Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State University. (1971)
OrviUe Bignall— Ph.D., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; Ph.D., Florida State University.
(1992)
Jack Blanco— Th.D., Ellen 6. White Professor of Religion
B.A, Union College; M.A. and B.D., SDA Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton
Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of South Africa. £1983)
Julie Boyd-Penner— M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., University of Idaho; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music. (1993)
Ron Clouzet — M.Dlv., Assistant Professor of Religion
B.A., Loma Linda University, La Sierra; M.Div., Andrews University. (1993)
Herbert Coolldge — Ph.D., C.RA., Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Michigan State University.
(1991)
Glenda Davidson — M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., Troy State University. (1992)
Don Dick— Ph.D., Professor of Speech Communication
B.A, Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan State University.
(1968)
Alberto dos Santos— Ed.D., Professor of Education
B.A., University of South Africa; Diploma, Orion Institute of Switzerland; M.A. and
Ed.D., Andrews University. (1995)
Ron du Preez — D.Min., Associate Professor of Religion
B.A, Helderberg College; M.A, M.Div., and D.Min., Andrews University. (1992)
John Durichek — M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science and
Technology
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College for Teachers. (1969)
Robert D. Egbert — Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., Walla Walla College; M.S.Ed., Ed.S., and M.Ed., University of Idaho, Moscow;
Ed.D., Temple University; Ph.D., Union Institute. (1993)
256 Faculty Directory
David Ekkens— Ph.D., Professor of Biology
B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Loma Linda University. (1990)
Richard Erickson — M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.S. and M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984)
Ted Evans — M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. (1974)
Mari-Carmen Gallego — MAT., Assistant Professor of Modern Languages
Diplome d'Etudes Superieures en Theologie, Institut Adventiste du Saleve, Collonges
sous Saleve, France; Diplome Superieur d'Etudes Francaises Modernes, Ecole
Internationale de Langue et Civilisation Francaises, Paris; M.A.T, Andrews
University. (1992)
Lisa Gano— M-Acct., C.RA., Assistant Professor of Business
B.B.A., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.Acct., University of Tennessee,
Knoxville. (1994)
Robert Garren — M.F.A., Professor of Art
B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.EA., Rochester Institute of Technology. (1968)
Philip G. Garver— Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976)
David Gerstle— M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Texas. (1994)
Orlo Gilbert— M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music
B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers College. (1967)
Judith Glass — M.Mus., Professor of Music
B.Mus. and M.Mus., University of Texas at Austin. (1975)
Loranne Grace — M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science
B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970)
Jon Green — Ph.D., Professor of Education
B.A., La Sierra College; M.S., Loma Linda University; M.A., Andrews University;
Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1989)
Floyd Greenleaf— Ph.D., Professor of History/Senior Vice President for
Academic Administration
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College for Teachers; PhD.,
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1966)
Leona Gulley— Ed.D., R.N.C.S., N.C.C., Professor of Psychology
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Far East Theological Seminary; M.H.S.,
Philippine Union College; M.S., Andrews University; Ed.D., Vanderbilt University.
(1978)
Norman Gulley — Ph.D., Professor of Religion
Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and
M.Div., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Edinburgh. (1978)
* Richard Halterman — M.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.S., Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic University. (1987)
Jan Haluska— Ph.D., Professor of English
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A, Andrews University; Ph.D., University of
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981)
♦Study Leave
Faculty Directory 257
Lawrence E. Hanson — Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Florida State
University. (1966)
Pamela Harris — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Journalism
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.L.S., George Peabody College of Vanderbilt
University; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1989)
William Hayes — Ph.D., Associate Professor of Biology
B.S. and M.S., Walla Walla College; Ph.D., University of Wyoming. (1990)
Carole Haynes — Ed.D., Professor of Education
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga;
Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1982)
Ray Hefferlln — Ph.D., Professor for International Research in Physics
B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology. (1955)
Volker Henning— M.A., Associate Professor of Journalism
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Div., Andrews University; M.A., University of
Central Florida. (1989)
Debbie Higgens — M.A., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University. (1993)
Lorella Howard — M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S.N., Vanderbilt University.
(1994)
Bonnie Hunt — M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1974)
Connie Hunt — M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S., Pacific Union College. (1995)
Katye Hunt — M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of Tennessee, Knoxville.
(1976)
Phil Hunt— Ed.D., Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.Ed., Columbia Univeristy; Ed.D.,
Andrews University. (1995)
Bradley G. Hyde — M.S.C.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S.C.S., Maryland University. (1988)
Gordon Hyde— Ph.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Michigan State
University. (1982) *
Steven Jaeeks — M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Loma Linda University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. (1980)
Barbara James — M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Texas at Arlington. (1991)
John Keyes — Ed.S., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; M.A.T., Andrews
University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed,S., George Peabody College for
Teachers. (1987)
Henry Kuhlman — Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan University; Ph.D.,
Purdue University. (1968)
Edward L. Lamb— M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Professor of Social Work and
Family Studies
B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W, University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1971)
258 Faculty Directory
Katie A. Lamb— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972)
Donn Leatherman — M.Dlv., Associate Professor of Religion
B.Th., Canadian Union College; M.Div., Andrews University. (1992)
Merritt MacLafferty— M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.A, Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980)
Ben McArthur— Ph.D., Professor of History
B.A, Andrews University; M.A and Ph.D., University of Chicago. (1979)
Caroline McArthur— M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University. (1979)
Wilma McClarty— Ed.D., Professor of English
B.A. and M.A, Andrews University; Ed.D., University of Montana. (1972)
Robert Moore — Ed.D., Professor of Mathematics
B.A, Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North Carolina; Ed.D., The
University of Georgia. (1979)
Derek Morris — D. Mln., Professor of Religion
B.A, Columbia Union College; M.Div. and D.Min., Andrews University; (1987)
Patricia C. Morrison — M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library
Science/Assistant Librarian
B.S., East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. (1981)
Laura Nyirady— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University. (1986)
Stephen A. Nyirady— Ph.D., Professor of Biology
B.A, Atlantic Union College; M.S. and Ph.D., Loma Linda University. (1986)
Cliff Olson — M.A., Associate Professor of Business
B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A, Colorado State University. (1989)
Helmut K. Ott — Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages
B.A, Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A, Inter-American University; M.A
and Ed.D., Andrews University. (1971)
Mark Peach — Ph.D., Associate Professor of History
B.A, Walla Walla College; M.A, Washington State University; PhD., University of
Chicago. (1987)
John Perumal — Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology
B.A, Spicer Memorial College; M.S., University of Pune; PhD., The University of
Western Ontario (1993)
Dennis Pettibone— Ph.D., Professor of History
B.A, La Sierra College; M.A, Loma Linda University; PhD., University of California,
Riverside. (1988)
t Mildred Muniz Preussner— M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Antillian College; M.S.N., Catholic University of Puerto Rico. (1990)
Helen Pyke — MA., Associate Professor of English
B.A, Walla Walla College; M.A, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga. (1990)
Dana Reed — M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.S.^ Texas Women's University.
(1992)
Kenneth Reynolds— Instructor of Industrial Technology (1992)
tOrlando Faculty
Facult* Directory 259
Arthur Rlchert — Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
BA, Southern Missionary College; MA and PhD., University of Texas. (1970)
MaryAnn Roberts — M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S. and M.S.N., Andrews University. (1992)
Marvin L. Robertson — Ph.D., Professor of Music
B.Mus., Walla Walla College; MA, University of Northern Colorado; PhD., Florida
State University. (1966)
Daniel Rozell — MA, Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA, Central Michigan University. (1978)
Terrie Ruff— M.S.W., A&8 istant Professor of Social Work and Family
Studies
B.S.W, Columbia College; M.S.W, University of South Carolina (1990)
Adan Saldana— MA, Assistant Professor of Art
B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA, Pratt Institute. (1994)
Vinita Sauder — M.B A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
BA, Southern Missionary College; M.B.A., University of Tennessee at Chattanooga.
(1983)
Helen Sauls — MA., Associate Professor of Education
B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA, University of Iowa. (1989)
Lynn Sauls — Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and English
B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA, Peabody College of Vanderbilt University;
PhD., University of Iowa. (1989)
Kathy Sehleier, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., Georgia State University. (1991)
James Segar — MA., Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Andrews University; MA., Central Michigan University. (1993)
Sterling Sigsworth— Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Ohio University; PhD., Pennsylvania State University. (1991)
Patricia Silver— MA, Associate Professor of Music
B.S.C., Madison College; M.A, George Peabody. (1982)
David Smith— Ph.D., Professor of English
BA. and M.A, Andrews University; PhD., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981)
Peggy Smith — MA., Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; MA, Andrews University. (1988)
Shirley Spears — M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Alabama at Birmingham.
(1990)
Jean Springett — M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., University of Maryland. (1991)
Jeanette Stepanske — EdJD., Professor of Education
B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D, University of
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1979)
Carl Swafford— M.S., Assistant Professor of Education
BA, Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee at Knoxville. (1992)
2 60 Faculty Directory
Wayne E. VandeVere— Ph.D., C.RA., Ruth McKee Professor of
Entrepreneurship and Business Ethics
B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., Michigan State
University. (1956)
Dale Walters — M.S., Associate Professor of Industrial Technology
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., East Tennessee University. (1988)
Steven E. Warren— Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982)
tErma Webb— M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976)
Larry Williams— M.S.W., Associate Professor of Social Work and Family
Studies
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.W, University of Georgia. (1983)
Judy Winters — M.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.N., Emory University. (1990)
William Wohlers— Ph.D., Professor of History/Vice President for Student
Services
B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
(1973)
t Orlando Faculty
1995-96 College Committees
Administrative Committees
Administrative Council: Donald Sahly, Chair; Doris Burdick, Secretary; Jim Ashlock, Ron
Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Helen Durichek, Jack Ferneyhough, Floyd Greenleaf, Elsworth Hetke,
Jack McClarty, Ken Norton, Art Richert, Jim Segar, William Wohlers, Joni Zier
Admissions/Recruitment Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Julie Boyd-Penner, Victor
Czerkasy, Don Dick, Bev Ericson, Stan Hobbs, Ken Norton, Bob Silver
Budget and Finance Advisory Committee: Richard Center, Chair; Dale Bidwell, Secretary;
Malcolm Gordon, Floyd Greenleaf, William Hulsey, Chris McKee, Donald Sahly, Ward Sumpter
Financial Aid/Academic Progress Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Kara
Ericson, Floyd Greenleaf, Donna Myers, Joni Zier, (Dale Bidwell, ex- officio)
Financial Appeals Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell (or designee),
Cheryl Ashmore, Laetitia Swanson
Institutional Research and Effectiveness/Strategic Planning Committee: Mary Elam,
Chair; Donna Myers, Secretary; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Helen Durichek, Floyd Greenleaf,
Ben McArthur. Jack McClarty, Donald Sahly, William Wohlers, One Student
Key/Access Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Don Hart, Elsworth Hetke, Charles Lucas,
Dale Tyrrell
Loans and Scholarship Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Sharon En gel (or
designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), Donna Myers, William Wohlers, (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio)
Personnel Committee: Dale Bidwell, Chair; Elsworth Hetke, Vice Chair and Secretary; Diane
Bergquist, Jim Burrus, Lorella Howard, Ed Lamb, Ken Norton, Jan Rice, Linda Wilhelm
President's Cabinet: Donald Sahly, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Floyd Greenleaf, Jack
McClarty, William Wohlers
Publications Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Susan Brown, Secretary; Jim Ashlock, Doris
Burdick, Daryl Cole, victor Czerkasy, Bob Silver, Ingrid Skantz, Merlin Wittenberg
Safety/Fire Prevention Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Dale Tyrrell, Vice Chair/
Secretary; Mark Antone, Barry Becker, Jim Burrus, Sharon Engel (or designee), Earl Evans,
Phil Garver, Eleanor Hanson, Wayne Janzen, Charles Lucas, Ed Lucas, Skip McCandless,
Dennis Negron, Allen 01 sen, Dale Walters, Steven Warren
Trust Committees Jack McClarty, Chair; Dale Bidwell, Vice Chair; Paul Smith, Secretary;
Richard Erickson, Jack Ferneyhough, Burt Pooley
Faculty Senate
Donald Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, Vice Chair; Joyce Azevedo, George Babcock, Dale
Bidwell, Ron Clouzet, Herbert Coolidge, Victor Czerkasii, Ron du Preez, David Ekkens, Richard
Erickson, Lisa Gano, Bonnie Hunt, Steve Jaecks, Barbara James, Merritt MacLafferty, Derek
Morris, Mark Peach, Dennis Pettibone, Helen Pyke, Terrie Ruff, Jim Segar, Carl Swafford,
Wayne VandeVere, Larry Williams, William Wohlers, Joni Zier
Senate Executive Committee: Donald Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, Vice Chair; Lisa Gano,
Secretary; Dale Bidwell, Herbert Coolidge, Barbara James, Terrie Ruff, William Wohlers
Senate Committees
Academic Affairs Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Barbara Beckett, Secretary; George
Babcock, Ron Barrow, Jack Blanco, Peggy Bennett, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson,
Pam Harris, Ray Hefferlin, Ed Lamb, Katie Lamb, Ben McArthur, Sharon McGrady, Merritt
MacLafferty, Steve Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson, David Smith, Wayne VandeVere,
Dale Walters, Steven Warren, Joni Zier, Consultant: Frank Di Memmo
Academic Review Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, Secretary; Ron
Barrow, Sharon Engel (or designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), Ken Norton (or designee),
Sharon McGrady, William Wohlers, Jim Warn pier, Joni Zier
Academic Research Fund Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Pam Harris, Ray Hefferlin,
Ben McArthur, John Perumal
262 College Committees
Advisement Committee: Sharon McGrady, Chair; Joyce Azevedo, Ron Barrow, Floyd
Greenleaf, Debbie Higgens (1996), Merritt MacLafferty (1996), Helen Sauls (1996), Jim Segar,
Larry Williams
Animal Care and Use Committee: Bob Egbert, Chair; Jack Blanco, David Ekkens, Linda
Eldridge, William Hayes, Barry O'Neal, David Winters
Employee Wellness Committee: Phil Garver, Chair; Dale Collins, Melinda Cross, Helen
Durichek, Laura Nyirady, Judie Port, Heather William s-Neal, Merlin Wittenberg, (Dale Bidwell,
ex-officio)
Faculty Affairs Committee: Katie Lamb, Chair; Orville Bignall, Richard Erickson, Ju4y
Glass, Derek Morris, Helmut Ott, William Wohlers, (Donald Sahly, ex-officio)
Film Subcommittee: Don Dick, Chair; Doris Burdick, Earl Evans, Robert Gar r en, Loranne
Grace, Ken Reynolds, Judy Winters, $2 students, (William Wohlers, ex-officio)
General Education Committee: Lynn Sauls, Chair; Glenda Davidson, Jon Green, Wilma
McClarty, Dennis Pettibone, Helen pyke, Jim Segar, (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio)
Honors Subcommittee: Wilma McClarty, Chair; Bonnie Hunt, Donn Leather man, Ben
. McArthur, Steve Nyirady, Jeanette Stepanske, (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio)
Human Participants in Research Committee: Larry Williams, Chair; Wilma McClarty, Bob
Moore, William Wohlers
Preprofessional Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, Secretary; all faculty
from Biology/Chemistry/Physics, Sharon Engel (or designee), Stan Hobbs (or designee), Art
Richert, William Wohlers
Promotions Committee: Peg Bennett (1996), Floyd Greenleaf, Larry Hanson (1996), Wilma
McClarty (1997), Robert Moore (1998), Steve Nyirady (1998), I^ynn Sauls (1997), (Donald Sahly,
ex-officio)
Religious Life Subcommittee: Ken Rogers, Chair; Ron Clouzet, David Gerstle, Kassy
Krause, Dennis Negron, Terrie Ruff, %2 students
Screening Subcommittee: Pat Silver, Chair; Pam Ahlfeld, David Ekkens, Beverly Ericson,
Dwight Magers, Steven Warren, (William Wohlers, ex-officio)
Social/Recreation Committee: Peggy Smith, Chair; Herbert Coolidge, Glenda Davidson,
Jeanne Davis, Earl Evans, Cherie Smith, Joni Zier, (Donald Sahly, ex-officio)
Student Activities Subcommittee: William Wohlers, Chair; Joyce Azevedo, Bert Coolidge,
Beverly Ericson, Rick Halterman, Steve Jaecks, Dwight Magers, Kathy Schleier, $3 students
(including S.A. Social VP)
Student Personnel Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Midge Dunzweiler, Sharon Engel,
Beverly Ericson, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, Stan Hobbs, Kassy Krause, Dwight Magers,
Dennis Negron, Ken Rogers, Dale Tyrrell, Jim Wampler
Student Services Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Don Dick, Sharon Engel, Lisa Gano,
Stan Hobbs, Ken Norton, Ken Rogers, Terrie Ruff, Pat Silver
Writing Committee: Helen Pyke, Chair; Bruce Ashton, Leona Gulley, Ray Hefferlin, Ben
McArthur, Mark Peach, Dennis Pettibone, Lynn Sauls, (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) .
^Appointed by Student Association
tNominated by Faculty Senate
Index
Absences 39, 228
Academic Advisement 36
Academic Calendar . 4, 5
Academic Enrichment Services 19
Academic Honesty . . . . 37
Academic Policies 22
Academic Probation and Dismissal . . 38
Acceptance 10
Academic Probation i 10, 38
Regular 10
Accounting Courses 85
Accreditation and Memberships 8
Admission
General Requirements 11
International Students 12
Nursing 192
Teacher Education 115, 116
Transfer Students 11
Advance Payment 230
Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA)
Financial Policy 231
Allied Health Professions 46
Anderson Lecture Series 19, 89
Anesthesia 221
Application Procedure 13
Architectural Studies 100
Art Courses 59
Assembly Attendance 40
Associate Degree Programs
Accounting 83
Allied Health 48
Architectural Studies 100
Computer Applications 101
Computer Science 101
Engineering Studies 129
General Studies 219, 220
Media Technology 161
Nursing 192
Office Administration 84
Pre-Cytotechnology t 49
Pre-Dental Hygiene 50
Pre-Nutrition and Dietetics 51
Pre-Occupational Therapy 52
Pre-Physical Therapy 53
Pre-Physician Assistant 55
Pre-Speech Language Pathology &
Audiology 56
Pre-Surgeon's Assistant 57
Auditing Courses 35
Bachelor of Arts Degrees
Art 58
Biology 71
Broadcast Journalism . 160
Chemistry 93
Computer Science 99
Education 109
English 131
History 145
Bachelor of Arts Degrees, cont.
International Studies 173
French Emphasis 173
German Emphasis 173
Spanish Emphasis 174
Journalism (News Editorial) .... 159
Mathematics 167
Music 182
Physics 200
Psychology 108
Psychology (Leading to Licensure,
K-8) 109
Public Relations 160
Religious Education 211
Religious Studies 212
Social Science (Leading to
Licensure 1-8) 110
Theology 211
Bachelor of Business Administration
Accounting 80
Computer Information Systems 81, 100
Core Requirements 80
Management 80
Marketing 81
Bachelor of Music 179
Bachelor of Science Degrees
Art — Computer Graphic Design . . 58
Behavioral Science . . 64
Biology 71
Business Administration 81
Chemistry 94
Computer Science 99
Family Studies 64
Health Science 139
Health, Physical Education, and
Recreation 137
Long-Term Health Care 82
Mathematics 167
Medical Science 219
Medical Technology 46
Numng 191
Office Administration 83
Physics 201
Science & Math Studies
(Leading to Licensure 1-8) .... Ill
Social Work 64
Wellness Management 138
Bachelor of Social Work 64
Bachelor of Technology Degree .... 153
Graphic Arts 153
Technical Plant Services 153
Bankruptcy 236
Biology Courses * 73
Board of Trustees 252
Executive Board 252
Bogenhofen . 172
Courses from * . . . . 176
Botany Courses 74
Brock Hall 8
Business Administration Courses ... 87
264 Index
Campus Organizations 17
Canceled Classes 35
Certificate Programs 151
Auto Body Technician 151
Auto Mechanics Technician 152
Graphic Arts 153
Technical Plant Services 153
Chamber Music Series 19
Changes in Registration 34
Chaplain's Office 14
Chemistry Courses 95
Class Attendance 39, 40
Class Standing 23
Classic Film Series 20
CLEP Exams 41
Cognate Courses 22, 44
Collection Policy 235
College Administration 252
Collonges 172
Courses from 175
Community Service 25
Computer Center 9
Computer Graphic Design 58, 59
Computer Science and Technology . . 98
Computer Science Courses 103
Concert-Lecture Series 17
Continuing Education 19, 42
Correspondence Work 42
Counseling and Testing Service .... 15
Course Load 35
Course Numbers 44
Course Sequence 44
Credit Cards 239
Curriculum Chart 32
Cytotechnology 49
Daniells Hall 8
Dean's List 31
Degrees Offered
Associate Degrees 32-33
Bachelor of Arts 32-33
Bachelor of Business Admin 80
Bachelor of Music 179
Bachelor of Science 32-33
Bachelor of Social Work 64
General Education Requirements 25-29
Major Requirements 31
Minor Requirements 31
Dental Hygiene 50-
Dentistry 221
Dietetics 51
Dismissal 38
Distinguished Dean's List 31
E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 19
E. O. Grundset Lecture Series 20
Ecology Courses 74
Economics Courses . 89
Education 107
Certification 117
Courses 120
Secondary 118
Elementary Education 109-111
Employment Service 16
Engineering * , 129
English
Language Study 40
Proficiency in 12, 132
Examinations 41
Attendance 39
CLEP 41
Credit by 41, 42
Rescheduling 39
Special Fees 228
Waiver 40
Expenses 227
Advance Payments 230
Application Fee 13
Estimated Student Budget 227
Food Service 14
Housing 14, 229
Late Registration 34, 229
Music LessonB 228 .
Special Fees and Charges 228
Student Costs 227
Student Tithing 240
Tuition 227
Tuition Refunds 236
Extension Classes 12, 42
Facilities 8, 9
Faculty 255
Committees 261
Directory 255
Emeriti 254
Family Rebate 227
Financial Information 227
Aid 242
Family Rebate 227
Grants 248
Loans 249
Methods of Payment 232
Refund Policy 246
Repayment Policy 246
Satisfactory Academic Progress . . 243
Scholarships 247
Veterans 246
Florence Oliver Anderson Lecture
Series 19
Foreign Study 172
Freshman Standing 10
General Education Course
Requirements 25
General Education Requirements . 26-29
General Studies 219, 220
Grading System 36
Graduation Requirements 22-23
Graphic Art Design 58
Grievance Procedure 39
Grundset Lecture Series 20
Hackman Hall 9
Health Education Courses 139
Health Insurance 229
Health Service 9, 15
History Courses 147
Honor Roll 31
Honors Program 248
Honors Studies Sequence 30
Housing Deposit 232
Index 265
Incompletes 36
Industrial Technology 151
Instructional Media 8, 20
Insurance 16, 229, 237
Interdepartmental Programs 219
Interest on Past-Due Balance 235
International Students 12, 230
J. Mabel Wood Hall 9
Journalism Courses 162
Labor Regulations 239
Foreign Students 240
Late Registration 34, 229
Law 222
Ledford Hall 9
Libraries 20
Literature Courses .' 174
Long-Term Health Care Courses ... 89
I#nn Wood Hall , 9
Major and Minor Requirements .... 31
Marine Biological Field Station . . '. . 77
Marketing Courses 89
Mathematics Courses 168
Mazie Herin Hall 9
McKee Library 9, 20
Medical Science 219
Medical Technology 46
Medicine 222
Miller Hall 9
Minors
Advertising 161
Art 59
Art — Computer Graphic Design . . 59
Behavioral Science 65
Biblical Languages 213
Biology , 72
Broadcast Journalism 161
Business Administration . 84
Chemistry 94
Computer Science 102
Education 112
English 132
Family Studies 65
History 146
Journalism (News Editorial) .... 161
Marketing 84
Mathematics 168
Music 182
Office Administration 84
Physical Education . 139
Physics 201
Political Economy 146
Practical Theology 213
Psychology 108
Public Relations 162
Religion 212
Sales 162
Sociology 65
Technology 151
Music
Courses 182
Curriculum 179
Ensembles 186, 187
Fees 228
Nondepartmental Courses 188
NPR 90 8, 21
Nursing
Courses 196
Accreditation 191
Admission Requirements 192
Progression Requirements 195
Readmission 196
Nutrition Course 188
Objectives of the College 6
Occupational Therapy 52
Occupational Therapy Assistant .... 49
Office Administration Courses 90
One-Year Certificates
Auto Body Technician 151
Auto Mechanics Technician 152
Graphic Arts .. 153
Requirements 23
Technical Plant Services ....... 153
Optometry 224
Organizations 17
Orientation Program 16
Orlando Campus 199
Osteopathic Medicine 224
Pass/Fail 29, 140
Petition 39
Pharmacy 224
Physical Education Activity Courses 140
Physical Therapy 53
Physical Therapy Assistant 49
Physics Courses 202
Pierson Lecture Series 20
Placement 16
Post Graduate Tuition Plan 241
Prefix Glossary 45
Preprofessional Curricula 34
Anesthesia 221
Cytotechnology 49
Dental Hygiene 50
Dentistry 221
Engineering Studies , 129
Graphic Arts 153
Medical Technology 47
Nutrition and Dietetics 49
Occupational Therapy 52
Optometry 224
Osteopathic Medicine 224
Physical Therapy 53
Physician Assistant 55
Respiratory Therapy 49
Speech Lang Pathology/Audiology . 56
Surgeon's Assistant 57
Technical Plant Services 153
Veterinary Medicine 225
Probation 10, 38
Prospective Graduate 24
Psychology Courses 125
Public Relations 165
Radiation Technology 49
Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 21
Refund Policy 236, 237, 246
Credit Refund 237
Financial Aid Refund Policy 246
266 Index
Registration 34
Rehabilitation Act 14
Religion Center 9
Religion Courses * . 213
Repeated Courses 36
Residence Halls . 14
Residence Requirements 24
Respiratory Therapy , 49
Right of Petition 39
Sagunto 172
Courses from 177
Satisfactory Academic Progress 38, 243
Scholarships 247
Secondary Education 118
Senior Citizen Tuition 241
Senior Placement Service 16
Sequence of Courses 43
Sociology Courses 65
Social Work Courses 67
Spalding Elementary School 9
Special Fees and Charges 228
Special Student 12
Speech Courses 136
Staley Lecture Series 20
Standards of Conduct 17
Student Association 16
Student Center 9
Student Employment Service 16
Student Life and Services 14
Student Records 37
Study-Work Program 35
Summer Graduates 24
Summerour Hall 9
Talge Hall 9, 14
Task Force Credit 31
Technology Courses 153
Testing Service 15
Thatcher Hall 9, 14
Transcripts 13, 24, 43
Transfer Credit 25
Transfer Students 11
Tuition Refunds 236, 246
Tuition Waivers 236
Upper Division Credit 22, 23, 44
Veterinary Medicine 225
Waiver Examinations 40
Wellness Management 138
Withdrawals 34, 237
Worker's Compensation 238
Worship Services 18
Wright Hall 9
Writing (W) Courses 25
WSMC FM90.5 (NPR 90) 8, 21
Zoology Courses 75, 76
1995
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
S M T W T F S
3 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 6 S 7
12 3 4
12 3 4
1
12 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
6 6 7 8 9 10 11
6 6 7 8 9 10 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
IS 16 17 18 19 20 21
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
29 30 31
26 27 28
26 27 28 29 30 31
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
28 29 30 31
25 26 27 28 29 30
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
3 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
3 M T W T F S
S M T W T F 3
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
1
12 3 4 5
1 2
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4
1 2
2 3 4 6 6 7 8
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 4 6 6 7 8 9
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
6 6 7 8 9 10 11
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
13 14 15 18 17 18 19
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
15 18 17 18 19 20 21
12 13 14 16 16 17 18
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
27 28 29 30 31
24 25 28 27 28 29 30
29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
30 31
31
1996
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
8 M T W T F S
S M T W T F 3
3 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
1 2 3
1 2
12 3 4 5 6
12 3 4
1
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
4 6 6 7 8 9 10
3 4 6 6 7 8 9
7 B 9 10 11 12 13
5 6 7 6 9 10 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12 13 14 16 16 17
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
IB 19 20 21 22 23 24
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
28 29 30 31
25 26 27 26 29
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
28 29 30
26 27 28 29 30 31
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
8 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 6 6
1 2 3
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4 5
1 2
12 3 4 5 6 7
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
4 6 6 7 8 8 10
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
15 16 17 1B 19 20 21
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
28 29 30 31
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
29 30
27 28 29 30 31
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
29 30 31
1997
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F 3
8 M T W T F S
3 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
1
1
12 3 4 5
1 2 3
12 3 4 5 6 7
5 6 7 6 9 10 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 B
2 3 4 5 6 7 B
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B 9 10 11 12 13 14
12 13 14 16 16 17 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
9 10 11 12 13 14 16
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
11 12 13 14 15 18 17
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
19 20 21 22 23 24 26
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
26 27 26 29 30 31
23 24 25 26 27 28
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
27 28 29 30
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
29 30
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 3
8 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
3 M T W T F 3
3 M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
1 2
12 3 4 5 6
12 3 4
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 4 6 6 7 8 9
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
7 B 9 10 11 12 13
13 14 15 16 17 18 18
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
27 28 29 30 31
24 26 26 27 28 29 30
31
28 29 30
26 27 28 29 30 31
23 24 25 26 27 26 29
30
28 29 30 31
1998
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
3 M T W T F S
S M T W T F 3
3 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
8 M T W T F S
3 M T W T F S
1 2 3
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4
1 2
12 3 4 5 6
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
15 16 17 18 10 20 21
16 16 17 18 19 20 21
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10 11 12 13 14 15 18
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
22 23 24 26 26 27 28
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
28 29 30
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
OCTOBER
NOVEMBER
DECEMBER
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F 8
8 M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
1
12 3 4 5
1 2 3
12 3 4 5 6 7
12 3 4 5
5 6 7 B 10 11
2 3 4 6 6 7 B
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
6 7 B 9 10 11 12
12 13 14 16 16 17 18
9 10 11 12 13 14 16
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1? 14 15 16 17 18 19
19 20 21 22 23 24 26
16 17 IB 19 20 21 22
20 21 22 23 24 26 26
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
26 27 28 29 30 31
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
27 28 29 30
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
29 30
27 2B 29 30 31
Notes
ttllHll , |lIFlm?»fi»S?. , .. l ! ,niv McK «> Lib
171034
For Reference
Not to be taken
from this library
o
o
mO
m-<
>-n
m
O
:c/>
O
: 3
=8
o
C |
CO o
§1233
o
m m
O ID
m ™
> O o
z n > 2
3 On
tn O
Z
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11